9 9 3

L I I O N O ~

O w n e r ' s M a n u a l

d i

THE STRENGTH OF EXPERIENCE,

INTRODUCTION

1993 GMC Sonoma Owner’s Manual

Welcome
Thismanualwasprepared to acquaintyouwith the operation and
maintenance of your 1993 GMCSonomaand to provideimportantsafety
information.ThereisalsoaGMCTruckWarrantyandOwnerAssistance
Informationbooklet. In some vehicles,therecanbeinformationmanualsfrom
othermanufacturerslikebodybuildersorspecialequipmentcompanies. We
urgeyou to reviewallthesepublicationscarefully.Thiswillhelpyouenjoy
safe and trouble-free operation of your vehicle.
When it comes to service,keep in mindthatyourGMCTruckdealerknows
yourvehiclebest and is interestedinyourcompletesatisfaction. Your dealer
invitesyou to returnforall of yourserviceneedsbothduringandafter the
warrantyperiod.
Remember, if youhaveaconcern and needhelphandlingittoyour
satisfaction,seetheprocedureintheGMCTruckWarrantyandOwner
AssistanceInformationbooklet.
ThanksforchoosingaGMCTruckproduct.Wevalueyouasamemberof
theGMCTruckfamily.Wewant to assureyou of ourcontinuinginterest in
yourpleasure and satisfactionwithyourvehicle.

GMCTruckDivision
GeneralMotorsCorporation
Pontiac,Michigan

@Copyright 7992 General Motors Corporation, GMC Truck Division.

AI/ Rights Reserved
Second Edition Printed in U.S.A.

i
ImportantNotes to OwnersandDrivers
. . . .About This Manual: Pleasekeepthismanualinyourvehicle, so it
will be there if youever need it whenyou’reontheroad. If you sell the
vehicle,pleaseleavethismanual in it so thenewownercanuseit.
This manualincludesthelatestinformationatthetime it wasprinted.We
reserve the right to makechanges in theproductafterthattimewithout
furthernotice.Forvehiclesfirst sold in Canada,substitute the name“General
Motors of CanadaLimited’’forGMCTruckDivisionwhenever it appears in
thismanual.
. . . .ForCanadianOwnersWhoPrefer a FrenchLanguageManual:
Aux proprietaires canadiens: Vous pouvezvousprocurerunexemplairede
ce guideenfrancaischezvotreconcessionaire ou auDGNMarketing
ServicesLtd., 1500 Bonhill Rd., Mississauga,Ontario L5T 1C7.

r
GMCTRUCK

GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, GMC, and SONOMA are registered
trademarks of General Motors Corporation.

ii
Model Reference
This manual covers fhese models:

TYPE MODEL

REGULAR CAB

CLUBCOUPElEXTENDED CAB

iii
TABLE OF CONTEIVTS

I
TO212

iv
Section
A Thissectiontells you how to useyour manual and includes
safety and vehicle damage warnings and symbols.

This section tells you how to use your seats and safety belts
properly.

This section explains how to start and operate your vehicle.

2
i -
This section tells you how to adjust the ventilation and comfort
controls and how to operate your audio system.

Here you’ll find helpful information and tips about the road and
how to drive under different conditions.
.

This section tells you what to do if you have a problem while

driving, such as a flat tire or engine overheating.

Here the manual tells you how to keep your vehicle running
properly and looking good.
-
This section tells you when to perform vehicle maintenance and
what fluids and lubricants to use.

This section tells you how to contact your GM division for

assistance and how to get service publications. It also gives
you information on “Reporting SafetyDefects”.

Here’san alphabetical listing of almost every subject in this

9
1
manual. You can use it to quickly find something you
read.
want to

TO210

V
 How To Use This Manual

Manypeoplereadtheirowner’smanualfrombeginning to endwhentheyfirst
receivetheirnewvehicle.Thiswill help youlearnaboutthefeaturesand
controlsforyourvehicle. In thismanual,you’ll find thatpictures and words
worktogether to explainthingsquickly.
INDEX: A good place to look forwhatyouneedistheIndexinbackofthe
manual.It’sanalphabeticallist of allthat’s in themanual,andthe page
numberwhereyou’llfindit.
SECTIONS 1-6: Each section of thismanualbeginswithabrieflist of its
contents, so youcanoften find ataglance if asectioncontainsthe
informationyouwant.
SECTION 7: Thissection of themanualcoversthemaintenancerequiredfor
your vehicle.
SECTION 8: CUSTOMERASSISTANCE: Thissectionincludesimportant
informationaboutReportingSafetyDefectsandgivesyoudetailsaboutthe
“RoadsideAssistance”program. You willalsofindcustomersatisfaction phone
numbers(includingcustomersatisfactionnumbersforthehearingandspeech
impaired) as well as the mediatiodarbitration procedure.We’vealsoincluded
orderinginformationforservicepublicationsinthissection.

0-1
How To Use This Manual
Safety Warnings and Symbols
You will find anumber of safetycautions in this book. Weuseyellow and
the wordCAUTION to tell youaboutthings that could hurtyou if youwere to
ignore the warning.
I CAUTION
I;\ Thesemean there issomething that could hurt you or otherpeople.
L

In the yellow caution area, we tell youwhat the hazard is. Then we tell you
what to do to help avoid orreduce the hazard.Pleasereadthese cautions. If
youdon’t, you or others could be hurt.
You will also find a red circle with aslash through it in this book. This safety
symbolmeans“Don’t”, “Don’t dothis”,or“Don’t let this happen.’’

AM002002

0-2
Vehicle Damage Warnings
Also, in thisbookyou will find thesebluenotices:

I
These meanthere is somethingthat could damage yourvehicle
I

In thebluenoticearea, we tell youaboutsomethingthat can damageyour

vehicle.Manytimes,thisdamagewouldnotbecoveredbyyourwarranty,and
itcould be costly.Butthenoticewill tell youwhat to dotohelpavoidthe
damage.
Whenyoureadothermanuals,youmightseeCAUTIONandNOTICE
warningsindifferentcolorsor in differentwords. In thismanual,we’veused
thefamiliarwords and colorsthatGeneralMotorshasusedforyears.
You’ll alsoseewarninglabelsonyourvehicle.Theyusethesamecolors,
andthewordsCAUTIONorNOTICE.

0-3
Vehicle Symbols
These are some of the symbols you will find on your vehicle. For example,
these symbols are used on an original battery:

A Protect Eyes
~~ ~

Caution Caustic Battery Acid Spark or Flame Could

Possible Injury by Shielding Could Cause Burns Explode Battery

L-
Avoid Sparks
or Flames

I hese symbols are important for you and your passengers whenever your
vehicle is driven:

fasten Safety
Door Lock/Unlock
Belts

PO335

0-4
 These symbols have to dowith your lights.

I
Master Lighting Turn Signal
1
A
Hazard
Warning
J
Heaulight
Switch Direction Flasher High Beam

u
Fog Lights
Parking Lights Daytime
Running Lights

These symbolsare on some of yourcontrols:

Windshield
Washer
w Windshield
Defroster
Windshield
Wiper
Release
Hood

0
I I L
Off Fan
Ventilating

0-5 PO342
How To Use This Manual

Thesesymbolsareusedonwarningandindicatorlights.

I I
1
Engine Coolant ~ Battery Charging Fuel Engine Oil
Temperature System Pressure

BRAKE

I BRAKE SHIFT
Brake Brake Shift Light
(Digital Cluster) (Standard Cluster)

Here aresomeothersymbolsyoumay see.

Fuse Lighter Horn Speaker

PO343

0-6
 .
4.Jts & Safety Belts

.........
v
.... ,.r
...-..: .....
.-

Hereyou’ll find informationabouttheseats in yourvehicleandhow to use

your safety belts properly. You can also learn about some things you should
not do with safety belts .
Seats and Seat Controls ...................................................................................... 1-2
Head Restraints ................................................................................................. 1-7
Safety Belts: They’re For Everyone .................................................................... 1-7
Why Safety Belts Work ..................................................................................... 1-9
Questions Many People Ask About Safety Belts ......................................... 1-12
How To Wear Safety Belts Properly ................................................................. 1-14
Adults ......................... ..-...
................................................................................... 1-14
Driver Position.................................................................................................. 1-14
Lap-Shoulder Belt......................................................................................... 1-15
Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy ................................................................ 1-20
Right Front Passenger Position...................................................................... 1-21
Center Passenger Position ............................................................................. 1-21
Lap Belt ........................................................................................................ 1-22
Rear Seat Passenger Position ........................................................................ 1-23
Children ................................................................................................................ 1-24
Smaller Children and Babies .......................................................................... 1-24
Child Restraints ............................................................................................ 1-26
Larger Children ................................................................................................ 1-32
Safety Belt Extender ........................................................................................... 1-35
Checking Your Restraint Systems ...................................................................... 1-35
Replacing Safety Belts After a Crash ............................................................... 1-35

1-1
 Seats & Safety Belts
Seats and Seat Contro/s
Thissectiontellsyouaboutthe seats-how toadjustthem,and fold themup
anddown.
Front Seats

A
You canlosecontrol of thevehicle if you try toadjustamanual 1
driver’sseatwhilethevehicleismoving. The suddenmovement
:ould startleandconfuseyou,ormakeyoupushapedalwhenyou
don’twantto.Adjustthedriver’sseatonlywhenthevehicle is not
moving. I

Manual Front Seat

I
I
KO302

Move the leverunderthefront of theseattowardyourdoortounlock it.

Slidetheseattowhereyouwantit.Thenreleasetheleverandtry to move
theseatwithyourbody,tomakesuretheseatislockedintoplace.

1-2
Reclining Front Seatbacks (Bucket Seats or 60140
Split-Bench)

J
KO305

To adjust the seatback, lift theleverontheouterside of theseat.Release

thelever to lock the seatbackwhere you wantit. Pull up on the lever and
theseatwillgo to an upright position.
But don’thave a seatbackreclined if yourvehicleismoving.

Sitting in a reclined position whenyourvehicleis in motioncanbe

dangerous.Even if youbuckle up, yoursafetybeltscan’tdotheirjob
whenyou’rereclinedlikethis.
Theshoulderbeltcan’tdoitsjobbecause it won’tbeagainstyour
body.Instead,itwill be infront of you. In a crashyoucould go i
it, receiving neckorotherinjuries.
Thelap belt can’t doits job, either. In a crashthebeltcouldgo up
overyourabdomen.Thebeltforceswouldbethere, n at vmIr
slvic bone!: This could causeseriousinternaliqjuries
or proper protection when the vehicleis in motlon, nave me
seatbackupright. TL-- sit wellback i- tho !at and wearyour
safety belt properl! I

1-3
Seats & Safety Belts

AN101021

Manual Lumbar Adjusfmenf

PO326

If youhave this feature, there will be aknobwithsixsettingson the outside

of the driverandpassengerbucketseats.
Turn the knob counter-clockwise to increase lumbarsupportandclockwise to
decreaselumbarsupport.
Front Seatback Latches
The front seatback folds forward to let people get into the backseator reach
the storage area behind theseat. Your seatbackwillmovebackand forth
freely,unlessyoucome to asuddenstop.Then it will lockinplace.

1-4
 L

KO303

There’s one timetheseatbackmaynot fold withoutsomehelpfromyou.

That’s if yourvehicleisparkedgoingdownafairlysteephill.
To foldafrontseatbackforward, push theseatbacktoward the rearas you
liftthislatch. Then theseatbackwillfoldforward. The latchmustbedownfor
theseat to workproperly.
Easy Entry Seat (Extended Cab)

KO304

The right front bucket or split-bench seat of your vehicle makes it easytoget
in andoutof the rearvehiclearea.

1-5
Seats & Safety Belts
Whenyou tilt the rightfrontseatbackfullyforward, the whole seat will
slide forward.
Aftersomeone gets into the rearseatarea,move the right front
seatback to its original position.Thenmovetheseatrearward until it
locks.

A
If aneasyentryrightfrontseat isn't locked, it canmove. In a
wdden stopor crash, the person sittingthere could beinjured. A I K
'ou've usedit,besure to push rearwart -- y-; entry seat tr
uesureitis locked.
I
To getout,again tilt the seatbackfullyforward.
Jump Seat (Extended Cab Models)

KO808

Your extendedcab pickup mayhavejumpseats in the reararea. To fold the

jump seat down, pull downon the handleonthebottom of the seat until the
seat is in place. To store the seat,push it up until it is flushwith the trim
panels. Don't let the safety belts be damagedby the hingesor the latches.

1-6
Head Restraints

AN102017

Slidetheheadrestraintupordown so thatthetopoftherestraintisclosest
tothetop of yourears.This position reducesthechanceofaneckinjury in
a crash.
Safety Belts: They’re For Everyone
This part of the manual tells youhow to usesafety belts properly.Italsotells
yousomethingsyoushouldnotdowithsafetybelts.
I CAUTION
I
Don’tletanyoneridewheretheycan’twear a safetybeltproperly. If
youarein a crashandyou’renotwearing a safetybelt,yourinjurie
canbe much worse. You canhitthingsinsidethevehicle or be
ejectedfrom it. You canbeseriouslyinjuredorkilled. In the same
crash,youmight not be ifyouarebuckled up. Alwaysfastenyour
safetybeltandcheckthatyourpassengers’beltsarefastened

1-7
Seats & Safety Belts

AM110001

This figurelights upwhenyouturnthekey to RUN or START whenyour

safety belt isn’tbuckled, and you’llhear a chime,too.It’sthereminder to
buckleup. In manystates and Canadianprovinces,thelawsaystowear
safety belts.Here’swhy: They work.
You neverknow if you’ll be in acrash. If you do haveacrash,youdon’t
knowif it willbea bad one.
Afewcrashesareverymild. In them,youwon’tgethurteven if you’renot
buckled up.Andsomecrashescanbe so serious, like being hitbyatrain,
that evenbuckled up apersonwouldn’tsurvive.Butmostcrashesare in
between. In many of them,peoplewhobuckleupcansurvive and sometimes
walkaway.Without belts they could be badlyhurt or killed.

1-8
After 25 years ofsafetybelts in vehicles,thefactsareclear. In mostcrashes
bucklingup does matter . . . a lot!

(I

AN1 10023

Why Safety Belts Work

I_

AM115001 AM11500

Whenyouride in oronanything, you goasfast as it goes.Forexample, if

thebike is going 10 mph (16 kmlh), so is the child.Whenthebikehitsthe
block,it stops. But thechildkeepsgoing!

1-9
Seats & Safety Belts

P--=
- 2

AM115003 AM115004

Take the simplest“vehicle”.Supposeit’sjustaseat on wheels. Put someone

on it.

AM1 15005

Get it up to speed.Then stop the “vehicle”.The rider doesn’t stop.

1-1 0
 d”
I . Lr

AM115006

The personkeepsgoinguntilstopped by something. In a realvehicle, it

could bethewindshield . . .

or theinstrumentpanel ...

1-1 1
Seats & Safety Belts

AMI 15008

or the safetybelts!
Withsafetybelts,youslowdownasthevehicledoes. You getmoretime to
stop. You stopovermoredistance,andyourstrongestbones take theforces.
That’s why safetybeltsmakesuchgoodsense.
Here Are Questions Many People Ask About Safety
Belts-and the Answers
Q: Won’t I betrapped in thevehicleafteranaccident if I’mwearinga
safetybelt?
A: You could be-whetheryou’rewearing a safety belt ornot. But youcan
easilyunbuckle a safetybelt,even if you’reupsidedown.Andyourchance of
being conscious during andafteranaccident, so you can unbuckleandget
out, is much greater ifyouarebelted.
Q: Why don’t they just put in air bags so people won’t have towear
safety belts?
A: “Air bags,’’ or Supplemental Inflatable Restraintsystems,areinsome
vehiclestodayandwill be inmore of them in thefuture.Butthey are
supplementalsystemsonly - so theywork with safetybelts,not instead of
them.Every“airbag”systemever offered for sale has required the useof
safetybelts.Evenifyou’rein a vehiclethathas“airbags,”you still haveto
buckle up to getthemostprotection.That’struenotonlyinfrontalcollisions,
but especially in side and othercollisions.

1-12
Q: IfI’ma good driver,and I never drive farfromhome,whyshould I
wearsafety belts?
A: Youmay beanexcellentdriver,but if you’re in anaccident - evenone
thatisn’tyourfault - youandyourpassengers can behurt.Beinga good
driverdoesn’tprotect you fromthingsbeyondyourcontrol,suchasbad
drivers.
Mostaccidentsoccurwithin 25 miles (40 km)ofhome. Andthegreatest
number of seriousinjuriesanddeathsoccuratspeeds of lessthan 40 mph
(65 km/h).
Safetybeltsareforeveryone.
Safety Belt Reminder Light

KO286

Whenthekeyis turned to RUN or START, alightwill come on forabout

eightseconds to remindpeople to fastentheirsafetybelts.Unlessthedriver’s
safetybeltisbuckled,achimewillalsosound.

1-13
Seats & Safety Belts
How To Wear Safety Belts Prroperly
Adults
This part is only for people of adultsize.

I Therearespecialthingstoknowaboutsafetybeltsandchildren.And
A
Lthere are different rules-for babies and smaller children. If a child will
beridinginyourvehicle,seethepartafterthisone,called
‘‘Children”.Followtheserulesforeveryone’sprotection.
First,you’llwanttoknowwhichrestraintsystemsyourvehiclehas.We’llstart
withthedriverposition.
Driver Position
Thispartdescribesthedriver’srestraintsystem.

KO824

1-1 4
Lap-Shoulder Belt

1
\

AN1 20165

The driver has alap-shoulderbelt.Here’show to wear it properly.

1. Close and lockthedoor.
2. Adjusttheseat(toseehow,see“Seats” in theIndex) so youcansit
upstraight.

AM120077

3. Pickupthelatchplateandpull .the beltacrossyou.Don’tlet it get

twisted.
4. Pushthelatch plate into thebuckleuntil it clicks.

1-1 5
Sr.,ts & Safety Belts
If thebeltisn’t long enough,see“SafetyBeltExtender’’atthe end of this
section.
Makesuretherelease button onthebucklefacesupward or outward so you
would be able to unbuckleitquickly if youeverhadto.

I
AM1 20007

Thelappart of the belt shouldbe low and snugonthehips, just touching

the thighs. In a crash,thisappliesforcetothestrongpelvicbones.And
you’d belesslikely to slide underthe lap belt. If youslidunderit,thebelt
would apply force at your abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal
injuries. The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest.
Theseparts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces.
The safety belt locks if there’s a sudden stop or a crash.

1-1 6
Q: What’swrongwith this?

t
“it t 8
AM12001 5
A: Theshoulder belt is too loose. It won’tgivenearlyasmuch protection this
way.

I
You can be seriouslyhurt if yourshoulderbeltis too loose. In a
- crashyouwouldmoveforward too much,which could increaseinjury.
Theshoulderbeltshould fit againstyourbody.
Q: What’swrong with this?

AM120016

A: The belt isbuckled in the wrong place.

1-1 7
Q: What'swrongwiththis?

AM125002

A: The belt is twistedacrossthebody.

back out of the way.

r -

AM1 20060

1-19
Seats & Safety Belts
Beforeyouclosethe door, besurethebeltisoutofthe way. If youslam
thedooron it, youcandamageboththebelt and yourvehicle.
Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy

Safetybeltsworkforeveryone,includingpregnantwomen.Likealloccupants,
theyaremorelikelytobeseriouslyinjured iftheydon’twearsafetybelts. A
pregnantwomanshouldwearalap-shoulderbeltandthelapportionshould
beworn as lowaspossiblethroughoutthepregnancy.
The best waytoprotectthefetus is to protectthemother.Whenasafety
belt is wornproperly,it’smorelikelythatthefetuswon’tbehurt in acrash.
Forpregnantwomen, as foranyone,thekey to makingsafetybeltseffective
is wearing them properly.

1-20
Right Front Passenger Position

KO833

The right front passenger’s safety belt works the same way as the driver’s
safetybelt.See“DriverPosition,”earlier in thispart.
When the lap portion of the belt is pulled out all the way, it willlock. If it
does, let it go back all the way and start again.
Center Passenger Position (Bench Seat)

KO891

If yourvehiclehas a bench seat,someone can sit in the centerposition.

1-21
Seats & Safety Belts
Lap Belt

AM145014Rl AM145024R1

When you sit in a centerseatingposition,you have a lapsafetybelt,which

has no retractor. To makethe belt longer,tiltthe latch plate and pull it along
the belt.
To make the beltshorter, pull its freeendasshown until thebeltissnug.
Buckle,positionandreleaseitthesame wayas the lappart of a
lap-shoulder belt.
If thebeltisn’tlongenough,see“SafetyBelt Extender’’ at the end of this
section.
Makesuretherelease button on the bucklefacesupward or outward so you
would be abletounbuckleitquickly if you ever had to.

1-22
Rear Seat Passengers (Extended Cab Jump Seats)

KO841

Theseare reserve seatingpositionsequippedwithlapbeltsonly. It's very

importantforrearseatpassengers to buckleup!Accidentstatisticsshowthat
unbeltedpeople in therearseatarehurtmoreoften in crashesthanthose
whoarewearingsafetybelts.
Rearpassengerswho aren't safely belted canbethrownout of thevehiclein
a crash.Andtheycanstrikeothersinthevehiclewhoarewearingsafety
belts.

AN147141 AN147142

Each jumpseathasa lap beltwithnoretractor. To makethebeltlonger, tilt

thelatch plate a little and pull thebelt.

1-23
Seats & Safety Belts
To make it shorter,pullthebeltasshownuntil it is snug.Buckle,position
and release it thesame wayasthelappartofthedriver’ssafetybelt(see
“DriverPosition” in theIndex.)Makesurethebucklefacesupward or
outward so youwouldbe able to unbuckle it quickly if youeverhad to.
Don’tusechildrestraints on theseseats.Theywon’tworkproperly.
Children
T

AM150004Rl
-
Everyoneinavehicleneedsprotection!Thatincludesinfantsandallchildren
smallerthanadultsize. in fact,thelaw in everystateandCanadianprovince
sayschildrenuptosomeagemustberestrainedwhile in avehicle.
Smaller Children and Babies

Smallerchildrenandbabiesshouldalwaysberestrained in achild or
Ifant restraint.Theinstructionsfortherestraintwillsaywhether it is
therighttypeandsize for yourchild. A veryyoungchild’ship bones
are so smallthataregularbeltmightnotstaylowonthehips, as it
should.Instead,thebeltwilllikelybeoverthechild’sabdomen. In a
crashthebeltwouldapplyforceright on thechild’sabdomen,which
couldcauseseriousorfatalinjuries. So, besurethatanychildsmall
enough foroneisalwaysproperlyrestrained in a childorinfant
restraint.

1-24
 AM150035

1 CAUTION
Never hold a baby in your arms while riding in a vehicle. A baby
doesn'tweighmuch-until a crash.Duringacrashababywill
become so heavyyoucan't hold it. For example, in a crash at only
25 mph(40 km/h), a12-pound (5.5 kg) baby will suddenlybecome a
240-pound (110 kg) force on your arms. The baby would be almost
impossible to hold.
Secure the baby in restraint.
an infant I

1-25
Seats & Safety Belts
Child Restraints
Be sure to followtheinstructionsfortherestraint. Youmay findthese
instructionsontherestraintitself orin abooklet, orboth.Theserestraints
usethebeltsystem in yourvehicle,butthechildalsohas to be secured
withintherestrainttohelpreducethechanceofpersonalinjury.The
instructionsthatcomewiththeinfantorchildrestraintwill show youhow to
do that.
The child restraintmustbesecuredproperly in thecenter(except60/40
benchseat)orrightfrontpassengerseat. If youhavea60140 split-bench
seat,youmustusetherightfrontpassengerseat.

Top Strap

AN155001

Ifyourchildrestrainthasa top strap, it shouldbeanchored. If youneed to

haveananchorinstalled,youcanaskyour GM dealer to put it in foryou.If
youwant to installananchoryourself,yourdealercantellyouhowto do it.

1-26
Securing a Child Restraint in the Center Front Seat Position
(Bench Seat-Except 60/40 Split-Bench Seat)
1

KO891

Don’tuse child restraints in thecenter position of a 60/40split-bench seat.

Whenyou secure a child restraint in a centerseatingposition, you’ll beusing
the lap belt.See the earlierpartaboutthetopstrap if the child restrainthas
one.
1. Makethe belt as long as possible by tilting the latch plate and pulling it
along the belt.

AN163060

1-27
Seats & Safety Belts
2. Puttherestraintontheseat.Followtheinstructionsforthe child
restraint.
3. Securethechild in thechildrestraintastheinstructionssay.

AM163061

5. Bucklethebelt.Makesuretherelease button facesupwardoroutward,

so you’ll be able to unbuckleitquickly if youeverneedto.
6. To tightenthebelt, pull its freeendwhileyoupushdown on thechild
restraint.
7. Pushand pull thechildrestraint in differentdirectionstobesure it is
secure. If thechildrestraintisn’tsecure, turn thelatchplateover and
buckle it again.Thensee if it issecure. If it isn’t,securetherestraint in
adifferentplace in thevehicleandcontactthechildrestraintmakerfor
their advice.
To removethechildrestraint,justunbucklethevehicle’ssafetybelt. It willbe
ready to workfor an adultorlargerchildpassenger.

1-28
Jump Seats (Extended Cab)
Don’tuse child restraints in these positions. The restraintswon’twork
properly.

KO597

60/40 Split-Bench Seat

Don’tuse a child restraint inthisposition.Therestraintwon’tworkproperly.

8
PO352

1-29
Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position

KO833

You’ll be usingthelap-shoulderbelt.Seetheearlierpartaboutthetopstrap
if thechildrestrainthasone.
1. Puttherestraintontheseat. Follow theinstructionsforthechild
restraint.
2. Securethechild in thechildrestraint as theinstructions say.
3. Pulloutthevehicle’ssafetybeltandrunthelappartthroughoraround
thechildrestraint.Thechildrestraintinstructionswillshowyou how. See
if theshoulderbeltwould go in front of thechild’sfaceorneck. If so,
put it behindthechildrestraint.

AN165021

1-30
4. Bucklethe belt. Makesurethereleasebuttonfacesupwardoroutward,
so you'll beable to unbuckle it quickly if youeverneedto.
5. Pulltherest of thelapbeltallthewayout of theretractor to setthe
lock.

i.

AN165148 AN165027

6. To tightenthebelt,feedthelapbeltbackintotheretractorwhileyou
pushdownonthechildrestraint.

AN165146

7. Push and pullthe child restraint in differentdirections to besure it is

secure.

1-31
 Seats & Safety Belts
If you’reusingabucketseat,adjusttheseatforwarduntilthelapportion of
thesafetybeltholdstherestraintfirmly.But,don’tmove it anymorethan
needed to tightenthe lap belt.
To removethechildrestraint,unbucklethevehicle’ssafetybelt and let it go
back all the way. The safetybeltwillmovefreelyagain and be ready to work
foranadultorlargerchildpassenger.
Larger Chj’ldren
I

AN1700;

Children whohaveoutgrownchildrestraintsshouldwearthevehicle’ssafety
belts. If youhavethechoice,achildshouldsitnext to awindow so thechild
canwear a lap-shoulderbeltandgettheadditionalrestraint a shoulderbelt
canprovide.
Children who aren’tbuckled up can be thrownoutinacrash.

1-32
 PO355

Childrenwhoaren’tbuckled can strikeotherpeoplewhoare.

I

AM170052

CAUTION
Never do this.
’ Heretwochildrenarewearingthesame belt. Thebeltcan’tproperly
spreadtheimpactforces. In a crash,the two childrencanbe
crushedtogether and seriouslyinjured. A beltmustbeusedbyonly
I one person
time.
aat

1-33
Seats & Safety Belts
Q: Whatifa child is wearingalap-shoulder belt, but the child is so
smallthat the shoulder belt isveryclosetothechild’sface or neck?
A: Movethechildtowardthecenter of thevehicle,butbesurethatthe
shoulderbeltstillisonthechild’sshoulder, so that in acrashthechild’s
upperbodywouldhavetherestraintthatbeltsprovide. If thechild is so small
thattheshoulderbeltstillisveryclosetothechild’sface orneck,youmight
wanttoplacethechildinaseatthathasalapbelt, if yourvehiclehasone.

AM170051

I CAUTION

Whereverthechildsits,the lap portion of thebeltshouldbewornlowand

snugonthehips,justtouchingthechild’sthighs.Thisappliesbeltforceto
thechild’spelvicbonesinacrash.

1-34
Safety Belt Extender
If the vehicle’ssafetybelt will fastenaroundyou,youshould use it.
But if a safetybeltisn’t long enough to fasten, your dealer will orderyouan
extender.It’sfree.When you go in to orderit,take the heaviestcoat you will
wear, so theextenderwill be long enough for you.Theextender will be just
foryou, and just fortheseat in yourvehiclethatyouchoose.Don’t let
someone eke use it,and use itonlyfor the seat it is made to fit. To wearit,
justattach it to the regular safety belt.
Checking Your Restraint Systems
Now andthen,makesure all yourbelts,buckles,latchplates,retractors,
anchorages and remindersystemsareworkingproperly.Look for anyloose
parts or damage. If you see anythingthatmightkeep a restraintsystemfrom
doingitsjob, have itrepaired.
Replacing Safety Belts After a Crash
If you’ve had a crash,do you need newbelts?
After a veryminorcollision,nothingmay be necessary.But if thebeltswere
stretched, astheywould be if wornduring a moreseverecrash,then you
need newbelts.
If youeversee a label on a right front safety belt thatsays to replacethe
belt, be sure to do so. Then it will be there to helpprotect you in an
accident. You wouldseethis label on the beltnear the dooropening.

135
Seats & Safety Belts
If beltsarecut ordamaged,replacethem.Collisiondamagealsomaymean
you will have to havesafetybeltparts,like the retractor,replacedor
anchoragelocationsrepaired-even if thebeltwasn’tbeingusedatthetime
of the collision.
Q: What’s wrong with this?

AP125004

A: The belt is torn.

Tornor frayedbeltsmaynotprotectyou in acrash.They can rip

apartunderimpactforces. If abelt is torn orfrayed,getanewone
m
fore replacinganysafetybelt,seeyourdealer for thecorrectpartnumber.
You’ll need themodelyearandmodelnumberforyourvehicle.Themodel
yearisonyourtitleandregistration. And you canfindthemodelnumber on
thecertificationhirelabel ofyourvehicle.

1-36
 C ‘

7
,i i , .

K2447

Themodelnumber on thereplacementbeltmustbelisted on thesafetybelt

you want to replace.

1-37
 Features & Controls

Hereyou can learnaboutthemanystandard and optionalfeaturesonyour

vehicle.andinformationonstarting.shifting.andbraking . Also explainedare
the instrumentpanel and thewarningsystemsthat tell you if everythingis
working properly-and what to do if you have a problem .
For explanation of vehiclesymbols.refer to "VehicleSymbols"in
Section 0.
Keys .......................................................................................................................
2-3
Your Doors and How They Work ........................................................................
2-5
Side Doors ......................................................................................................... 2-5
Door Locks .........................................................................................................
2-6
Theft .......................................................................................................................
2-8
New Vehicle Break-In ...........................................................................................
2-9
Ignition Switch .......................................................................................................
2-9
Starting Your Engine ...........................................................................................
2-11
Driving Through Deep Standing Water ..........................................................
2-14
Automatic Transmission ......................................................................................
2-16
Five-Speed Manual Transmission ......................................................................2-19
Locking Rear Axle ...............................................................................................
2-21
Parking Brake ......................................................................................................
2-21
Parking Over Things That Burn ......................................................................... 2-25

2-1
 .

; & Contmls
Engine Exhaust ................................................................................................... 2-26
Running Your Engine While You’re Parked .................................................. 2-26
Four-wheel Drive ................................................................................................ 2-27
Manual Transfer Case ..................................................................................... 2-20
Electronic Transfer Case ................................................................................. 2-29
Windows ............................................................................................................... 2-31
Tailgate ................................................................................................................. 2-33
Horn...................................................................................................................... 2-33
Tilt Wheel ............................................................................................................. 2-34
Turn SignaVMultifunction Lever ..........................................................................
2-35
Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator ....................................................... 2-36
Headlight High-Low Beam .............................................................................. 2-38
Windshield Wipers ........................................................................................... 2-38
Windshield Washer .......................................................................................... 2-40
Cruise Control ..................................................................................................
2-41
Lights .................................................................................................................... 2-46
Mirrors .................................................................................................................. 2-50
Accessory Power Outlet ..................................................................................... 2-53
Cigarette LightedAshtrays ................................................................................... 2-54
Storage Compartments .......................................................................................
2-55
Instrument Cluster ...............................................................................................
2-62
Warning Lights, Gages and Indicators .......................................................... 2-65
Trailer Wiring Harness ........................................................................................ 2-75

2-2
 Keys

KO202

I CAUTION
If\ Leaving young children in avehiclewith the ignitionkey is dangerous
for manyreasons. A childorotherscouldbebadlyinjuredoreven
killed.
Theycouldoperate power windowsorothercontrolsorevenmake
the vehiclemove.Don'tleavethekeys in avehiclewith young
- m.
chi1

I
I
K5127

The ignitionkeys are fortheignitiononly.

2-3
Featuves & Controls

K5316

The doorkeysareforthedoors and allotherlocks.

Whena new vehicleisdelivered,thedealerremovestheplugsfromthe

keys, and givesthem to thefirstowner.
Eachplughasacodeon it thattellsyourdealeroraqualifiedlocksmithhow
to makeextrakeys. Keep theplugs in asafeplace. If youloseyourkeys,
you’ll beable to havenewonesmadeeasilyusingtheseplugs.

2-4
I NOTICE
I
Your vehicle has a number of new features that can help prevent theft.
But you can have a lot of trouble getting into your vehicle if youever lock
yourkeysinside. Youmay evenhave to damageyour vehicle to getin.
I So be sure to have extra keys.
Your Doors And How They Work
Side Doors
To openthedoorfromtheoutside,liftthehandleandpullthedooropen.

KO298

To openthedoorfromthe inside, pull thelevertowardyouandpushthe

dooropen.

2-5
 t

Features & Controls

Door Locks
u I I'
Unlockeddoorscanbedangerous.
' ' Passengers-especially children-can easily open the doors and fall
out.Whenadoorislocked,theinsidehandlewon'topenit.
Outsiderscaneasilyenterthroughanunlockeddoorwhenyouslow
down orstopyourvehicle.
Thismaynotbe so obvious: You increasethechance of being
thrownout of thevehicle in acrash if thedoorsaren'tlocked.Wear
safetybeltsproperly,lockyourdoors, and youwillbefarbetter off
I whenever
you
drive
your
vehicle.
I here are several ways to lock and unlock your vehicle:

Fromtheinside: To lockthedoor,slidetheleveronyourinsidedoor to
LOCK.

24
 r
i

KO207

To unlockthedoorfromtheinside:Slidetheleveronyourinside door
towardyou. You will seea red areaonthelever.

KO294

Power Door Locks

If yourvehiclehaspowerdoorlocks,pushthepowerdoorlockswitch on
eitherfront door towardthekeysymbol.Thisswitchwilllockallthedoors at
once.
To unlockthe doors, pushtheswitchawayfrom the keysymbol.
Leaving Your Vehicle
If you areleavingthevehicle,takeyourkeys,openyourdoor and setthe
locksfromtheinside.Thengetout and closethedoor.

2-7
Features & Controls
Theft
Vehicletheftisa big business,especially in somecities.Althoughyour
vehiclehasanumber of theftdeterrentfeatures, weknow thatnothing we
put on it canmake it impossible to steal.However,therearewaysyoucan
help.
Key in the Ignition: If youwalkawayfromyourvehiclewiththekeysinside,
it’saneasytargetforjoyridersorprofessionalthieves-sodon’t do it.When
youparkyourvehicleand open thedriver’s door,you’llhearatonereminding
you to removeyourkeyfromtheignition and take it withyou.Always do
this. Yoursteeringwheelwillbelocked,and so willyourignition. If youhave
anautomatictransmission,takingyourkeyoutalsolocksyourtransmission.
And remember to lockthedoors.
Parking at Night: Park in alightedspot,close all windowsandlockyour
vehicle.Remembertokeepyourvaluablesoutofsight.Putthem in astorage
area,ortakethemwithyou.
ParkingLots: If youpark in alotwheresomeone will bewatchingyour
vehicle,it’sbest to lock it up andtakeyourkeys.Butwhat if youhave to
leaveyourignitionkey?What if youhavetoleavesomethingvaluable in your
vehicle?
Putyourvaluablesinastoragearea,likeyourglovebox.
Locktheglovebox.
Lockalldoorsexceptthedriver’s.
Thentakethedoorkeywithyou.

2-8
New Vehicle 6f -

Your modern vehicledoesn’t need anelaborate“break-in.”But ’+ *A

, ,

qerformbetter in thelongrun if youfollowtheseguidelines. , ,

Keep your speed at 55 mph (88 km/h)or less forthefirst 500 mile3
(804 km).
don’t drive a, ally one speed-fastorslow-forthefirst 500 mile:
(804 km).Don’tmake full-throttle start?
Avoidmaking hard stopsfor the first 200 miles (322 km)or so
Duringthistimeyournewbrakeliningsaren’tyetbrokenin.Hard
stops with new linings can mean prematurewear and ear
replacement.Followthis“breaking-in”guidelineeverytime you get
new brake linings.

Ignition Switch
Use yourignitionkey to startyourvehicle. The ignitionkeyletsyouturnthe
ignitionswitchtofivedifferentpositions:

i3

KO404

Acc(Accessory):Acc lets youusethingsliketheradioandthewindshield

wiperswhen the engineis off. To get into Acc, pushinthekeyand turn it
towardyou. Your steeringwheel will remainlocked, just as it wasbeforeyou
insertedthe key.

2-9
Features & Contmls
LOCK: Thispositionlocksyourignition,steeringwheelandtransmission. It’s
atheftdeterrentfeature. You willonlybeable to removeyourkeywhenthe
ignition is turned to LOCK.
Off: Thispositionletsyouturn off theenginebut still turnthesteeringwheel
like LOCK. Use Off if youmusthaveyourvehicle in motionwhile the engine
is off (forexample, if yourvehicleisbeingpushed).
Run: This is thepositionfordriving.
Start: Thisstartsyourengine.

Onmanualtransmissionvehicles,turningthekey to “LOCK” will lock

b the steering column and result in a loss of ability to steerthe
vehicle.Thiscouldcauseacollision. If youneed to turntheengine
off whilethevehicleismoving,turnthekeyonlyto “Off’. Don’t
movethekeyreleaseleverwhilethevehicleismoving.

NOTICE
I
If your key seems stuck in LOCK and youcan’t turn it,besure it is al-
the way in. If it is, then turn thesteeringwheel left and rightwhile you
turn the keyhard. But turn the key only with your hand. Using a tool tc
force it could break the key or the ignition switch. If none of this wo
then your vehicle needs service.

2-1 0
Key Release Lever

KO495

The ignition key cannot be removedfromtheignition of manualtransmission

vehiclesunlessthekeyreleaselever is used.
To Remove the Key
Turnthekey to the LOCK position while pressing thekeyreleaseleverdown
at thesametime. Keeping yourfinger on thelever, pull the keystraightout.
Onautomatictransmissionvehicles,turnthekey to LOCK and pull it straight
out,
Starting Your Engine
Enginesstartdifferently.The 8th digit of yourVehicle Identification Number
(VIN)shows the code letter or number for yourengine. You will find the VIN
at the top left of your instrument panel.(See“Vehicle Identification Number’’
in the Index.) Follow the proper steps to starttheengine.
To Start Your 2.5 Liter (VIN Code A) L4 Engine:
1. AutomaticTransmission:
Moveyourshiftlever to P (Park) or N (Neutral). Your enginewon’t start
inanyotherposition-that’sasafetyfeature. To restartwhenyou’re
alreadymoving,use N (Neutral)only.

2-1 1
Features & Controls

I NOTICE
Ion’t try to shift to P (Park) if yourvehicle is moving. If you do, you
:odd damac- the‘-ansmission.Shift to P (Park)onlywhen yc vehicle IS
;topped.
ManualTransmission:
Shiftyourgearselector to N (Neutral)and hold theclutchpedaltothe
floorwhilestartingtheengine.Yourvehiclewon’tstart if theclutchpedal
is not all the waydown-that’s asafetyfeature.
2. Don’tpushtheacceleratorpedalbeforestartingyourengine. In some
othervehiclesyoumight need to do this,butbecause of yourvehicle’s
computersystems,youdon’t.
3. Turnyourignitionkey to Start. Whentheenginestarts,letgo of the
key.Theidlespeedwill go downasyourenginegetswarm.
In very cold weather,dothis:
1. Withyourfoot off theacceleratorpedal, turn yourignitionkey to Start
untilyourenginebeginsfiring.Pushdownontheacceleratorpedal
slightly.When the enginepicks upspeed,letgoofthekey.Onceyour
engineisrunningsmoothly,letupontheacceleratorpedal.
2. If itdoesn’tstartrightaway, push theacceleratorpedalallthewayto
thefloorandholditthere as youholdthekeyin Start foraboutthree
seconds. If thevehiclestartsbrieflybutthenstopsagain, do thesame
thing,butthistimekeepthepedaldown until yourenginerunssmoothly.

Holdingyourkey in Start forlongerthan 15 secondsatatimewill cause

yourbattery to be drainedmuck -ooner, - thc !xcessiveheat can
nrl

damage your starter motor.

2-1 2
 NOTICE
Your engine is designed to workwith the electronics in yourvehicle. If yo’. I
add electrical parts or accessories, you could change the waythe fuel
injection systemoperates.Beforeaddingelectricalequipment,checkwit
yuor dealer. If you don’t, your engine mightnot perform properly. ~~.~~~~~~~~~~
+I* I; Gr. *F&&
(.xi;i:Il--n-.-,~.~~~,C~~

If you ever have your vehicle towed, see the part of this Manuel that tells

To Starl Your 2.8 Liter (VIN Code R) and 4.3 Liter

(VIN Codes Z and W) V6 Engines:
1. AutomaticTransmission:
Moveyourshiftlever to P (Park)or N (Neutral). Your enginewon’tstart
inanyotherposition-that’sasafetyfeature. To restartwhenyou’re
alreadymoving,use N (Neutral)only.
NOTICE
Don’ttry to shift to P (Park) if your vehicle is moving. If youdo, yo1
could damaae the transmission. Sh to P (Paonlvwhenvour vehicl- .s
stomed
ManualTransmission:
Shiftyourgearselectorto N (Neutral)and hold theclutchpedal to the
floorwhilestartingtheengine. Your vehiclewon’tstart if theclutchpedal
isnot all thewaydown-that’sasafetyfeature.
2. Don’t push theacceleratorpedalbeforestartingyourengine. In some
othervehiclesyoumight need todo this, butbecause ofyourvehicle’s
computersystems,youdon’t.
3. Turnyourignitionkey to Start. Whentheenginestarts,letgo of the
key.Theidlespeedwillgodownasyourenginegetswarm.
NOTICE 0

Holdingyourkey in Stari forlongerthan 15 secondsatatime

yourbattery to be drained muchsooner.Andtheexcessiveheatcat
will Jse I
damage your starter motor,
-
2-1 3
 Features & Controls
4. If itdoesn’tstartright away, holdyourkeyin Start. If itdoesn’tstartin
threeseconds,pushtheaccelerator pedal about one-quarter of the way
downfor 12 moreseconds, or untilitstarts.
5. If yourengine still won’tstart (or starts butthenstops), it could be
floodedwith too muchgasoline. Try this:
Wait 15 seconds to letthestartermotorcooldown.Thenpushyour
acceleratorpedal all the way to thefloor.Holditthere.Then, hold the
key in Start for no morethantenseconds.Thisclearstheextra
gasolinefromtheengine.
If theenginestilldoesn’tstart,waitanother 15 secondsanddoitall
again.
Whentheenginestarts,letgo of thekeyandtheacceleratorpedal.

Driving Through Deep Standing Water

NOTICE
If you drive too quickly through deep puddles or standing water,waterca
come in through your engine’s air intake and badly damage your engine.
you ca
slowlv.

2-1 4

1 i
Engine Block Heater

In verycoldweather, 0°F (-18°C) orcolder,theoptionalengineblockheater

canhelp.You’llgeteasierstarting and betterfueleconomyduringengine
warm-up.
To usethe block heater:
1. Turn off theengine.
2. Open thehood and unwrap theelectricalcord.
3. Plug it intoanormal,grounded110-voltoutlet.
CAUTION
Pluggingthe cord intoanungroundedoutletcouldcauseanelectrical
b shock. Also, the wrong kind of extensioncordcouldoverheatand
causeafire. You could be seriouslyinjured.Plugthecord into a
properlygroundedthree-prong110-voltoutlet. If the cord won’treach,
useaheavy-dutythree-prongextension cord ratedfor at least 15
>
;,-&
:.
amps .
%
. .-%
,IC*
,.I*
7 tb...
-+

NOTICE
Afteryou’veusedtheblockheater, be sure to storethe cord as it was
before, to keep it --av from mc**:lgenc:-2part! if you A--’’ , it luld ~c
I
damaged.

2-1 5
Features & Controls
Howlong should youkeeptheblock heater pluggedin?Theanswerdepends
on the weather,the kind of oil you have, andsome other things. Instead of
trying to listeverything here, weask that you contact aGeneralMotors
dealer in the area whereyou'llbe parking yourvehicle.Thedealercan give
you the best advicefor that particular area.
Automatic 7Pansrnission

Thereareseveral different positions foryourshiftlever.

P (Park).Thislocksyourrearwheels.It's the best position to usewhen
youstartyourenginebecauseyourvehicle can't moveeasily.

2-1 6
 CAUTION
I; It is dangerous to getout of yourvehicle if theshiftleverisnotfully
in P (Park)withtheparkingbrakefirmlyset. Your vehiclecanroll.
Don’tleaveyourvehiclewhentheengineisrunningunlessyouhave
to.Ifyouhavelefttheenginerunning,thevehiclecanmove
suddenly. You or others could beinjured. To besureyourvehicle
won’tmove,whenyou’reonfairlylevelground,alwayssetyour
parkingbrake and movetheshiftlever to P (Park).
If youhavefour-wheeldrive,yourvehiclewill be free to roll-even if
yourshiftleveris in P (Park)-ifyour transfercaseis in N (Neutral).
So besurethetransfercase is. in adrive gear-notin N (Neutral).
See“Shifting into P (Park)”intheIndex. If youareparkingonahill,
or, if you’repullingatrailer,alsosee“ParkingonHills’’or“Towinga
Trailer” in the Index. I
~

R (Reverse).Usethisgear to backup.

Shifting to R (Reverse)whileyourvehicle is movingforward could damagc

yourtransmission.Shift to R (Reverse)onlyafteryourvehicle is stopped.
I

To rockyourvehicleback and forth to getout of snow, ice orsandwithout

damagingyourtransmission,see “If You’reStuck in Sand,Mud, Ice orSnow”
in theIndex.
N (Neutral). In thisposition,yourenginedoesn’tconnectwiththewheels.
To restartwhenyou’realreadymoving,use N (Neutral)only. Also, use N
(Neutral)whenyourvehicle is being towed.
CAllTlnN I
Shiftingout of P (Park)or N (Neutral)whileyourengine is “racing”
b (runningat high speed)isdangerous.Unlessyourfoot is firmlyon
thebrakepedal,yourvehicle could moveveryrapidly. You couldlose
control and hit peopleorobjects.Don’tshiftout of P (Park)or N
(Neutral)whileyourengine is racing.

2-1 7
__

NOTICE
Damage to your transmission caused by shifting out of P (Park) or
(Neutral) with the engine racing isn’t covered by your warranty.
I
OD (AutomaticOverdrive).Thisposition is fornormaldriving. If you need
more powerforpassing,andyou’re:
- Goingless than about 35 mph (56 km/h),pushyouraccelerator
pedalabouthalfwaydown.
- Goingabout 35 mph (56 kmlh) or more,pushtheacceleratorallthe
waydown.You’llshiftdown to thenextgearandhavemorepower.
OD should not be used whentowingatrailer,carryingaheavyload,
drivingonsteephills, or foroff-roaddriving.Select D (thirdgear)when
operating the vehicle under any of theseconditions.
D (ThirdGear).This is like OD, butyounevergointoOverdrive. You
shoulduse D whentowingatrailer,carryingaheavyload,drivingon
steeps hills, or for off-roaddriving.
2 (SecondGear).Thispositiongivesyou more powerbutlowerfuel
economy.You canuse 2 (SecondGear)onhills. It canhelpcontrolyour
speed as yougodownsteepmountainroads,butthenyouwould also
want to use your brakes off and on.
If youhavea 4.3L engine(Codes Z and W) and if youmanuallyselect
2, thetransmissionwilldrive in secondgear. Youmayuse thisfeature
forreducingtorque to therearwheelswhenyouaretrying to startyour
vehiclefromastop on slipperyroadsurfaces.
1 (FirstGear).Thispositiongivesyouevenmorepower(butlowerfuel
economy)than 2. You can useitonverysteephills,or in deepsnow or
mud. If theselectorlever is put in 1, thetransmissionwon’tshiftinto
first gearuntilthevehicle is goingslowlyenough.

If yourrearwheelscan’trotate,don’ttry to drive.Thismight happen if

you were stuck in very deep sand or mud or agair solid
object. You coulddamageyourtransmission.

2-1 8
FivemSpeed Manual lLansmission

PO348

This is the shiftpattern.Here’show to operateyourtransmission:

e 1 (FirstGear)-Press the clutchpedalandshift into 1. Then,slowlylet
upontheclutchpedalas you presstheacceleratorpedal.
You canshift into 1 whenyou’regoinglessthan 20 mph (32 km/h). If
you’vecometo a completestop and it’shardtoshift into 1, putthe
shiftleverin N (Neutral) and letupontheclutch.Presstheclutchpedal
backdown. Then shift into 1.
e 2 (SecondGear)-Presstheclutchpedalasyouletuponthe
acceleratorpedal and shiftinto 2. Then,slowlylet up on theclutch
pedalasyoupresstheacceleratorpedal.
e 3, 4 and 5 (Third,FourthandFifthGears)-Shiftinto 3, 4 and 5 the
sameway you do for 2. Slowlyletupontheclutchpedalasyoupress
theacceleratorpedal.
e To Stop -Letupon theacceleratorpedalandpressthebrakepedal.
Justbeforethevehiclestops,presstheclutchpedalandthebrake
pedal, and shiftto N (Neutral).
N (Neutral)-Usethispositionwhenyoustart or idleyourengine.
R (Reverse)-To back up,pressdowntheclutchpedal and shiftinto R.
Letupontheclutchpedalslowlywhilepressingtheacceleratorpedal.

2-1 9
Features & Controls

Shift to R (Reverse)onlyafteryourvehicle is stopped.Shifting to R

everse) while your vehicle is moving could damage your transmission.

Also use R (Reverse)alongwiththeparkingbrakeforparkingyourvehicle.

Shift Light

KO287

If youhaveamanualtransmission,youhavea SHIFT light.Thislightwill

showyouwhen to shifttothenexthighergearforbestfueleconomy.
When this lightcomeson,youcanshift to thenexthighergear if weather,
road andtrafficconditionsletyou.Forthebestfueleconomy,accelerate
slowlyandshiftwhenthelightcomeson.
Whileyouaccelerate, it isnormalforthelighttogoonand off if youquickly
change theposition of theaccelerator.Ignorethe SHIFT lightwhen you
downshift.
For Four-wheel DriveVehicles Only: Ifyour vehiclehasfour-wheeldrive
and is equippedwithamanualtransmission,disregardtheshiftlightwhenthe
transfercaseis in 4 LOW.
Shift Speeds-Manual Transmissions
If yourspeeddropsbelow 20 mph (32 km/h),or if theengineisnotrunning
smoothly, you shoulddownshift to thenextlowergear. You mayhave to
downshifttwo or moregears to keeptheenginerunningsmoothlyorfor good
performance.

2-20
I CAUTION I
A Ifcontrol
youskipmorethanonegearwhenyoudownshift,youcouldlose
of yourvehicle. And youcouldinjureyourselforothers.

NOTlCE
If youskip more than one gear when you downshift, or if yourace th
enginewhenyoudownshift, you candamagetheclutch or transmission.

Locking Rear Axle

If youhave this feature,yourrearaxlecangiveyouadditionaltractionon
snow,mud,ice,sandorgravel. It workslikeastandardaxlemost of the
time,butoneoftherearwheels has notractionandtheotherdoes,the
lockingfeaturewillallow the wheelwithtraction to movethevehicle.
Parking Brake

KO424

To set the parking brake:

Holdtheregularbrakepedal down withyourright foot. Pushdownthe
parkingbrake pedal withyourleftfoot. If theignition is on,thebrakesystem
warninglightwillcomeon.

2-21
Features & Controls
To release fhe parking brake:
Hold theregularbrakepedaldown.Pullthebrakereleaselever.

You may have tc ,zplace them, and you could also damage other parts
your vehicle.
If you are on a hill:
See“Parkingon Hills” intheIndex.Thatpartshowshow to turnyourfront
wheels.
If you are towing a trailerand are parkingonany hill:
See “Towing aTrailer” in theIndex.Thatpartshowswhat to do first to keep
thetrailerfrommoving.
Torque Lock
The parkingbrakeshouldbesetfirstwheneverleavingthedriver’sseat. It
you areparked on a hill andthetransmissionisplaced in P (Park)before
theparkingbrakeisset,theweight ofthevehiclemay put too muchforce
ontheparkingpawl in thetransmission.Itmay be difficult to pulltheselector
leverout of P (Park).Thisiscalled“torquelock.” To preventthis,theparking
brakeshouldbesetBEFOREmovingtheselectorleverto P (Park).
Whenpreparing to movethevehicle,theselectorlevershouldbe moved out
of P (Park)BEFOREreleasingtheparkingbrake.Settheparkingbrakefirst,
Then releasethetransmissionfrom P (Park),evenonlevelsurfaces.
If“torque lock” doesoccur,youmayneed to haveanothervehicle nudge this
vehicleuphill to takesome of thepressure off thetransmissionwhileyoupull
theselectorleverout of P (Park).

2-22
Shifting Into P (Park) (Automatic Transmission
Models Only)
CAUTION
It canbedangerous to getoutofyourvehicle if theshiftleverisr
fully in P (Park)withtheparkingbrakefirmlyset.Yourvehiclecan
roll.
If youhavelefttheenginerunning,thevehiclecanmovesuddenly.
You orothers could beinjured. To besureyourvehiclewon’tmove,
whenyou’reonfairlylevelground,usethestepsthatfollow.
If youhavefour-wheeldrive,withamanualtransfercaseshiftlever
I and yourtransfercaseis in N (Neutral),yourvehiclewillbefreeto
roll,even if yourshiftleverisin P (Park). So, besurethetransfer
case is in adrive gear-notin N (Neutral).Ifyouareparkingona
hill,or if you’repullingatrailer,alsosee“ParkingOnHills”or
“TowingaTrailer’’ in theIndex.
I
1. Holdthebrakepedaldownwithyourrightfootandsettheparking
brake.
2. Move the shiftlever into the P (Park)positionlikethis:
Pullthelevertowardyou.

-
KO406

Movethelever up as far as it willgo.

2-23
Features & Controls
3. If youhave four-wheel drivewithamanualtransfercaseshiftlever,be
sure the transfercaseisinadrivegear-notin N (Neutral).
4. Movetheignitionkey to LOCK.
5. Removethekeyandtakeitwithyou. If youcanwalkawayfromyour
vehicle withtheignitionkeyinyour hand, yourvehicle is in P (Park).
Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine Running
(Automatic Transmission Models Only)
CAUTION
I

A It can tie dangerous to leaveyour vehicle withtheenginerunnins

four vehicle could movesuddenly if -the shiftlever is notfullyin I
(Park)with the parking brake firmly SE If youhavefour-wheeldrive
withamanualtransfercaseshiftleverandyourtransfercaseisin N
(Neutral), yourvehiclewillbefree to roll, even if your shift lever is in
P (Park). So besure the transfercase is in adrive gear-not in N
. .
(Neutral). And, if you leave the vehiclewith the enginerunning,it
.--:’.:. could overheatandevencatchfire.
.
-.
. ~
Youor others could be injured.
’? Don’tleaveyourvehiclewiththeenginerunningunlessyouhave
* I : . to.
If youhave to leaveyourvehiclewith the enginerunning, be sureyour
vehicle is in P (Park) andyour parking brake is firmlysetbeforeyou leave it.
If youhavefour-wheeldrivewithamanualtransfercaseshiftlever, be sure
thatthetransfercase is inadrive gear-not in N (Neutral).Afteryou’ve
moved the shiftlever into the P (Park)position, hold the regular brake pedal
down.Then,see if youcanmove the shiftleverawayfrom P (Park) without
first pulling it towardyou. If youcan, it means that the shiftlever wasn’t fully
locked into P (Park).
Parking Your Vehicle (Manual Transmission Models
Only)
Before yougetoutofyourvehicle, put yourmanualtransmission in R
(Reverse)andfirmlyapply the parkingbrake.
If youhavefour-wheel drive withamanualtransfercase shift lever,be sure
your transfer case is in a drive gear.Your vehicle could roll if it isn’t.
Ifyouare parking onahill, or if your vehicle is equipped to towatrailer,
see “ParkingonHills”or“Towinga Trailer” intheIndex.

2-24
Parking Over Things That Burn

Fj

AM220007

CAUTION I
*
Thingsthatcan burn could touchhotexhaustpartsunderyour
vehicle and ignite.Don’tparkoverpapers,leaves,dry grass orother
thingsthat can burn.

2-25
 Engine Exhaust
I CAUTION I
Engine exhaust can kin.
A which you can’t see
death,
It contains the gas carbon monoxide (CO),
or smell. It can cause unconsciousness and

You mighthaveexhaustcoming in if:

Your exhaust system sounds strange or different.
Your vehiclegets rusty underneath.
* Your vehiclewasdamaged in a collision.
* Your vehiclewasdamagedwhendrivingoverhighpoints on the
road or over road debris.
m Repairs weren’tdonecorrectly.
a Your vehicle or exhaustsystemhadbeenmodified improperly.
If you ever suspect exhaust is coming into your vehicle:
m Drive it onlywith all thewindowsdown to blow outany CO;
and
* Have it fixed immediately.

Running Your Engine While You’re Parked

(Automatic Transmission)
It’sbetternot to parkwiththeenginerunning.Butifyoueverhaveto,here
aresomethingstoknow.
CAUTION I

A‘
Idling the engine with the air system control off could allow
dangerous exhaust into your vehicle. (See the earlier Caution under
“Engine
Exhaust.”)
Also, idling in a closed-in place can let deadly carbon monoxide (CUI
into your vehicle even if the fan switch is at the highest setting. Ona
place thiscanhappen is a garage. Exhaust-with C h n come .
easily. NEVER parkin a garagewith the enginerunning.
Another closed-inplacecan be a blizzard. (See “Bliuard’~ in the
Index.)

2-26

a
Features &
Manual Transfer Case

A
r
Am
F"

PO1 63

Thetransfercaseshiftleveris onthefloortotherightofthedriver.Usethis
levertoshiftinto and out of four-wheeldrive. An indicatorlightnearthelever
shows you the transfer case settings:
2 WHEEL
4 HIGH
N SET PARKINGBRAKE
4 LOW
The frontaxleportion of the diagramontheindicatorwilllight upwhen you
shiftintofour-wheeldrive. A slightdelaybetweenshifting and thepattern's
lighting is normal. If the pattern doesnotlightup,or if thefrontaxledoes
not gooutafteryoushiftout of four-wheeldrive,haveyourdealercheck
yoursystem.Turnthe dial aboveyourheadlightswitchtothe left to dimyour
transfercaseindicatorlightwhenyourheadlights or parkinglightsareon.
2 WHEEL: This settingisfordrivinginmoststreetandhighwaysituations.
Your frontaxle is notengaged in two-wheeldrive.
4 HIGH: Thissettingengagesyourfrontaxletohelpdriveyourvehicle.
Use 4 HIGH when you needextratraction,suchasonsnowyoricyroads,
orinmostoff-roadsituations.
N SET PARKINGBRAKE:Shifttothisneutralsettingonlywhenyourvehicle
needsto be towed.

2-28
4 LOW: Thissettingalsoengagesyourfrontaxle to giveyouextratraction.
Youmay never need 4 LOW. Itsendsthemaximumpower to allfourwheels.
You mightchoose 4 LOW if youweredrivingoff-roadinsand, mud, ordeep
snowandclimbingordescendingsteephills.
You canshiftfrom 2 WHEEL to 4 HIGH orfrom 4 HIGH to 2 WHEEL while
the vehicleismoving. It isnotnecessaryforyou to pressthetransfercase
shiftleverbutton.Yourfrontaxlewill engage faster if youtakeyourfoot off
of the accelerator for a fewsecondsafteryoushift.
To shiftintoorout of 4 LOW or N SET PARKING BRAKE:
1. Stopyourvehicleand shift yourtransmissionintoneutral.
2. Pressthetransfercaseshiftbutton and shift in onecontinuousmotion.
Don’t pause in N SET PARKING BRAKE as youshiftintooroutof 4 LOW,
oryourgears could clash.
Rememberthatdriving in 4 HIGH or 4 LOW may reducefueleconomy.Also,
driving in four-wheeldriveon dry pavement couldcauseyourtirestowear
fasterandmakeyourtransfercaseharder to shift.
Electronic Transfer Case

KO412

Theoptionalelectronicshifttransfercaseswitch is ontheleftside of your

instrumentpanel above the light switches. Use thisswitch to shiftintoand
outoffour-wheeldrive. You can choose among three drivingsettings:
1. Two-wheeldrive, “TWO WHEEL”: Thissetting is fordriving in most
streetandhighwaysituations. Your front axle isnot engaged in
two-wheeldrive.

2-29
Features & Contrvls
2. 4HI: Thissetting engages yourfrontaxle to helpdriveyourvehicle.
Use 4HI whenyouneedextratraction,suchasonsnowyoricyroads,
or in mostoff-roadsituations.
3. 4LO: Thissettingalsoengagesyourfrontaxletogiveyouextratraction.
Youmay neverneed 4LO. It sendsthemaximumpowerto all four
wheels. You mightchoose4LO if youweredrivingoff-roadinsand,
mud,ordeepsnowandclimbingordescendingsteephills.
Indicatorlightsontheswitchshowyouwhichsettingyouarein.Both
indicatorlightswillcomeonbrieflywhenyouturn on theignition. If both
lightsdonotcomeon,youshouldtakeyourvehicle in forservice. The 4HI
positionhasagreenindicatorlightandthe 4LO positionhasanamber
indicatorlight.Whenshiftingfrom 4HI to 4LO or 4LO to 4HI, theindicator
lightwillflashuntiltheshift is completed.
Two-WheelDrive, “TWOWHEEL”, doesnothaveaswitchpositionoran
indicatorlight. Your vehiclewillbe in twowheeldrive if neitherindicatorlight
is on.
To shiftfromtwo-wheeldrive,“TWOWHEEL”,to4HI: Pressandrelease
the 4HI switch.Thiscan be doneatanyspeed,andthefrontaxlewilllock
automatically.
To shiftfrom4HItotwo-wheeldrive, “TWO WHEEL”: Press and release
the 4HI switch.Thiscanbedoneatanyspeed,andthefrontaxlewillunlock
automatically.
To shiftfromtwo-wheel drive, “TWO WHEEL”, or 4HI to4LO: Stopyour
vehicle.Shiftyourtransmissioninto N (Neutral)ordepressyourclutchpedal.
Pressandreleasethe 4LO switch. You mustwaitfortheamber 4LO
indicatorlighttostopflashing and gosolidamberbeforeshiftingyour
transmissionintogearorreleasingtheclutchpedal.
If the 4LO switchispressedwhenyourvehicleisingearand/ormoving,the
amber 4LO indicatorlightwillflashfor 30 secondsandnotcompletetheshift
unlessyourvehicleisbelow 3 mph andthetransmission is in N (Neutral) or
theclutchpedaldepressed.
Onautomatictransmissionequippedvehicles: If yourtransfercasedoesnot
shiftinto 4L0, yourtransmissionindicatorswitchmayrequireadjustment.With
yourtransmissionin N (Neutral),pressandreleasethe 4LO switch.Whilethe
amber 4LO indicatorlight is flashing,shiftyourtransmissioninto P (Park).
Wait until the 4L0 indicatorlightgoessolidamberbeforeshiftingyour
transmissioninto gear.Thiswillgetyouinto 4L0, butyoushouldtakeyour
vehicle in forservice so normaloperation can berestored.

2-30
To shift from 4LO to 4HI: Stopyourvehicle.Shiftyourtransmissioninto N
(Neutral)ordepressyour clutch pedal.Press and release the 4HI switch. You
must waitfor the green 4HI indicatorlight to stopflashing and go solid green
before shifting yourtransmission into gear or releasing the clutchpedal.
If the 4HI switch is pressedwhenyourvehicle is in gearand/ormoving,the
green 4HI indicator light will flash for 30 secondsbut not complete the shift
unlessthevehicleisbelow 3 mph and thetransmissionisin N (Neutral)or
theclutchpedaldepressed.
Onautomatictransmissionequippedvehicles: If yourtransfer case doesnot
shift into 4HI, yourtransmissionindicatorswitchmayrequireadjustment.With
yourtransmission in N (Neutral), press and releasethe 4HI switch.Whilethe
green 4HI indicatorlight is flashing,shiftyourtransmission into P (Park).Wait
until the 4HI indicator light goessolidgreenbefore shifting yourtransmission
into gear.Thiswillget you into 4HI, but you should take yourvehicle in for
service so normal operation can be restored.
To shift from 4LO to two-wheeldrive, “TWO WHEEL”: You mustshiftfrom
4LO to 4HI before shifting back into two-wheel drive.
Windows
To openyourmanualwindows,turnthehandcrank on eachdoortoraiseor
lower your side door windows.

KO208

If you have the optional powerwindows, the controlsareoneach of the side

doors.
The driver’s door has aswitchforthepassengerwindowsaswell. Your
powerwindowswillonlyworkwhenthe ignition has been turned to Run.

2-3 1
Features & Controls
Pushtheswitchdown to lowerthewindow.
Pushtheswitch up toraisethewindow.
Sliding Rear Window

KO213

Your vehicle may haveaslidingrearwindow.Pressthetop of thelatch in

thecenter of thewindowandslidetheglass to open it. Whenyouclose-..the
window, be sure thelatchcatches.
Swing-Out Windows (Extended Cab)

..

KO21 5

If yourvehiclehasrearswing-outwindows,justunlatchthem at theirclasps
andpush out on the glass to openthem.

2-32
Tailgate

KO216

You canopenthetailgatebypullinguponthehandlewhilepulling the

tailgate down.
Whenyouput the tailgatebackup,besure it latchessecurely.
Horn

KO223

Pressthe pad in thecenter of thesteeringwheel to soundthehorn.

2-33
Features & Confrols
Tilt Wheel

If you have a tiltsteeringwheel,itallowsyou to adjustthesteeringwheel

before youdrive. Do notadjustthesteeringwheelduringyourdriving.
You canalsoraiseit to thehighestlevel to giveyourlegsmoreroomwhen
you enter and exitthevehicle.
To tiltthewheel, hold thesteeringwheelandpullthelever.Move the
steering wheeltoacomfortablelevel,thenreleasethelevertolockthewheel
in place.

2-34
The 7brn Signal/Multifunction Lever

PO1 77

The lever on the leftside of the steering columnincludesyour:

TurnSignal and LaneChangeIndicator
HeadlightHigh-LowBeam & PassingSignal
WindshieldWipers
WindshieldWasher
CruiseControl(Option)

2-35
Features & Controls
Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator
The turn signalhastwoupward(forRight)andtwodownward(for Left)
positions.These positions allow you to signalaturnoralanechange.

PO178

To signal a turn, move the leverallthe wayupordown.When the turn is

finished, the leverwill return automatically.
Standard Cluster Digital Cluster

PO251

A greenarrowon the instrumentpanel will flashinthedirectionof the turn

orlanechange.

2-36
To signalalanechange,justraiseorlowertheleveruntilthegreenarrow
starts to flash.Hold it thereuntilyoucompleteyourlanechange.Thelever
willreturn by itselfwhenyoureleaseit.
As yousignala turn oralanechange, if thearrowsdon’tflash but juststay
on,asignalbulbmay be burnedoutandotherdriverswon’tseeyourturn
signal.
(Ifyourvehicle has thedigitalinsrrumentcluster,theturnsignalarrowswill
flashatafaster rate if asignalbulb is burnedout.)
If abulbisburnedout,replace it to help avoid an accident. If thegreen
arrowsdon’t go onat all whenyousignalaturn,checkthefuse(see
“Fuses” in theIndex) and forburned-outbulbs.
If youhaveatrailertowingoptionwith added wiringforthetrailerlights,a
differentturnsignalflasher is used.Withthisflasherinstalled,thesignal
indicatorwillflasheven if aturnsignalbulbisburnedout.Checkthefront
andrearturnsignallightsregularlytomakesuretheyareworking.
Operation of Lights
Althoughyourvehicle’slightingsystem(headlights,parkinglights,foglamps,
sidemarkerlightsand tail lights)meetallapplicableFederallighting
requirements,certainstatesandprovidences mayapplytheirownlighting
regulationsthatmayrequirespecialattentionbeforeyouoperatetheselights.
Forexample,somejurisdictionsmayrequirethatyouoperateyourlower
beamlightswithfoglampsatalltimes,orthatheadlightsbeturnedon
wheneveryoumustuseyourwindshieldwipers. In addition,mostjurisdictions
prohibitdrivingsolelywithparkinglights,especiallyatdawnordusk. It is
recommendedthatyoucheckwithyourownstateorprovincialhighway
authorityforapplicablelightingregulations.

2-37
Features & Contmls
Headlight High-Low Beam

PO179

To changetheheadlightsfromlowbeam to high or high to low, pull theturn

signal leverallthewaytowardyou.Thenreleaseit.Whenthehighbeams
are on, a bluelight on theinstrumentpanelalsowill beon.
Windshield Wipers

r-= . . .
I-

PO1 80

You control thewindshieldwipersbyturningthe band withthewipersymbol

on it.

2-38
For a singlewipingcycle, turn the band to MIST. Hold it there until the
wipersstart, then let go. The wiperswillstopafteronecycle. If youwant
morecycles, hold the band on MIST longer.
Forsteadywipingatlowspeed,turnthe band awayfromyou to the LO
position.Forhighspeedwiping, turn the band further,to HI. To stopthe
wipers,move the band to the off symbol.

PO177

Low Speed Delay Wipers (Option)

You canset the wiperspeedfor a long orshortdelaybetweenwipes.This
canbevery useful in light rain orsnow.Turnthe band tochoosethedelay
time. The closer to LO, the shorterthedelay.
CAUTION
Damagedwiperbladesmaypreventyoufromseeingwellenoughto I
drivesafely. To avoid damage,besure to clear ice and snowfrom
thewiperbladesbeforeusingthem. If they're frozentothe
windshield,carefullyloosen orthawthem.Ifyourbladesbecome
I- -
damaqed,getnew blades orbladeinserts.
Heavysnow or ice canoverloadyourwipers.
-
A circuitbreaker will stopthem
until themotor cools. Clearawaysnoworice to preventanoverload.

2-39
 Features & Contmls
Windshield Washer

I
PO181

At thetop of themultifunctionleverthere'sapaddlewiththeword PUSH on

it. To spray i a s h e r fluidonthewindshield,pushthepaddle.
If youhavethestandardwipers,thewiperswillkeepgoing in LO untilyou
turn the wiper control to the off symbol.
If youhavetheLowSpeedDelayoption,thewiperswillclearthewindow
and theneitherstoporreturn to yourpre-setspeed.
3 CAUTION
Drivingwithoutwasherfluidcanbedangerous. A bad mud
splashcanblockyourvision. You couldhitanothervehicle or go
off theroad.Checkyourwasherfluidleveloften.
In freezingweather,don'tuseyourwasheruntilthewindshield is
warmed.Otherwisethewasher fluid can form ice 00 the . .
. -
. ., ....

-
windshield,blockingyour visic . --

2-40
 on?mixwaterwithready-to-usewash

Cruise Control (Option)

PO259

WithCruiseControl, you canmaintainaspeed of about 25 mph (40 km/h)or

morewithoutkeepingyour foot on theaccelerator.Thiscanreallyhelp on
long trips.CruiseControldoesnotwork at speedsbelowabout 25 mph (40
km/h).
Whenyouapplyyourbrakes or pushtheclutchpedal, if youhaveamanual
transmission,theCruiseControlshutsoff.

2-41
 CAUTION
- Truise Control can be dangerouswhere you can’tdrivesafely
d stead,yspeed. so, don’t use your Cruise Control ,on winding
‘I
roads or in heavy traffic.
$@g E.-:

-
e Cruise Control canbedangerousonslipperyroads. On such
roads,fastchangesintiretractioncancauseneedlesswheel
spinning, and you could lose control.Don’tuseCruise Control
- on slipperyroads.

To Set Cruise Control

PO260

MovetheCruiseControlswitchtoON.

I CAUTION
* If youleaveyourCruiseControlswitchonwhen
\ Cruise,youmighthit
you’re not using
a buttonand go intoCruisewhenyoudon’t
I
want to. You couldbestartledandeven lose control.Keep thc
CruiseControlswitch OFF untilyouwant to use it.

Get up tothespeedyouwant.
Push in the set button at the end of the lever and release it.
Take your foot off the acceleratorpedal.

2-42
To Resume a Set Speed

PO261

Suppose you setyourCruise Control at a desiredspeed and thenyouapply

thebrake.This,ofcourse,shuts off theCruiseControl. But you don’t need
to resetit.Onceyou’regoing about 25 mph (40 km/h)ormore, you can
movetheCruise Control switchfrom ON to WA (Resume/Accelerate)for
abouthalf a second.
You’ll gorightbackup to your chosen speed and stay there.

A If you hold theswitchat WA (Resume/Accelerate)longerthanhalf

second,thevehiclewillkeepgoingfasteruntilyoureleasetheswii
orapplythe brake. You could be startled andevenlosecontrol. So
:

unless you wanttogofaster,don’t hold the switchat R/A 2-

(Resume/Accelerate).

To Increase Speed While Using Cruise Control

- -
Therearetwoways to go to a higher speed.Here’sthefirst:
1. Use the accelerator pedal to get to the higherspeed.
2. Pushthe button at the end of the lever, then release the button andthe
accelerator pedal. You’llnowcruise at the higherspeed.

2-43
Featums & Controls

PO263

Here’sthesecondway to go toahigherspeed:
1. Move the Cruiseswitchfrom ON to RIA (ResumelAccelerate). Hold it
thereuntilyougetuptothespeedyouwant,andthenreleasethe
switch.
2. To increaseyourspeed in verysmallamounts,movetheswitch to RIA
(ResumelAccelerate)forlessthanhalfasecondandthenreleaseit.
Eachtimeyou do this,yourvehiclewillgo 1 mph (1.6 kmlh) faster.
To Reduce Speed While Using Cruise Control

i PO264

2-44
 1. Push in thebuttonattheend of thelever until youreachthelower
speed you want,thenreleaseit.
2. To slowdown in verysmallamounts,pushthebuttonforlessthana
halfsecond. Each timeyou do this,you'llgo 1 mph (1.6 kmlh) slower.
Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control
Usetheacceleratorpedaltoincreaseyourspeed.Whenyoutakeyourfoot
off thepedal,yourvehiclewillslowdown to theCruiseControl speed youset
earlier.
Using Cruise Control on Hills
HowwellyourCruiseControlwillworkonhillsdependsuponyourspeed,
load,andthesteepness of thehills.Whengoingupsteephills,youmay
want to step on the accelerator pedal to .maintain yourspeed.Whengoing
downhill,youmayhave to brakeorshift to alowergear to keepyourspeed
down. Of course,applyingthebraketakes you outofCruiseControl.Many
driversfind this to betoomuchtroubleanddon'tuseCruiseControlon
steephills.
To Get Out of Cruise Control
Thereare two ways to turn off theCruiseControl:
1. Steplightly on thebrakepedalorpushtheclutchpedal, if youhavea
manualtransmission;or

PO262

2. MovetheCruiseswitch to OFF.

2-45
Features & Controls
To Erase Speed Memory
Whenyou turn off the CruiseControlor the ignition,yourCruise Control set
speedmemory is erased.
Lights
Your light switches are on the left side of yourinstrumentpanel.

KO239

Push the top switch to turn on:

ParkingLights
Sidemarker Lights
Taillights
License Plate Lights
Instrument Panel Lights
TransferCaseShiftIndicator Panel
Push the bottomswitch to turn on the headlights,togetherwith:
Parking Lights
Sidemarker Lights
Taillights
License Plate Lights
Instrument Panel Lights
TransferCaseShiftIndicatorPanel

2-46
Pushtheswitch marked OFF to turn off yourlights.
Turnthedialabovetheheadlightswitch to theright to makeyourinstrument
panelandtransfercaselightsbrighter.Turningthedialallthe way to the
rightuntil it clickswillturnontheinteriorlights.
Turnthedial to thelefttodimyourinstrument panel andtransfercase
indicatorlights.
You canswitchyourheadlightsfromhigh to lowbeam by pullingonthe
multifunctionlever.
A circuitbreakerprotectsyourheadlights. If youhaveanelectricaloverload,
yourheadlightswillflicker on and off. Haveyourheadlightwiringchecked
rightaway if thishappens.
Fog Lamps

KO940

Useyouroptional fog lampsforbettervision in foggyormistyconditions.

Your parkinglightsand/orlow beam headlightsmustbeonoryourlamps
won'twork.
The foglampswitch is ontheinstrumentpanelundertheheadlightswitch.
Presstherightside of theswitch to turn thefoglampson,andtheleftside
of theswitch to turn them off. A lightwillglow in therightsideoftheswitch
whentheyareon.

2-47
Features & Controls

. . t.

I
4 c

KO241

Remember, fog lampsalonewillnotgive off asmuchlightasyourheadlights.

Neveruseyourfoglamps in thedarkwithoutturning on yourheadlights.
Fog lamps will go off whenever your high beamheadlightscome on. When
the high beamsgooff,thefoglampswillcomeonagain.
Daytime Running Lights (DRL) lndicator Light (Canada Only)

KO242

If yourvehicle was first sold, when new, in Canada, you willhavethislight

ontheinstrumentpanel. It goesonwhenevertheDaytimeRunningLightsare
on.

2-48
Daytime Running Lights (Canada Only)
The CanadianFederal Government hasdecidedthat“DaytimeRunning
Lights’’(DRL) are ausefulfeature, in that DRL can makeyourvehiclemore
visible to pedestrians and otherdriversduringdaylighthours.DRL is required
onallnewvehicles sold in Canada.
Thehighbeamheadlightswillcome on atreducedbrightness in daylight
when:
Theignition is on
Theheadlightswitch is off, and
The parkingbrakeisreleased.
Whenyou turn onyourheadlights,theDRLwillswitch off and theexterior
lightswillcome on. When you turn off theheadlights,theexterior lights will
go out and high beams will change to thereducedbrightness of DRL again.
The DRLindicatorlightontheinstrumentpanelwillgoonwhenevertheDRL
is on.Thislight means thatonlytheDRL is on.Whenyou turn on your
exteriorlights, this lightwill go out. Of course,youmaystill turn onthe
headlightsanytimeyou need to.
To idleyourvehiclewiththeDRL off, settheparkingbrake. The DRLwill
stay off until you releasetheparkingbrake.
Headlights-On Reminder
A remindertonewill sound whenyourheadlightsareturnedon and your
ignitionis in Off, LOCK or Acc. To turn thetone off, turnthedimmer dial all
theway to the left.

2-49
Features & Contmls
Dome Light

KO1 87

The dome light will come on when you open the side doors. You can also
turn the domelight on byturningthedimmer dial to theright until itclicks.
Mirrors

I
I 1
PO154

2-50
Inside Mirror
Pressthetabunderthemirror to reduceglarefromheadlightsbehindyou.
If yourvehicle has optionalmaplights,theywillautomaticallycomeonfor
approximately 15 secondswheneitherfrontdoor is opened,oruntilthe
ignition is turned to RUN.
You canalsoturnthemaplightsonandoffbypressingtheswitchnear
eachlight.However,theignitionmustbeturned to RUN forthemaplights to
come on.
Outside Mirrors

PO156

Adjustyouroutsidemirrors so youcanjustseetheside ofyourvehicle.

Somevehiclescomewitharemotecontrolswitchforadjustingtheoutside
mirrors.FindtheswitchontheinstrumentpanelbelowtheAir
ConditionindHeater controls.Twisttheswitch to therightorlefttochoosethe
mirror,then move theswitchfromside to sideorup and down as needed.
Convex Outside Mirror
Yourrightsidemirror is convex. A convexmirror'ssurfaceiscurved so you
canseemorefromthedriver'sseat.

2-51
Features & Controls

I
Ifyouaren’tused to aconvexmirror,youcanhitanothervehicle. P
convexmirrorcanmakethings(likeothervehicles) look farther awa!
thantheyreallyare. If youcut too sharplyintotherightlane,
:ould hitavehicle on yourright.Checkyourinsidemirrororglance
overyourshoulderbeforechanginglanes.

Sun VisorsNanity Mirrors

KO251

To blockoutglare,youcanswingdownthevisors, You canalsoswingthem

fromsidetoside.
Somevisorshavemirrorsbuilt in, withandwithoutlights.Justliftthemirror
cover on eachvisortoturnthelightson if youhavethem.

2-52
 PO270

Somevisors have a "dualvisor",where you canswingportionsofthevisor

in differentdirections atthesametimetoblockoutglare. These visorsalso
haveanextension that can be pulledoutforadditionalglareprotection.
Your visormay have a strapforholdingsmallitems,suchasmaps.
Accessory Power Outlet

- .

PO157

If youhavetheoptionalaccessorypoweroutlet,youcanpluginauxiliary
electricalequipment.Just unsnap thetop of theoutletandfollowtheproper
installationinstructionsthatareincludedwithanyelectricalequipmentyou
install.

2-53
Features & Controls

When usingtheaccessorypoweroutlet,maximumelectricalload shod(

not exceed 8 amps.Always turn offanyelectricalequipmentwhennot in
I .

use. Leag E' :trical

eqr,'-ment forextendc '
1- ,iods c )u r
tery.

Cigarette Lighter/Ashtrays

KO253

To usethelighter,press it in allthe way, and letgo.Whenit'sready, it will

popbackbyitself.
Don't hold a cigarettelighter in withyourhandwhileit is heating. If youdo,
it won'tbeable to backawayfromtheheatingelementwhenit'sready.That
can makeitoverload,damagingthelighterandtheheatingelement.
To removethefrontashtray,pull on thefront of it.
Don'tputpapersandotherthingsthatburnintoyourashtray.Ifyoudo,
cigarettesorothersmokingmaterialscouldsetthemonfirecausingdamage.

2-54
Storage Compartments

PO158

Your vehiclemayhaveaconsolecompartmentbetweenthebucketseats. To
openit, just lift the top of the consolewhilepressingthe button on the
driver’s side. If you have an automatic transmission, your console also includes
ahandy place to hold cups. If you haveamanualtransmission,yourconsole
willhavea tray.

KO258

To openyourglovebox,squeeze the buttons on either side of the keyhole

together and pull thedooropen. Two cupholders are provided foryour
convenience.Useyourdoorkey to lockyourglove box.

2-55
Features & Controls
I I

I 1
KO259

A narrowshelfunderyourinstrumentpanelmaybeusedforitemssuch as
glovesorsmallbooks.

KO260

You willfindastoragepocketoneach of thefront doors. Thedriver'sdoor

pocketcontains a coinholderforyour loose change.
You mayalsohaveastoragepocketonthebackofyour 60/40 split-bench
seats.

2-56
 K2241

Somevehicleshaveastorage area behind theseat.

PO184

Convenience Net (Extended Cab)

A conveniencenetmaybeprovidedfortherearcab to helpkeepsmall
items,likeglovesandlightclothing in placeduringsharpturnsorquickstops
and starts. The netisnotdesigned to retaintheseitemsduringoff-roaduse.
The net is notforlarger,heavieritems.Storesuchthings on theloadfloor
as far forward as you can.
Installtheconveniencenetattherear ofyourvehicle,justbelowtherear
window.Attachtheupperloops to theretainersbelowthewindow(thelabel
shouldbevisible in theupperpassengersidecorner). The conveniencenet
has amaximumcapacity of 25 pounds (11 kg).
2-57
-3
PO190

2-58
 a
52
I

er
w
I-
cn

0
a
U
n

KO262

2-59
Features & Contmis

KO263

2-60
2-6 1
Features & Controls

Instrument Chster
Yourinstrumentclusterisdesignedtoletyouknowataglancehowyour
vehicleisrunning.You’llknowhowfastyou’regoing,abouthowmuchfuel
you’veused,andmanyotherthingsyou’llneedtoknow to drivesafely and
economically.
Digital Cluster
If you havethedigitalclusteritlooksdifferentbutwilltellyoueverythingthe
standardclusterdoes.Thedigitalclusteralsoincludesatachometerandwill
givereadingsineitherEnglishorMetric. To switchfromEnglishtoMetric,
justpressdownon the U M lever.
Speedometer and Odometer
I

KO265

Yourspeedometerletsyouseeyourspeedin both milesperhour(mph)and

kilometersperhour(kmlh).Yourodometershowshowfaryourvehicle has
beendriven, in eithermiles(usedin the US.) orkilometers(used in
Canada).

2-62
Tamper Resistant Odometer
Your odometeristamper-resistant. The standardodometerwillshowsilver
linesbetweenthe numbers if someonetries to turn it back. The digital
odometerwillread ERROR if someonetries to turn it back.
Standard Cluster Digital Cluster

KO267

You maywonderwhat happens if yourvehicleneedsanewodometer

installed. If the newonecanbeset to themileage total of the old odometer,
then it mustbe.But if it can’t,thenit’ssetatzero,andalabelmust be put
on thedriver’sdoor to showthe old mileagereadingwhenthenewodometer
was installed.

2-63
Features & Controls
Trip Odometer
The trip odometercan tell you howfaryourvehiclehasbeendrivensince
you lastsetthetripodometertozero.Makesurethebuttoniscompletely
depressed.
Standard CIusfer
~

KO269

To set the tripodometeronthestandardcluster to zero,pushthe button

near the 'readout.
The trip odometer on thedigitalclusterwillappear in place of yourregular
odometerwhen you pressdown on the Trip lever. To resetthetripodometer
on the digitalcluster,pressdownonthe Reset lever. To changebacktothe
regularodometer,pressdown on the Trip leveragain.

2-64
Tachometer
Thetachometeris available only with the digital speedometer. It displaysthe
engine speed in revolutionsperminute (rpm).

KO271

I Do not operate the engine with the tachometer in the red area, or engird
damage I
If you have the 4.3L High Performanceengine(VINCode W), you willhave
a fuel regulatorthatshuts the fuel off when the enginereaches 5600 rpm.
Warning Lights, Gages and lndicators
This section describes the warninglights and gages that areonyourvehicle.
The pictures willhelp you locatethem.
Warninglights and gagescansignalthatsomethingiswrongbeforeit
becomesseriousenough to cause anexpensiverepair or replacement.Paying
attention to yourwarning lights and gages could alsosaveyouorothersfrom
injury.
Warning lights go on when there may be orisaproblemwithoneofyour
vehicle'sfunctions. As you will see in thedetails on thenextfewpages,
somewarning lights come on brieflywhenyou turn the ignition key just to let
youknowthey'reworking. If you arefamiliarwiththissection, you should not
be alarmedwhen this happens.

2-65
Features &
Gagescan indicate when there may be or is aproblemwithone of your
vehicle’sfunctions. Often gagesandwarning lights worktogether to let you
knowwhenthere’saproblemwithyourvehicle.
Whenone of thewarning lights comesonandstaysonwhenyouare
driving, or whenoneof the gagesshows there may be aproblem,check the
section that tells youwhat to do about it. Pleasefollowthemanual’sadvice.
Waiting to dorepairscan be costly-andevendangerous. So please get to
knowyourwarning lights andgages. They’re a big help.
Brake System Warning Light
Standard Cluster Digital Cluster

PO159

Your vehicle’shydraulicbrakesystem is divided into two parts. If one part

isn’tworking, the other part can still work andstopyou.Forgood braking,
though, youneed both partsworkingwell. Your vehiclealsohasrearwheel
anti-lock brakes.Ifthewarninglightgoeson, there could be abrakeproblem
with either yourregularorrearwheel anti-lock brakes, or both.Haveyour
brake system inspected right away.
This light shouldcomeonasyoustart the vehicle. If it doesn’tcomeon
then, have it fixed so it will beready to warnyou if there’s a problem.
This lightwillalsocome onwhenyou set yourparkingbrake,andwillstay
on if your parking brakedoesn’treleasefully. If it staysonafteryour parking
brake is fullyreleased, it meansyoumayhave a brakeproblem. If the light
comesonwhiledriving,pull off the road andstopcarefully. Youmay notice
that thepedal is harder to push. Or,thepedalmaygocloser to thefloor. It
maytakelonger to stop. If thelightisstillon,havethevehicletowedfor
service. (See “Towing Your Vehicle”inthe Index.)

2-66
 Yo-ur brakesystemmaynot be workingproperly if thebrakewarning
light is on. Drivingwiththebrakewarninglight on can lead toan
accident. If the light is still onafteryou’ve pulled off theroadand

Engine Coolant Temperature Gage

Standard Cluster Digital Cluster

KO274

If you haveastandardcluster,youhaveagagethatshowstheengine
coolanttemperature. If thegagepointermovesintotheredarea (260°F or
145”C), yourengine is toohot!Itmeansthatyourenginecoolanthas
overheated. If youhavebeenoperatingyourvehicleundernormaldriving
conditions, you should pull off theroad,stopyourvehicleand turn off the
engineas soon as possible.
If youhaveadigitalcluster,a box aroundthetemperaturesymbolwillalso
flashandachimewillsoundwhenyourengineistoo hot.
Hot Coolant Can Burn You Badly!
In ProblemsontheRoad, thismanualshowswhat to do. See“Engine
Overheating” in the Index.

2-67
Featums & Controls
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Service Engine Soon)
Cluster
Standard Digifa/ Cluster

PO161

A computermonitorsoperation of yourfuel,ignitionandemissioncontrol
systems.Thislightshouldcomeonwhentheignitionison,buttheengineis
notrunning,asacheck to showyouitisworking.Ifitdoesnotcome on at
all,have it fixedrightaway. If it stayson,orcomesonwhileyou are driving,
thecomputerisindicatingthatyouhaveaproblem. You shouldtakeyour
vehicleinforservicesoon.

If youkeepdrivingyourvehiclewiththislighton,afterawhilethe
emission controls won’t work as well,yourfueleconomywon’t be as (
and yourenginemaynotrunassmoothly.This could lead to Istly .
repairsnotcoveredbyyourwarranty.

2-68
Oil Pressure Gage
Standard Cluster Dig&/ Cluster
n

KO276

The oil pressure gage showstheengine oil pressure in psi (poundsper

squareinch)when the engineisrunning.Canadianvehiclesindicatepressure
in kPa (kilopascals). Oil pressuremayvarywithenginespeed,outside
temperatureandoilviscosity,butreadings above thelowpressurezone
indicatethenormaloperatingrange.
A readinginthelowpressurezonemaybecausedby a dangerouslylowoil
levelorotherproblemscausinglow oil pressure.
Onthedigitalcluster,aboxaroundthe oil pressuresymbolwillbegin to flash
whentheoilpressureis low.

Don’tkeepdriving if theoilpressure is low. If you do, your eng

A can become SO hot that it catchesfire. Youor others could be
burned. C S
serviced I

I
NnTICF
Damage to your engine from neglectec Dil problemscanbe COI and
notcoveredbyyourwarranty.
P

2-69
Featums & Controls
Indicator Lights
Indicatorlights go onwhenyouuseyourturnsignals,changefromlowbeam
headlights to highbeams,orwhenyouuseyourhazardflashers. The next
few pages willalsotellyouabouttheindicatorlightsonyourvehicle and
helpyoulocatethem.
Charging System Light

I
KO280

Thechargingsystemlightwillcomeonbrieflywhenyou turn ontheignition,

buttheengine is notrunning,asacheck to showyou it is working. Then it
should go outoncetheengineisrunning.If it stayson,orcomesonwhile
youaredriving,youmayhaveaproblemwiththeelectricalchargingsystem.
It could indicatethatyouhavealoosegeneratordrivebelt,oranother
electricalproblem. Have it checkedright away. Drivingwhilethislight is on
could drainyourbattery.
If youmustdriveashortdistancewiththelighton,becertaintoturn off all
youraccessories,such as theradioandairconditioner. It isonthelower
right hand side of yourstandardinstrumentcluster.

2-70
CHECK GAGES Light

KO281

If youhave the standardinstrumentcluster,thislightwillcome on briefly

whenyouarestartingtheengine. If thelightcomesonandstays on while
you are driving,checkyourvarious gages tosee if theyare in thewarning
zones.
Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Indicator Light (Canada Only)
I

KO242

ThisgreenlightwiththeDRLsymbol is on thelowerleft of theinstrument

cluster. The DRLindicator is onwhenevertheignitionis on andtheheadlight
switchandparkingbrakeareoff.For more detailsabout DRL, see“Lights” in
thissection.

2-7 1
Features & Contmls
SHIFT Indicator Light

KO287

This lightwiththe SHIFT symbol is on theinstrumentcluster of somevehicles

withmanualtransmissions.The SHIFT indicator light will help you getthe
best fueleconomy.See“ShiftIndicator Light” in thissection.
Headlight High Beam Indicator Light

KO229

This lightwiththe blue high beamsymbolis on theinstrumentcluster.The

highbeamindicatoris on whenever you useyourhighbeamheadlights.For
moredetailsabouthighbeams,see“HeadlightHigh-LowBeam Changer” in
this section.

2-72
 Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator
Cluster
Digital
Cluster
Standard

PH

PO251

This light with the green arrows is on the instrument cluster.The turn signal
indicator willcomeonwhenever you signal a turn orlanechange.See“Turn
andLaneChange Signal” in this section.

2-73
Features & Contmls
Gages
Fuel Gage
Standard Cluster Digita! Cluster

KO272

Thefuelgagetellsyouabouthowmuchfuelyouhaveleft,whentheignition
ison.Whenthegagefirstindicates empty, youstillhavea little fuelleft,but
youshouldgetmore fuel soon.
A boxaroundthegagesymbolonthedigitalclusterwillbegintoflashwhen
yourtankis 1/8 fullorless.
Herearefourthingsthatsomeownersaskabout.None of theseshowa
problemwithyourfuelgage:
At the gasstation,thegaspumpshuts off beforethegagereadsfull.
It takes a littlemoreorlessfuel to fill upthanthegageindicated.For
example,thegagemayhaveindicatedthetankwashalffull, but it
actuallytookalittlemore or lessthanhalfthetank’scapacityto fill the
tank.
Thegagemovesalittlewhenyouturnacornerorspeedup.
Thegagedoesn’t go back to emptywhenyouturn off theignition.
Foryourfueltankcapacity,seetheIndexunder“FluidCapacities.’’

2-74
Voltmeter
Standard Cluster Digital Cluster

KO278

Whenyourengineisnotrunning,but the ignitionison(in the Run position),

the gageshowsyourbattery'sstate of charge in DC volts.When the engine
is running, the gageshowsthecondition of the chargingsystem.Readings
betweenthe low andhighwarningzonesindicate the normaloperatingrange.
Onthedigitalcluster,a box around the voltmetersymbolwillbegin to flash
when the chargingsystemneedsservice.
You canonlydriveforashorttimewiththereading in eitherwarningzone. If
youmustdrive,turn off allunnecessaryaccessories.
Readingsineitherwarningzoneindicateapossibleproblemintheelectrical
system.Havethevehicleservicedassoon as possible.
mailer Wiring Harness
Your vehiclemayhaveeithera5-wireor7-wireharness.
The5-wireharnessisstoredalongtheleftrearframecrossmember.The
harnesshasnoconnector,andyoushouldhave a qualifiedserviceperson
wireyourharnessforyou. It must be routedout of yourvehicleandattached
so thatthetrailerorthebodywon'tpull it.

.-
7-75
Features & Controls

KO250

The 7-wire harness is stored underyourvehiclealongtherearframe

crossmember.Thisharnesshasa 30 Amp. in-line fusedbatteryfeedwire and
no connector, and should be wiredbya qualified serviceperson.Attachthe
harnesstothetrailer,then tape orstrap it to yourvehicle’sframerail.Be
sure you leave it loose enough so thewiringdoesn’tbend or break,but not
so loosethatitdragsontheground.
Storetheharnessin its originalplace.Wraptheharnesstogetherand tie it
neatly so itwon’tbedamaged.

2-76
 Comfort Controls & Audio Systems

Section

Inthispartyou’ll find outhow to operate the comfortcontrolsystemsand

audiosystemsofferedwithyourvehicle.Besure to readabouttheparticular
systemsuppliedwithyourvehicle.
Forexplanation of vehiclesymbols,refer to “Vehicle Symbols” in
Section 0.
Comfort Controls ...............................................................,...................................
3-3
Flow-Through Ventilation System .....................................................................3-3
Heating System....I..................I...........................I.....................I........................
3-5
HeatinglAir Conditioning System ...................................................................... 3-6
Engine Block Heater ........................................................,....................................
3-7
Audio Systems ....................................................................................................... 3-7
FM Stereo..........................................................................................................3-8
AM ............................................................................. I.I....I........................I........3-8
I

AM
Stereo ............................... .................................................................. 3-8
How to Operate Your ETR@ AM Radio.......................................................... 3-9
How to Operate Your ETR@AM-FM
Stereo Audio System ................................................................................... 3-11
How to Operate Your ETR@AM-FM
Stereo Audio Cassette System.......................................... ......................... 3-13

3-1
 Comfort Contmls & Audio Systems
How toOperate Your ETR@ AM-FM
Stereo Audio Cassette System With Equalizer ......................................... 3-16
Care of Your Cassette Tape Player .............................................................. 3-19
How toOperate Your ETR@ AM-FM
Stereo Audio Compact Disc (CD) System ................................................ 3-20
Care of Your Compact Disc ........................................................................... 3-25
*fixed Mast Antenna ............................................................................................ 3-26

3-2
Comfort Controls
Flow-Through Venfilation System

KO502

Your vehicle’s flow-through ventilation system supplies outside air to the inside
of your vehicle when it ismoving.Withthesidewindowsclosed,air will flow
into the front air inlet grilles, through the vehicle, and out the rear air exhaust
valves. Outside air will also enter the ve,hicle when the heater or the air
conditioning fan isrunning.
Ventilation Tips
Keepthe hood andfrontairinletfree ofice,snow,oranyother
obstruction (such as leaves).Theheateranddefroster will workfar
better, reducing the chance of fogging the inside ofyourwindows.
Whenyouenter a vehicle in cold weather,turn the blowerfan to HI for
a fewmoments before driving off. This helps clear the intake ducts of
snow and moisture, and reduces the chance of fogging the inside of
your windows.
Keep the air path underthefrontseatsclear ofobjects.Thishelpsair
to circulate throughout your vehicle.

3-3
Comfort Controk & Audio Systems
Air Vents

,-' , ,

... .. . ,,

KO504

You willfindairventsinthecenterandonthesidesofyourinstrument
panel. You canmovetheventstodirectthe flow of air,orclosethevents
altogether.Whenyoucloseavent,itwillincreasetheflow of aircoming out
of anyventsthatareopen.
If yourvehicledoes not haveairconditioning,thereareairvents in eachkick
panelbelowtheinstrumentpanel.Eachventhasahandle to open and close
it.

3-4
Heating System

KO505
If yourvehicledoes not haveairconditioning, this iswhatyour heating
systemwill look like.
Fan Lever
The lever at the top of the systemhasfour positions. To increasetheair
flow,move the levertoward HI. To decrease the airflow,moveittoward OFF.
Temperature Lever
The lever on theleft of the systemletsyouselect the temperature of the air
flowing into yourvehicle.Movethelever up forwarmerair.Move the lever
downforcoolerair.
Function Lever
Theleveron the right of the systemcan be moved to threedifferentheating
functions.
DEFROST This setting operatesthedefroster.Most of the aircomesout
nearthewindshield,withsomegoing to the floorvents and sidewindow
defrostvents.Use this when you get fog or ice on the windshield.
HTR (Heater):Most of the aircomesoutnearthefloor.Therestcomesout
from the defrosterventsunderthewindshield and at the front sidewindows.
This is best for cold weather.
VENT Theaircomesout at the vents on yourinstrument panel and atyour
front side windows.

3-5
Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
HeatingAir Conditioning System

KO507

If yourvehiclehasairconditioning,your heatinghir conditioningsystemwill

look like this.
Before usingyourvehicle’sairconditioning,openthewindows to clearthe
vehicle of hotair.
Fan Lever
The leveratthetop of thesystemhasfourpositions. To increasetheair
flow,movethelevertoward HI. To decreasetheairflow,move it toward LO.
Temperature Lever
Thelever on theleft of thesystemdisplayletsyouselectthetemperatureof
the aircomingintoyourvehicle.Movethelever up forwarmerair. Move the
lever down for cooler air.
Functjon Lever
Theleverontheright of thesystemcanbemovedtoseven different heating
and airconditioningfunctions.
DEFROST: This settingoperatesthedefroster.Most of theaircomesout
near thewindshield,withsomegoing to thefloorventsandsidewindow
defrostvents.Use this whenyouget fog or iceonthewindshield.
HTR (Heater): Most of theaircomesoutnearthefloor.Therestcomesout
from thedefrosterventsunderthewindshield and at yourfrontsidewindows.
This is bestfor cold weather.

3-6
VENT The aircomesoutattheventsonyourinstrumentpanel and atyour
frontsidewindows.
BI-LEV AIC: Withthis,outsideaircomes in throughtheheaterfloorventand
theinstrumentpanelvents.Thissetting is useful in coolweatherwithbright
sunlight.
NORM NC: This setting coolstheoutsideair. If youfirstused MAX, use
NORM as soonasthevehiclehascooleddown, so outsideairwillbegoing
through your vehicle.
MAX AIC: Thiscoolstheairthefastest.Movetheotherleverallthewayto
Cold. MAX lets in only a little airfromtheoutside. You canuse MAXat first
when it’s reallyhotoutsideandyouneedtocool off quickly.
OFF: The blowerisoff,butairstillwillcomefromoutletsatthefrontofyour
vehicle. The systemwill try to keeptheairatthechosentemperature.
Engine Block Heater
If youusetheoptionalengineblockheaterbeforestartingyourengine,your
heatingsystemwillproducewarmerairfaster, to heatthepassenger
compartmentincoldweather.See“EngineBlock Heater” intheIndex.
Audio Systems
CAUTION 1
I A Hearing damage from loud noise is almostundetectableuntil it is too
late.Your hearing can adapt to highervolumes of sound. Sound that
seemsnormal can be loud andharmful to yourhearing. Take
precautions by adjustingthevolumecontrolonyourradio to a safe
sound level before yourhearingadapts to it.
To help avoid hearing loss or damage:
* Adjust the volume control to thelowestsetting.
* Increase volume slowly until you hearcomfortably and
clearly.
Your Delco@ audiosystemhasbeendesignedtooperateeasilyandgive
years of listeningpleasure.Butyouwillgetthemostenjoyment out of it if
youacquaintyourselfwith it first.FindoutwhatyourDelco@systemcando
andhow to operateallitscontrols,tobesureyou’regettingthemostout of
theadvancedengineering that wentinto it.

3-7
Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
FM Stereo
FMstereowillgiveyouthebestsound.But FM signalswillreachonlyabout
10 to 40 miles (16 to 65 km).And,tallbuildingsorhillscaninterferewith
FMsignals,causingthesound to comeandgo.
AM
TherangeformostAMstationsisgreaterthanforFM,especiallyatnight.
Thelongerrange,however,cancausestations to interferewitheachother.
AM canpickupnoisefromthingslikestormsandpowerlines.Tryreducing
thetreble to reducethisnoise if youevergetit.
AM Stereo
C-QUAIP
ThismeanstheDelco@systemcanreceiveC-QUAM@stereobroadcasts.
Many AM stationsaroundthecountryuseC-QUAM@toproducestereo,
thoughsomedonot.(C-QUAM@ is a re isteredtrademarkofMotorola,Inc.)
8
If your Delco@ system can get C-QUAM R , your “STEREO” light will come on
whenyou’rereceivingit.

3-8
How to Operate Your ETW AM Radio

R
h
t-

K4308

This part tells youhowyour ETR@ AM radio works.

PWR (Power)
The PWR button switches the radio onand off.
Upper Knob
Theupperknobdoes these three things:
It controls the volume. The VOL knob increases volumewhen rotated
clockwise.
It tells you the time. (When the ignition is off, push the RECALL knob to
display the time.)
I t allows you to RECALL the frequency when the radio is playing.
5 AL (Balance)
The control behind the upper knob allows youto balance the soundbetween
the rightand left speakers.
Lower Knob
Turn the lowerknow to tune inradio stations

3-9
Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
Pushbuttons
Thefourpushbuttonsletyoureturntofavoritestations. You can setthe
pushbuttonsfor up to sevenfavorite AM stations.Just:
Tune in thestationyouwant.
Pushthe SET pushbutton. (SET appears in the VF displayfor a few
seconds.)
Within 5 seconds,pushoneofthefourpushbuttonstostorethestation.
Wheneveryoupressthatbutton,thepresetstation will return.
NOTE:
Up to threeadditionalstationsmay be presetbypressingtwoadjoining
buttonsatthesametime.
Tune in thedesiredstation.
Pressthe SET pushbutton.
Within 5 seconds,pressanytwoadjoiningpushbuttonsatthe same time.
(Thestationwillreturnwhenthesametwobuttons are pressedagain.
Clock
To set the clock,just:
Pushthe SET pushbutton.
Within 5 seconds,pressandhold MlNS until the correctminuteappears
on thedisplay.
Pressand hold HRS untilthecorrecthourappearsonthedisplay.
TREBLE
Slide the TREBLE leverup to increasethetrebleresponse. If thestationis
weakornoisy,slidethe TREBLE leverdown to reducethenoise.
BASS
Slide the BASS leverup to increasethebassresponse.Adjustthe BASS
lever to give a pleasing sound to yourear.

3-1 0
How to Operate Your E T P AM-FM Stereo Audio
System

. . ........... -. .
F
. . . .....

K4309

Thispart tells youhowyour ETR@ AM-FM stereoaudiosystemworks.

P WR (Power)
The PWR button switchestheradioonand off.
Upper Knob
Theupperknobdoesthese two things:
It controlsthevolume. The VOL knob increasesvolumewhenrotated
clockwise.
It tellsyouthetime.(Whentheignitionis off, pushthe RECALL knob to
display the time.)
BAL (Balance)
Thecontrol behind theupperknoballowsyou to balancethesoundbetween
theright and leftspeakers.
Lower Knob
Turn thelowerknobto tune in radiostations.Push it to get AM or FM.
FADE
Thecontrol behind thelowerknobfadesthe sound betweenyourfrontand
rear speakers.

3-1 1
SEEK
Pressthe SEEK button to cause the receiver to SEEK thenexthigher station
andstop.
SCAN
Whenyoupress SCAN, theradiowillgo to the nextstationandpauseand
willkeepscanning until youpress SCAN again. SCAN appearsinthe VF
display.
Pushbuttons
Thefourpushbuttonsletyoureturn to favorite stations.
You cansetthepushbuttonsforup to fourteen favorite stations (7 AM and
7 FM). Just:
Tunein the desired station.
Press the SET pushbutton. (SET appearsin the VF displayforafew
seconds.)
Within 5 seconds,pushoneof the four pushbuttons to store the station.
Wheneveryoupress that button, the presetstation will return.
NOTE:
Up to three additional stationsmay be presetoneachbandby pressing two
adjoining buttonsat the sametime. (The station willreturnwhen the same
two buttons arepressedagain.)
Clock
To set the clock, just:
Push the SET pushbutton.
Within 5 seconds, press and hold SEEK until the correct minute appears
on the display.
Pressandhold SCAN until the correcthourappearson the display.
TREBLE
Slide the TREBLE lever up to increase the treble response.If a station is
weakornoisy, slide the TREBLE leverdowntoreducethenoise.
BASS
Slide the BASS lever up to increase the bassresponse.Adjustthe BASS
lever to givea pleasing sound to vourear.

3-1 2
How to Operate Your E T P AM-FM Stereo Audio
Cassette System

K4310

This part tells youhowyour ETR@ AM-FM stereo audio cassette system
works:
P WR (Power)
The PWR button switches the radio onand off.
Upper Knob
Theupperknobdoes these three things:
It controls the volume. TheVOLknob increases volumewithclockwise
rotation.
It tells you the time. (When the ignition is off,push the RCL knob to
display the time.)
It allows you to hear the otherside of the tape. (Press the RCL knob
while the cassette is playing.)
BAL (Balance)
The control behind the upperknob allows you to balance the soundbetween
the right andleft speakers.
Lower Knob
Turn the lower knob to tune inradiostations.Push it to get AM or FM.

3-1 3
Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
FADE
The controlbehindthelowerknobfadesthesoundbetweenyourfront and
rear speakers.
SEEK
Pressingthe SEEK button willcausethereceiverto SEEK the nexthigher
station and stop.
SCAN
Whenyoupress SCAN, theradiowillgoto the next station and pause, and
will keepscanninguntilyoupress SCAN again. SCAN appears in the VF
display.
Pushbuttons
The fourpushbuttonslet you return to favoritestations. You cansetthe
pushbuttons forup to fourteenfavoritestations (7 AM and 7 FM).Just:
Tune in the desiredstation.
Pressthe SET pushbutton. (SET appears in the VF display for 5
seconds.)
Within 5 seconds, push one of the fourpushbuttonstostore the station.
Wheneveryoupressthat button, thepresetstation will return.
NOTE:
In additiontothefourstationssetasabove, up to threeadditional stations
may be presetoneachbandbypressing two adjoiningpushbuttons at the
sametime.
Tunein the desiredstation.
Press the SET pushbutton. (SET appearsinthe VF displayfor 5
seconds.)
Within 5 seconds,pressanytwoadjoiningpushbuttonsat the sametime.
(Thestationwillreturnwhenthesametwobuttonsarepressedagain.)
Clock
To settheclock,just:
Pressthe SET pushbutton.
Within 5 seconds,press and hold SEEK until thecorrectminuteappears
on thedisplay.
Press and hold SCAN until the correcthourappears on thedisplay.

3-1 4
TREBLE
Slide the TREBLE lever up to increase the treble response. If the station is
weakornoisy, slide the TREBLE lever down to reduce the noise.
BASS
Slidethe BASS lever up to increase the bass response.Adjust the BASS
lever to givea pleasing sound toyour ear.
DNP
This is theDynamicNoiseReductionbutton.DNR@helpsremovebackground
hissfrom the radioor tape player. Youmaywant to leave it pushed in all the
time.
DNR@ is a registered trademark of NationalSemiconductorCorporation.
To Play A Cassette
Your tape player is built to workbestwithtapesthat are 30 to 45 minutes
long on eachside.Tapeslonger than that are so thin theymay not workwell
in thisplayer.
Once the tape is playing,usetheupper and lowerknobsforvolumebalance
and fade just as you do fortheradio.Thearrows indicate whichside of the
tape is being played.
Forward
To rapidlyadvancethetape, press thearrow pointing rightandthe tape will
rapidlygoforwarduntil you press the STOP-EJECT button lightly.
Re verse
To rapidlyreverse the tape, press thearrow pointing left and thetapewill
rapidlyreverse until you press the STOP-EJECT buttonlightly.
PROGRAM
To go from one side of the tape to theother,press the VOL-BAUPROG-RCL
knob(Volume).
EJECT
To removethetapeorstopthe tape and switch to radio,pressthe
STOP-EJECT button.

3-1 5
Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
How to Operate Your €TIP AM-FM Stereo Audio
Cassette System With Equalizer

K4311

Thisparttellsyouhowyour ETR" AM-FM stereoaudiocassettesystemwith

equalizer works.
P WR (Power)
The PWR buttonswitchestheradioonandoff.
Upper Knob
The upperknobdoesthesethreethings:
It controlsthevolume.
It tellsyouthetime.(Whentheignition is off, pushthe RCL knob to
displaythetime.)
It allowsyou to heartheotherside of thetape.(Pressthe PROG knob
whilethecassetteisplaying.)
BAL (Balance)
The controlbehindtheupperknoballowsyou to balancethesoundbetween
right and leftspeakers.
Lower Knob
Turnthelowerknob to tuneradiostations.Push it to get AM or FM.
FADE
Thecontrolbehindthelowerknobfadesthesoundbetweenyourfrontand
rear speakers.

3-1 6
SEEK
Pressingthe SEEK button will cause thereceiverto SEEK thenexthigher
station and stop.
SCAN
Whenyoupress SCAN, theradiowillgo to thenext station and pause and
willkeepscanning until youpress SCAN again. SCAN appears in thegraphic
display.
Pushbuftons
Thefour pushbuttons let you returntofavoritestations. You canset the
pushbuttonsforup to fourteenfavoritestations (7 AM and 7 FM). Just:
Tune in thedesiredstation.
Pressthe SET pushbutton.(NOTE: The displaywillshow SET forabout
5 seconds.)
Within the 5 seconds, push one of thefourpushbuttons.Wheneveryou
press that button, the preset station willreturn.
NOTE:
In additionto the four stations setasabove,up to three additional stations
maybepreset on each band by pressingtwo adjoining buttons at the same
time.Just:
Tune in thedesiredstation.
Pressthe SET pushbutton.
Within 5 seconds, press any two adjoiningpushbuttonsat the sametime.
(The station willreturnwhen the sametwobuttonsarepressedagain.)
Clock
To settheclock, just:
Push the SET pushbutton.
Within 5 seconds, press and hold SEEK until the correctminuteappears
on thedisplay.
Press and hold SCAN untilthecorrecthourappears on thedisplay.
Adjust The Tone
Use the leversintheupperleft corner to set the bass,midrange, and treble
until you getthesound you want. The 60 and 250 leversadjust the bass; 1K
ismidrange;and 3.5K and 10K control thetreble.
We suggest you start with the centerlever (1K) in themidpoint position, then
movetheothersup until yougettheamount of bass and trebleyoulike.

3-1 7
Cornforf Controls & Audio Sysfems
Am-St Button
The Am-St is justbelowthe PWR button.Pushthiswhenyoutune to an
AM station that broadcasts in stereo. Your STEREO lightwillcomeonwhen
you’rereceiving AM stereo.Ifyoupush Am-St andthereisnomorenoise, it
meansthestation is weak.You’llhearthestationbetter if youdon’tuse
Am-St. Justpushthe Am-St buttonagain to deletestereo.
LOUD
The loudnessbutton is nexttothe PWR button.Push it togetmorebass
sound.
DNR@
YouraudiosystemhasautomaticDynamicNoiseReduction. It helpsremove
backgroundhissnoisefromtheradio or tapeplayer.
DNR@isaregisteredtrademark of theNationalSemiconductorCorporation.
To Play A Cassette
Your tapeplayerisbuilt to workbestwithtapesthatare 30 to 45 minutes
longoneachside.Tapeslongerthanthatare so thintheymaynotworkwell
in thisplayer.
Once thetapeisplaying,usetheupperandlowerknobsforvolume,balance
andfade,justas you did forradio. The arrowsindicatewhichsideofthe
tape is beingplayed.
Cr02
The CrO2 buttonletsyousetthesystemforthetype of cassette being used.
If you areusing chrome or metaltapes,pushthe Cr02 button in.
FWD (Forward)
To rapidlyadvancethetape,press FWD, andthetape will rapidlygoforward
untilyoupressthe REV buttonlightly.
REV (Reverse)
To rapidlyreverse the tape,press REV, andthetapewillrapidlyreverseuntil
youpressthe FWD button lightly.
SEARCH
Push the SEARCH button totheright.(The ON lightwillcomeon.)
Push FWD to go to thebeginning of thenextselection.
Push REV withthe SEARCH ON lightlit,andthetape will reverse to the
beginning of the current selection.

3-1 8
PROGRAM
To go from oneside of thetapetotheother,press the upperknob.
EJECT
To remove the tapeorstop the tape and switch to radio,press the EJECT
button.
Care of Your Cassette Tape Player

K1313

A tapeplayerthat is notcleanedregularly can causereducedsoundquality,

ruinedcassettes, or a damagedmechanism.Cassettetapesshould be stored
in their casesawayfromcontaminants,directsunlight, and extremeheat. If
they aren't, they may not operate properly or cause failure of the tapeplayer.
Your tapeplayershould be cleanedregularlyeachmonth or afterevery 15
hours ofuse. Ifyounotice a reduction in soundquality,try a knowngood
cassette to see if the tape or the tape player is at fault. If this other cassette
has no improvementinsoundquality,cleanthetapeplayer.
Cleanyourcassettetapeplayerwith a wiping-action, non-abrasive cleaning
cassette, and follow the directionsprovidedwithit.
Cassettes are subject to wear and the sound quality may degrade over time.
Alwaysmakesurethatthecassettetape is in goodconditionbeforeyou
have your tape player serviced.

3-1 9
Comfort Controls & Audio Sysferns
How to Operate Your ET* AM-FM Stereo Audio Compact
Disc (CD) System

KO596

This part tells youhowyourETR@ AM-FM stereo systemworks:

P WR (Power)
The PWR button switches the radioonand off when the ignition is on.
Upper Knob
Theupperknobdoes these twothings:
It controls thevolume.Volumewill increase when the VOLknob is
turned clockwiseanddecreasewhen turned counterclockwise.Volumewill
be displayed brieflyunless the LefVRightspeaker control, Rear/Front
speakercontrol, BASS or TREB are adjusted.
It controlsthemutefeature.By pressing the MUTE knob, all soundfrom
the radio or CD player stops. By pressing theknobagain,orby turning
the VOLknobclockwise,sound will begin again.
LeftRight Speaker Control
The control behind the upperknob allows you to balancethesoundbetween
the right andleftspeakers.Balance will be displayed brieflywhen using this
control.
Lower Knob
Thelowerknobdoes these two things:
It enablesyou to tune indifferent radio stationsby turning the knob
clockwiseorcounterclockwise.

3-20
 It enablesyou to alternatebetween AM and FM stationsbypressingthe
BAND knob.Yourselectionwillbebrieflydisplayed.
Rear/Front Speaker Control
Thecontrolbehindthelowerknobfadesthe sound betweenyourfrontand
rearspeakers. Fade levelswillbebrieflydisplayed.
SEEK
Pressingthe SEEK b buttonwillcausethereceiver to seekthenexthigher
station and stop.
Pressingthe 4 SEEK button willcause the receiver to seekthenextlower
station and stop.
SCAN
Whenyoupress SCAN, theradiowillgo to thenextstationandpause, and
willkeepscanninguntilyoupress SCAN again. SC willbedisplayedwhen
using this control.
Pushbuttons
Thefivepushbuttonsletyoureturn to favoritestations.Theyarealsoused
whenyouplayadisc.(See “To Play A CompactDisc”.)
To setthepushbuttonsforup to ten favoritestations (5 AM and 5 FM):
Tune in thedesiredstation.
Pushthe SET button. (SET is displayedbriefly.)
Within 5 seconds,push one of thefivepushbuttons to storethestation.
Wheneveryoupressthatbutton,thepresetstationwillreturn.
Clock
To settheclock,just:
Pressthe SET pushbutton. The radiomaybeonoroff.
Within 5 seconds,pressand hold either SEEK b to increasethemin-
utesor 4 SEEK to decrease the minutesuntilthecorrectminute
appearsonthedisplay.
Pressand hold SCAN until the correcthourappears on thedisplay.
RCL
Pressthe RCL buttontoalternatebetweentime and radiostationonthe
display. RCL may be pressedwhentheignitionisofftoseethetime.

3-2 1
-
Comfort Contmls & Audio Systems
BASS
Pressthe BASS A to increasebasstonesand V BASS to decreasebass
tones.Pressthecenterofthecontrolforapreset BASS position.Thebass
levelwill bedisplayedbrieflywhenusingthiscontrol.
TREBLE
Pressthe TREB A to increasethetrebletonesand V TREB to decrease
thetrebletones.Pressthecenter of thecontrolforapreset TREB position.
Thetreblelevelwillbedisplayedbrieflywhenusingthiscontrol.
To PIay A Compact Disc (CD):
NOTICE
1
1

Insert a discpartwayintothe slot, labelside up. The playerwillpull it in.

Waitafewsecondsandthediscshouldplay.
Ifthedisccomesbackout,checkwhether:
The disc is upsidedown.
It is dirty,scratched,orwet.
Too muchmoisture is in the air. (If thereis,waitaboutone hourandtry
again.)
RCL
Press RCL to seewhattrackisplaying.Press it againwithin 5 :seconds to
see how long it hasbeenplaying. The tracknumberalsoappearswhenyou
changethevolumeorwhenanewtrackstarts to play.
COMP
Pressthe COMP button to make soft andloudpassagesmorenearlyequal
in volume.COMPappears in thedisplaywhileusingthiscommand.
RDM
The RDM buttonmeansrandomandwhen it is pressed, it causesthe CD
mechanism to playthetracks in arandomorderratherthan in thesequential
1, 2, 3 order.

3-22
REV
Press and hold the REV button toquicklyreturn to a favorite passage. The
counter reading will be displayed when using this control.
FWD
Press and hold the FWD button to advancequicklywithinatrack.Release it
to resumeplaying.Watch the displayto stop at aspecificpassage.
SCAN
Press SCAN to sampleeach track forapproximately 10 seconds.Scanning
willcontinue until the RDM, SCAN oranyothermotion button ispressed
again.
PREV
If you hold the PREV (4 SEEK) button, or press it morethan once, thedisc
willreturn to previous tracks.
NEXT
Press NEXT(SEEK b) to hear the nexttracknow instead of waiting until the
present trackisfinished.Ifyou hold this button or press it more than once,
the discwilladvancefurther.
sr-pL
Press ST-PL (Stop-Play) to make the discstop and the radioplay.Press
ST-PL again to restartthedisc at the pointwhere it stopped.
Press PWR or turn the ignition key off to stopthediscplayer. ’fhe disc stays
in the player and willresume playing atthepointwhere it stopped.
Press EJECT toeject the disc and maketheradioplay. The discwillstartat
tract 1 when you reinsertit.
Anti-Theft Feature
DelcoLOC ll@is an Anti-Theft feature for the compactdiscplayer.Itcan be
used or ignored.Ifignored,thesystemplaysnormally.If it isused,your
player won’tbeusable if it iseverstolen,because it won’tturnon.
The instructions below tell you how to enter a secretcode into thesystem. If
yourcarloses battery powerforanyreason,youmustunlockthesystemwith
thesecretcode before theradiowill turn on.
To Lock The System:
1. Writedownany 6 digitnumber and keepitinasafe place.
2. Turn the ignition tothe“Accessory” or “Run” position.
3. Pressthe PWR button to turn theradio off.

3-23
Comfort Contmls & Audio systems
4. Pressthe 1 and 4 buttons together. Hold themdown until “- - -” shows
on the display.
You arenowready to enteryoursecretcode. Don’twaitmorethan 15
secondsbetween steps.
5. Press SET and 000 willappearonthedisplay.
6. Press the SEEK b button to makethefirstnumberappear.
7. Rotate the TUNE knobright or left to make the last twonumbersagree
with your code.
8. Press BAND and 000 willappearagain.Nowyouareready to enter the
last three digits of your code.
9. Repeatsteps 6 and 7 for the last three digits of yourcode.
10. Press BAND and rEP willappearfor 5 secondsand then 000 will
appear.
11. Repeatsteps 6 through 10. Thistime SEC willappear-indicating that
the radio is secure.
To Unlock The System After A Power Loss
Whenbatterypowerisreapplied to asecuredradio, the radiowon’t turn on
and LOC will appearonthedisplay.
Enter yoursecretcodeasfollows:pausenomorethan 15 secondsbetween
steps.
1. Turn the -igny$onon. (Radio off.)
2. Depressthe SET button. Thedisplay will show 000.
3. Enter the sixdigits of the codefollowing steps 6-9 above.Thedisplay
will show the numbersasentered.
4. Depressthe BAND knobandthe time appears-indicatingthat the
disabling sequencewassuccessful.If the displayindicates SEC, the
numbers did not matchandtheunit is still secured.
Disabling The Theft System
1. Depresspresets 1 and 4 for 5 secondswith ignition onand radio power
off.Thedisplaywillshow SEC, indicating the unit is in the securemode.
2. Depress the SET button. Thedisplaywillshow 000.
3. Enterthefirst three digits of thecodefollowing steps 6 and 7 of the
preceding paragraphs. Thedisplay will show the numbersasentered.

3-24
 4. Depress the BAND knob.Theradiowilldisplay 000.
5. Enter the second three digits of the code.The display will show the
numbers as entered.
6. Depress the BAND knob.If the displayshows "- - - the disabling
"!

sequencewas successful. Thenumbersmatched the user-selected code

or the factoryback-upcode and the unit is in the UNSECUREDmode. If
the display shows SEC, the disabling sequencewas unsuccessful and
the numbers did not matcheither of the codesand the unit will remain
in the SECUREDmode.
Care of Your Compact Dlsc

Handlediscscarefully. Store them in their original cases orother protective

casesandaway from direct sunlight and dust. If the surface of a disc is
soiled, dampena clean, soft cloth in a mild, neutral detergent solution and
clean it, wiping from the center to the edge.
Be sure never to touch the signal surface when handling discs.Pickup discs
by grasping the outeredgesor the edge of the hole andtheouteredge.

3-25
Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
Fixed Mast Antenna
The fixedmastantennacanwithstandmostcarwasheswithoutbeing
damaged. If themastshouldeverbecomeslightlybent,youcanstraighten it
outbyhand. If themastisbadlybent,as it might be byvandals, you should
replace it.
Checkeveryonce in awhiletobesurethemast is still tightened to the
fender.

3-26
 Your Driving and the Road

Section

Hereyou’ll find information about driving on different kinds of roads and in

varying weather conditions. We’ve also included many other useful tips on
driving.
Road Signs ............................................................................................................ 4-2
Defensive Driving ..................................................................................................4-8
Drunken Driving..................................................................................................... 4-9
Control of a Vehicle ............................................................................................ 4-12
Braking.............................................................................................................. 4-12
Steering Tips .................................................................................................... 4-18
Steering in Emergencies ................................................................................. 4-18
Passing ............................................................................................................. 4-20
Loss of Control ................................................................................................ 4-22
Off-Road Driving With Your Four-wheel Drive Vehicle .................................... 4-23
Driving at Night ................................................................................................... 4-34
Driving in the Rain.............................................................................................. 4-37
Driving in Fog, Mist and Haze .......................................................................... 4-39
City Driving .......................................................................................................... 4-41
Freeway Driving................................................................................................... 4-42
Driving a Long Distance..................................................................................... 4-44
Hill and Mountain Roads .................................................................................... 4-46
Parking on Hills ................................................................................................... 4-48
Winter Driving ...................................................................................................... 4-51
Recreational Vehicle Towing (Four-wheel Drive Only) .................................... 4-54
Towing a Trailer ................................................................................................... 4-56

4-1
Your Driving and 1m3Road
Road Signs
The roadsignsyouseeeverywherearecodedbycolor,shapeandsymbols.
It’sagoodidea to knowthesecodes so thatyoucanquicklygraspthebasic
meaningorintentofthesignevenbeforeyouhaveachancetoreadit.
Color of Road Signs

t
V ’r(

ISTOPI . E N T E ~
WAY
c

AM402001

RED means STOP. It mayalsoindicatethatsomemovement is notallowed.

Examplesare DO NOT ENTER and WRONG WAY.

YELLOW indicatesageneralwarning.Slowdownandbecarefulwhenyou
seeayellowsign.Itmaysignalarailroadcrossingahead,ano-passing
zone,or some otherpotentiallydangeroussituation.Likewise, a yellowsolid
linepaintedontheroadmeans“Don’tCross.”

4-2
 h

LOw WORKERS FLAGGER

SHOULDER AHEAD AHEAD
AM402003

ORANGE indicatesroadconstructionormaintenance. You'li wanttoslow

downwhenyousee an orangesign, as part of theroadmaybeclosedoff
ortornup. And there may be workersandmaintenancevehiclesaround,too.

WEST
EXIT
-' 1
SMALLTC'V 44 -1
AM402004

GREEN is usedto guidethedriver. Green signsmayindicateupcoming

freewayexitsorshowthedirectionyoushouldturn to reachaparticular
place.

HOSPITAL INFORMATION

AM40200i

BLUE signswithwhitelettersshowmotorists' sewices.

4-3
Your Driving and the Road
&..,

CANOEING SWIMMING

AM402006

BROWN signs point out recreation areas or points of historicor cultural

interest.
Shape of Road Signs
Theshape of the sign will tell yousomething,too.

ST0 PII
AM402007

An OCTAGONAL (eight-sided) sign means STOP. It is always red withwhite

letters.

A DIAMOND-shaped sign is awarning of something ahead-forexample,the

end ofa divided highway, a curve, steephill, soft shoulder, or anarrow
bridge.

4-4
 AM402009

A TRIANGLE pointed downward,indicatesYIELD. It assignstheright-of-way

to trafficon certain approaches to an intersection.

AM40201

A TRIANGULAR sign alsoisused on two-lane roads to indicate aNO

PASSINGZONE. This sign will be on the leftside of the roadway.

KEEP LEFT OR RIGHT TURN

RIGHT THROUGH ONLY

AM402011

RECTANGULAR (square or oblong)signs show speed limits, parking

regulations, give directions, and such informationasdistances to cities.

4-5
Your Driving and the Road
Symbols on Road Signs
Therearemanyinternationalroadsigns in usetoday.

I
AM402012

The basicmessage ofmany of thesesignsis in picturesorgraphicsymbols.

A picturewithin a circlewithadiagonallineacross it showswhat NOT to do.

NO U NO
TURN
NO BICYCLES
PARKING
AM40201 3

Traffic Lights

I I
AM402014

We’re all familiarwithtrafficlightsorstoplights.Often,greenarrowsarebeing

used in thelightsforimprovedtrafficcontrol.Onsomemultilaneroads,green
arrowslightup,indicatingthattrafficinoneormorelanescanmoveormake
aturn.Greenarrowsdon’tmean“gonomatterwhat”.You’llstill need to
proceedwithcaution,yieldingtheright ofway to pedestriansandsometimes
toothervehicles.

4-6
Some traffic lights alsouseredarrows to signify that you muststopbefore
turning onred.
Manycityroads and expressways, and evenbridges,usereversible-lane
trafficcontrolduringrushhours. A red X light above a lanemeansnodriving
in thatlaneat that time. A greenarrowmeans you maydrive in that lane.
Lookforthesigns posted to warndriverswhathours and days these
systemsare in effect.
REVERSIBLE
LANE ON
MULTI-LANE
ROADWAY

Pavement Markings

I
NO PASSING ZONE

AM402016

Pavementmarkings add totraffic signs and signals.Theygiveinformationto

driverswithout taking attention from the roadway. A solid yellow line on your
sideof the roadorlanemeans“don’t cross.”
Your Own Signals
Drivers signal toothers, too. It’s not onlymorepolite,it’ssafertoletother
drivers knowwhat you are doing.And in someplaces the lawrequiresdriver
signals.

4-7
Your Driving and the Road
Turnandlanechangesignals: Alwayssignalwhenyouplanto turn or
changelanes.
If necessary,youcanusehandsignalsout the window:Leftarmstraightout
for a left turn,downforslow or about-to-stop, and up for a rightturn.
Slowingdown: If timeallows,tapthebrake pedal once or twice in advance
of slowing or stopping. This warns the driver behind you.
Disabled: Your four-way flashers signal that your vehicle is disabled or is a
hazard.See“HazardWarning Flasher” intheIndex.
Traffic Officer
Thetraffic police officerisalso a source of importantinformation.Theofficer’s
signals govern,nomatterwhatthetrafficlights or othersignssay.
Thenextpartdiscussessome of theroad conditions youmayencounter.
Defensive Driving
The best adviceanyonecangiveabout driving is:Drivedefensively.
Pleasestartwith a veryimportantsafetydevice in yourvehicle:Buckleup.
(See “Safety Belts” in theIndex.)
Defensivedrivingreallymeans“beready for anything.”Oncitystreets,rural
roads, or freeways, it means“alwaysexpecttheunexpected.”
Assumethatpedestrians or otherdrivers are going to becareless and make
mistakes.Anticipatewhattheymight do. Bereadyfortheirmistakes.
Expectchildren to dashoutfrombehindparkedcars,oftenfollowedbyother
children. Expectoccupantsinparkedcars to open doors intotraffic.Watchfor
movementinparkedcars-someonemay be about to open a door.
Expectotherdrivers to runstopsignswhenyouareon a throughstreet.Be
ready to brake if necessaryasyougothroughintersections. Youmay not
have to usethebrake,but if you do, youwillbeready.
If you’re driving through a shoppingcenterparkinglotwherethereare
well-markedlanes, directional arrows, and designatedparkingareas,expect
somedrivers to ignoreallthesemarkingsanddashstraight toward onepart
of the lot.
Pedestrianscanbecareless.Watchforthem. In general,youmust give way
to pedestrianseven if youknowyouhavetherightofway.
Rear-end collisions are about the most preventable of accidents. Yet they are
common.Allowenoughfollowingdistance.It’sthebestdefensive driving

4-8
maneuver, in both cityandruraldriving. You neverknowwhenthevehicle in
front of you is goingtobrakeor turn suddenly.
Here’safinalbit of informationaboutdefensivedriving.Themostdangerous
timefordrivinginthe US. is veryearlyonSundaymorning.Infact, GM
Researchstudiesshowthatthemostandtheleastdangeroustimesfor
driving,everyweek,fallonthesameday.Thatday is Sunday. The most
dangeroustimeisSundayfrom3 a.m. to 4 a.m. The safesttimeisSunday
from 10 a.m.to 11 a.m.DrivingthesamedistanceonaSunday at 3a.m.
isn’tjustalittlemoredangerousthanitisat 10 a.m.It’sabout134times
moredangerous!Thatleads to thenextpart.
Drunken Driving
Deathandinjuryassociatedwithdrinking and drivingisanationaltragedy.It’s
thenumber one contributor to thehighwaydeathtoll,claimingthousands of
victimseveryyear.Alcoholtakesaway three thingsthatanyoneneeds to
driveavehicle:
Judgment
MuscularCoordination
Vision
Policerecordsshow that half of allmotorvehicle-relateddeathsinvolve
alcohol-adriver,apassengerorsomeoneelse,suchasapedestrian,had
beendrinking. In mostcases,thesedeathsaretheresult of someonewho
wasdrinkinganddriving.Over 25,000 motorvehicle-relateddeathsoccur
eachyear because of alcohol,andthousands of peopleareinjured.
Justhowmuchalcoholistoomuch if apersonplansto drive? Ideally,no
oneshoulddrinkalcohol and thendrive.But if onedoes,thenwhat’s“too
much”can be a lot lessthanmanymightthink.Although it dependsoneach
personandsituation,here is somegeneralinformationontheproblem.
The BloodAlcoholContent(BAC) of someone whoisdrinkingdependsupon
four things:
How much alcoholisinthedrink.
Thedrinker’sbodyweight.
The amount of foodthatis consumed beforeandduringdrinking.
The length oftime it has taken the drinker to consumethealcohol.

4-9
Your Driving and the Road

AM407001

ht; LI IN A BAC
OF ‘*7T .05°/o IN
THt IIIVIE SHOWN
OF DRINKS
(as in picture) 4

100 120 140 160 240

220
200
180
BODY WEIGHT IN POUNDS

AM407002

According to theAmericanMedicalAssociation,a180-pound(82kg)person
whodrinksthree12-ounce (355 ml)bottlesofbeerinanhourwillendup
withaBACofabout 0.06 percent.ThepersonwouldreachthesameBAC
bydrinkingthree4-ounce(120ml)glasses of wineorthreemixeddrinks if
each had 1 4 2 ounces (45 ml) of aliquorlikewhiskey,ginorvodka.
It’s theamount of alcoholthatcounts.Forexample,ifthesamepersondrank
three doublemartinis (3 ouncesor 90 ml of liquoreach)withinanhour,the
person’sBACwould be close to 0.12 percent.Apersonwhoconsumesfood
just beforeorduringdrinkingwillhaveaslightlylowerBAClevel.

4-1 0
The law in most US. states sets the legal limit at aBAC of 0.10 percent. In
Canada the limitis 0.08 percent, andinsomeother countries it’s lowerthan
that. The BACwillbeover 0.10 percent afterthreetosix drinks (in one
hour). Of course, as we’veseen, it dependsonhowmuchalcoholisinthe
drinks,andhowquickly the persondrinksthem.
Butit’sveryimportanttokeep in mindthat the abilitytodrive is affected well
belowaBAC of 0.10 percent. Research showsthatthe driving skills ofmany
peopleare impaired ataBACapproaching 0.05 percent, and thattheeffects
areworseatnight. All driversare impaired at BAClevelsabove 0.05 percent.
Statisticsshowthatthechance of being in anaccidentincreasessharplyfor
driverswhohaveaBAC of 0.05 percent or above. A driverwithaBAC level
of 0.06 percent (three beers in one hourfora 180-pound or 82 kg person)
hasdoubled his orherchance of having an accident. At aBAC level of 0.10
percent, the chance of thatdriver having an accidentissixtimesgreater; at
alevel of 0.15 percent, thechancesaretwenty-fivetimesgreater!And, the
bodytakesabout an hour to rid itself of the alcoholinonedrink. No amount
of coffeeornumber of cold showerswill speed thatup.
“I’ll becareful”isn’ttherightanswer.What if there’sanemergency,a need
to take sudden action, aswhena child darts into thestreet? A person witha
higherBACmightnotbeable to reactquicklyenough to avoidthecollision.
There’ssomethingelseaboutdrinking and driving thatmany people don’t
know. Medical researchshows that alcohol inaperson’ssystemcanmake
crash injuriesworse.That’sespeciallytrueforbrain, spinal cord and heart
injuries. That meansthat if anyonewhohas been drinking-driveror
passenger-is in acrash,thechance of being killed or permanently disabled
ishigherthan if that person had not been drinking.Andwe’vealreadyseen
that thechance of a crash itself is higher for drinkingdrivers.

I
Drinking and then driving isverydangerous. Your reflexes,percep
A tions, and judgmentwillbeaffectedby even asmallamountofalco
hol. You could have aserious-orevenfatal-accident if you driv
afterdrinking.Pleasedon’tdrink and driveorridewithadriverwho
has been drinking.Ridehome in a cab; or if you’rewithagroup

4-1 1
Your Driving and the Road
Control of a Vehicle

AM409005

You havethreesystemsthatmakeyourvehiclegowhereyouwant it togo.

They are thebrakes,thesteering and theaccelerator. All threesystemshave
to do their workattheplaceswhere the tires meettheroad.
Sometimes,aswhenyou’redrivingonsnow or ice, it’seasytoaskmore of
thosecontrolsystemsthanthetiresandroadcanprovide.Thatmeansyou
canlosecontrol of yourvehicle.
Braking
Brakingactioninvolves perceptiontime and reaction time.
First,youhavetodecide to pushonthe brake pedal.That’s perception
time. Thenyouhaveto bring up yourfoot and do it.That’s reaction time.
Average reaction time isabout 3/4 of asecond.Butthat’sonlyanaverage.
It might be lesswithonedriver and aslongastwoorthreeseconds or
morewithanother.Age,physicalcondition,alertness,coordination, and
eyesightallplayapart. So do alcohol,drugsandfrustration.Buteven in 314
of asecond,avehiclemovingat 60 mph (100 km/h)travels 66 feet (20 m).
That could bealot of distance in anemergency, so keepingenoughspace
betweenyourvehicle and othersisimportant.
And, of course,actualstoppingdistancesvarygreatlywiththesurface of the
road(whetherit’spavementorgravel);thecondition ofthe road (wet, dry,
icy); tire tread; and thecondition of yourbrakes.

4-1 2
Most drivers treat their brakeswithcare.Some,however,overwork the
brakingsystemwithpoor driving habits.
Avoidneedlessheavybraking.Somepeopledrive in spurts-heavy
accelerationfollowed by heavybraking-ratherthankeeping pace with
traffic. This is a mistake. Your brakesmay not havetimeto cool
between hard stops. Your brakes will wearoutmuchfaster if you do a
lot of heavy braking.
Don’t “ride” the brakes by letting your left footrest lightly on the brake
pedalwhiledriving.
!

AM410001

CAUTION
“Riding”yourbrakes can causethem to overheat to thepoint that
theywon’tworkwell. You mightnotbeable to stopyourvehicle in
time to avoidanaccident. If you “ride” yourbrakes,theywillget so
hot they will require a lot of pedal force to slowyoudown.Avoid
“riding” the brakes.

“Riding” the brakeswearsthem out muchfaster. You would need costly

brake replacementmuchsooner than normal, and it alsoreduces fuel
I economy

4-1 3
Your Driving and the Road
If youkeeppacewiththetrafficandallowrealisticfollowingdistances,you
willeliminatea lot of unnecessarybraking.Thatmeansbetterbrakingand
longerbrakelife.
If yourengineeverstopswhileyou’redriving,brakenormallybutdon’t
pumpyourbrakes. If youdo,thepedalmaygetharder to pushdown. If
yourengine stops, youwillstillhavesomepowerbrakeassist.Butyou
willuse it whenyoubrake.Oncethepowerassistisusedup,itmay
takelonger to stop andthebrakepedalwillbeharder to push.
Antilock Brakes (ABS)
Your vehiclehasanadvancedelectronicbrakingsystemthatcanhelpyou
keepitundercontrol.

‘b
F
AM415003

Here’showantilockworks.Let’ssaytheroad is wet.You’redrivingsafely.
Suddenlyananimaljumpsoutinfront of you.
You slamonthebrakes.Here’swhathappenswith ABS.
A computersensesthatarearwheel is slowingdown.Thecomputerworks
thebrakesattherearwheels. It isprogrammed to makethemostof
availabletireandroadconditions.

4-1 4
 AM415013

As youbrake,yourcomputerkeepsreceivingupdatesonrearwheel
speed-and controls braking pressureaccordingly.

I CAUTION
Antilockdoesn’t change thetimeyouneed to getyourfootup to the
brakepedal. If yougettooclose to the vehicle in front ofyou, you
won’thavetime to applyyourbrakes if thatvehiclesuddenlyslows
wlii or stops.Alwaysleave enough roomup ahead tn stop, even thnllgh
@E? you have antilock brakes.

lo Use Antilock
- I
Userearwheelantilocklikeregularbrakes. You mayfeelthebrakesvibrate,
oryoumaynoticesome noise outsideyourvehicle,butthis is normal.Let
antilockworkforyou,butremember: Your frontwheelscan still stoprolling. If
thathappens,release enough pressureon the brakes to getthewheels
rollingagain so that you can steer.
Withthefour-wheeldriveoptionyouwon’thaveantilockbrakingwhenyou
shiftintofour-wheeldrive.Butyouwillhaveregularbraking.When you shift
back intotwo-wheeldrive,youwillhaveantilockagain.

4-1 5
 Your Driving and the Road
Brake System Warning Light
Standard Cluster Digital Cluster

PO159

Thislightappears on yourinstrumentcluster to warnyouifyourregular

brakingsystemneedsservice. Ifyourvehiclehasrearwheelantilockbrakes,
thislightwillalsowarnyouabouttroubleinthatsystem.Itwillalso light if
yourparkingbrake is notfullydisengaged.SeetheIndexunder“Brake
SystemWarningLight.”
Disc Brake Wear Indicators
Yourvehiclehasfrontdiscbrakesandreardrumbrakes.Discbrakepads
havebuilt-inwearindicatorsthatmakeahigh-pitchedwarningsoundwhen
thebrakepadsarewornandnewpadsareneeded.Thesoundmaycome
and go or be heardallthetimeyourvehicleismoving(exceptwhenyouare
pushingonthebrakepedalfirmly).

I A The brake wearwarningsoundmeans that sooneror later your

A brakes won’t workwell. That could lead to an accident. When you
hear the brake wear warning sound, have your vehicle serviced.

4-1 6
Somedrivingconditionsorclimatesmaycause a brakesquealwhenthe
brakesarefirstappliedorlightlyapplied.Thisdoesnot mean somethingis
wrongwithyourbrakes.
Rear Drum Brakes
Your reardrumbrakesdon’thavethewearindicators,but if youeverheara
rearbrakerubbingnoise,havetherearbrakeliningsinspected. Also, therear
brakedrumsshouldbe removed andinspectedeachtimethetiresare
removed forrotationorchanging.Whenyouhavethefrontbrakesreplaced,
havetherearbrakesinspected, too.
Brakeliningsshouldalwaysbereplacedascompleteaxlesets.
Brake Pedal Travel
Seeyourdealer if thebrakepedaldoesnotreturn to normalheight,or if
thereisarapidincreaseinpedaltravel.This could beasign of brake
trouble.
Brake Adjustment
Everytimeyoumakeabrakestop,yourdiscbrakesadjustforwear. If your
brakepedalgoesdownfarther than normal,yourrear drum brakesmayneed
adjustment.Adjustthembybackingupandfirmlyapplyingthebrakesafew
times.
Braking In Emergencies
At sometime,nearlyeverydrivergets into asituationthatrequireshard
braking. You have the rearwheelantilockbrakingsystem.Yourfrontwheels
canstoprollingwhen you brakeveryhard.Oncetheydo,thevehiclecan’t
respond to yoursteering.Momentumwillcarryit in whateverdirection it was
headed when the frontwheelsstoppedrolling.That could be off theroad,
intothevery thing youwere trying to avoid,orintotraffic.
So, usea“squeeze”brakingtechnique.Thiswillgiveyoumaximumbraking
whilemaintainingsteeringcontrol. You dothisbypushingonthebrakepedal
withsteadilyincreasingpressure.Whenyoudo, it will help maintainsteering
control. In manyemergencies,steering can helpyoumorethaneventhevery
bestbraking.
Steering
Power Steering
If youlosepowersteeringassistbecausetheengine stops orthesystem
fails to function,you can steerbut it will take muchmoreeffort.

4-1 7
Your Driving and the Road
Steering Tips
Driving on Curves
It’simportanttotakecurvesatareasonablespeed.
A lotofthe“driverlostcontrol”accidentsmentionedonthenews happen on
curves.Here’swhy:
Experienceddriver orbeginner,each of usissubjecttothesamelawsof
physicswhendrivingoncurves.Thetraction of thetiresagainsttheroad
surfacemakesitpossibleforthevehicle to change its pathwhenyou turn
thefrontwheels. If there’snotraction,inertiawillkeepthevehiclegoing in
thesamedirection. If you’veevertried to steeravehicleonwetice,you’ll
understandthis.
The tractionyoucanget in acurvedependsonthecondition ofyourtires
andtheroadsurface,theangleatwhichthecurve is banked,andyour
speed.Whileyou’re in acurve,speed is theonefactoryoucancontrol.
Suppose you’resteeringthroughasharpcurve. Then yousuddenlyapplythe
brakes.Bothcontrolsystems-steeringandbraking-have to do theirwork
where the tiresmeettheroad.Addingthehardbrakingcandemandtoo
muchatthoseplaces. You canlosecontrol. The samethingcan happen if
you’resteeringthroughasharpcurveandyousuddenlyaccelerate. Those
twocontrolsystems-steeringandacceleration-canoverwhelmthoseplaces
where the tiresmeettheroadandmakeyoulosecontrol.
Whatshouldyoudo if thiseverhappens?Letuponthebrakeoraccelerator
pedal,steerthevehiclethewayyouwant it togo,andslowdown.
Speed limitsignsnearcurveswarnthatyoushouldadjustyourspeed. Of
course,thepostedspeedsarebased on goodweatherandroadconditions.
Underlessfavorableconditionsyou’llwanttogoslower.
If you need to reduceyourspeedasyouapproachacurve, do it beforeyou
enterthecurve,whileyourfrontwheelsarestraightahead. Try to adjustyour
speed so youcan“drive”throughthecurve.Maintainareasonable,steady
speed.Wait to accelerateuntilyouareout of thecurve,andthenaccelerate
gentlyintothestraightaway.
Whenyoudriveintoacurveatnight,it’shardertoseetheroad ahead of
youbecause it bendsawayfromthestraightbeamsofyourlights.This is
one good reason to driveslower.
Steering in Emergencies
Therearetimeswhensteeringcan be moreeffectivethanbraking.For
example,youcomeoverahillandfindatruckstopped in yourlane,ora

4-1 8
carsuddenly pulls outfromnowhere, or a child dartsoutfrombetween
parked cars and stops right in front ofyou.You can avoid these problemsby
braking-if you canstopintime.Butsometimes you can’t;there isn’t room.
That’s the timeforevasiveaction-steeringaroundtheproblem.
Your vehicle can performverywell in emergencieslikethese.Firstapplyyour
brakes, but notenough to lockyourfrontwheels.
It is better toremoveasmuch speed asyoucanfromapossiblecollision.
Thensteeraroundtheproblem, to theleft or rightdepending on thespace
available.

KO444

An emergencylike this requires close attention and aquickdecision. If you

are holding the steering wheelattherecommended 9 and 3 o’clockpositions,
youcanturn it a full 180 degreesveryquicklywithoutremovingeitherhand.
But you have to actfast,steerquickly, and just asquickly straighten the
wheelonceyouhave avoided theobject. You mustthenbepreparedtosteer
back to your original lane and then braketoa controlled stop.
Dependingonyourspeed, this canberatherviolentforanunprepareddriver.
This isone of the reasons driving expertsrecommendthatyouuseyour
safety belts and keep both hands on the steeringwheel.
The fact that such emergency situations arealwayspossible is a good reason
to practice defensive driving at all times.
Off-Road Recovery
You may find sometime that yourrightwheelshave dropped off theedge of
aroadonto the shoulderwhile you’re driving.

4-1 9
 Your Driving and the Road

AM428003

If the level of theshoulder is only slightly below the pavement,recovery

shouldbefairly easy. Ease offtheaccelerator and then, if there is nothingin
the way, steer so that your vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement. You
canturnthesteeringwheelup to 1/4 turnuntil the rightfront tire contacts
thepavementedge.Thenturnyoursteeringwheel to go straight down the
roadway.
If theshoulderappears to beaboutfourinches (100 mm) ormorebelowthe
pavement,thisdifferencecancauseproblems. If thereisnotenoughroom to
pull entirelyontotheshoulderandstop,thenfollowthesameprocedures.But
iftherighttirescrubsagainstthesideofthepavement,do NOT steer more
sharply.With too much steering angle, the vehicle may jump back onto the
road with so much steering input that it crosses over into the oncoming traffic
beforeyoucanbring it backundercontrol.Instead,ease off againonthe
acceleratorandsteeringinput,straddlethepavementonce more, then try
again.
Passing
The driver of a vehicle about to pass another on a two-lane highway waits
for just therightmoment,accelerates,movesaroundthevehicleahead,then
goes back intotherightlaneagain. A simplemaneuver?
Not necessarily!Passinganothervehicle on atwo-lanehighway is a
potentiallydangerousmove,sincethepassingvehicleoccupiesthesamelane
asoncomingtrafficforseveralseconds. A miscalculation,anerror in
judgment, or a brief surrender to frustration or anger can suddenly put the
passing driver face to face with the worst of all traffic accidents-the head-on
collision.

4-20
So herearesometipsforpassing:
“Driveahead.”Lookdowntheroad, to thesides,and to crossroadsfor
situationsthatmightaffectyourpassingpatterns. If youhaveanydoubt
whatsoeveraboutmakingasuccessfulpass,waitforabettertime.
Watchfortrafficsigns, pavement markings, and lines.Ifyou can seea
signupaheadthatmightindicatea turn or an intersection,delayyour
pass. A brokencenterlineusuallyindicatesit’sallrighttopass
(providingtheroad ahead isclear).Nevercrossasolidlineonyourside
of thelaneoradoublesolidline,even if theroadseemsempty of
approachingtraffic.
If yoususpectthatthedriver of the vehicle you want to pass isn’t aware
ofyourpresence,tapthehorn a couple of timesbeforepassing.
Do notget too close to thevehicleyouwanttopasswhileyou’re
awaitinganopportunity.For one thing,followingtoocloselyreducesyour
area of vision,especially if you’refollowingalargervehicle. Also, you
won’thaveadequatespace if thevehicle ahead suddenlyslowsorstops.
Keep backareasonabledistance.
When it lookslikeachance to passiscomingup,start to accelerate
butstay in therightlaneanddon’tget too close.Timeyourmove so
youwillbeincreasingspeedasthetimecomes to moveintotheother
lane. If thewayisclear to pass,youwillhavea“runningstart”that
morethanmakesupforthedistance you wouldlosebydroppingback.
And if something happens to causeyou to cancelyourpass,youneed
onlyslowdownanddropbackagainandwaitforanotheropportunity.
If othercarsarelinedup to passaslowvehicle,waityourturn.But
takecarethatsomeoneisn’ttrying to passyouasyoupullouttopass
theslowvehicle.Remembertoglanceoveryourshoulderandcheckthe
blindspot.
Checkyourmirrors,glanceoveryourshoulder,andstartyourleftlane
changesignalbeforemovingout of therightlane to pass.Whenyou
arefar enough ahead of thepassedvehicle to seeitsfront in your
insidemirror,activateyourrightlanechangesignalandmovebackinto
therightlane.(Rememberthat if yourrightoutsidemirror is convex,the
vehicleyou just passed may seem to befurtherawayfromyouthan it
reallyis.)
Try not to passmorethanonevehicleatatimeontwo-laneroads.
Reconsiderbeforepassingthenextvehicle.

4-2 1
Your Driving and the Road
Don’tovertakeaslowlymovingvehicle too rapidly.Eventhough the
brakelightsarenotflashing,itmaybeslowingdown or startingtoturn.
If you’re being passed,make it easyforthefollowingdrivertogetahead
of you.Perhapsyoucaneasealittle to theright.
Loss of Control
Let’sreviewwhatdrivingexpertssayaboutwhathappenswhenthe three
controlsystems(brakes,steeringandacceleration)don’thaveenoughfriction
wherethetiresmeettheroad to dowhatthedriverhasasked.
In anyemergency,don’tgiveup.Keeptrying to steer, and constantlyseekan
escaperouteorarea of lessdanger.
Skidding
In askid,adrivercanlosecontrol of thevehicle.Defensivedrivers avoid
mostskidsbytakingreasonablecaresuitedtoexistingconditions, and bynot
“overdriving”thoseconditions.Butskids are alwayspossible.
The three types of skids correspond to your vehicle’s three control systems.
In thebrakingskid,yourwheelsaren’trolling. In thesteeringorcornering
skid, too muchspeedorsteeringinacurvecausestirestoslipand lose
corneringforce.And in theaccelerationskid, too muchthrottlecauses the
driving wheelstospin.
A corneringskidand an acceleration skid arebesthandledbyeasingyour
foot off theaccelerator pedal. Ifyourvehiclestartstoslide(aswhen you turn
acorner on awet,snow-orice-coveredroad),easeyourfoot off the
acceleratorpedalassoonas you feel the tiresstart to slide.Quicklysteer
the way you wantthevehicletogo. If you startsteeringquicklyenough,your
vehiclewillstraightenout. As it does,straightenthe front wheels.
Of course,tractionisreducedwhenwater,snow,ice,gravel, or othermaterial
is on the road.Forsafety,you’llwant to slowdown and adjustyour driving to
these conditions.Itisimportant to slowdown on slipperysurfaces because
stoppingdistancewill be longerandvehiclecontrolmorelimited.
Whiledrivingonasurfacewithreducedtraction,tryyourbestto avoid
suddensteering,acceleration,or braking (includingenginebrakingby shifting
to a lowergear).Anysuddenmove could causethe tires to slide. You may
notrealize the surface is slippery until yourvehicle is skidding. Learn to
recognizewarningclues-suchasenoughwater,iceorpackedsnow on the
road tomakea“mirroredsurface”-andslowdownwhenyouhaveany
doubt.

4-22
Remember:Therearwheelantilockbrakingsystem (RWAL) helps avoid only
arearbrakingskid. In abraking skid (wherethefrontwheelsarenolonger
rolling),release enough pressure on the brakes to getthefrontwheelsrolling
again.Thisrestoressteeringcontrol.Push the brake pedal downsteadily
when youhave to stopsuddenly.Aslongasthefrontwheelsarerolling,you
willhavesteeringcontrol.Steerthewayyouwant to go.
OffmRoad Driving with Your Four-wheel
Drive Vehicle
Thisoff-roadguide is forvehiclesthathavefour-wheeldrive.Also,see
“AntilockBrakes’’ in the Index. If yourvehicledoesn’thavefour-wheeldrive,
youshouldn’tdrive off-road unlessyou’reon a level,solidsurface.
Off-roaddrivingcanbegreatfun.But it doeshavesomedefinitehazards.
Thegreatest of theseistheterrainitself.
“Off-roading”meansyou’veleftthegreatNorthAmericanroadsystembehind.
Trafficlanesaren’tmarked.Curvesaren’tbanked.Therearenoroadsigns.
Surfacescanbeslippery,rough,uphillordownhill.Inshort,you’vegoneright
back to nature.
Off-road drivinginvolvessomenewskills.Andthat’s why it’sveryimportant
thatyoureadthisguide. You’ll find manydrivingtipsandsuggestions.These
willhelp make your off-road drivingsaferandmoreenjoyable.
Before You Go Off-Roading
Therearesomethings to dobefore you goout.Forexample,besure to
haveallnecessarymaintenanceandserviceworkdone.Besureyoureadall
theinformationaboutyourfour-wheeldrivevehicle in thismanual. Is there
enough fuel? Is the sparetirefullyinflated?Arethefluidlevelsupwhere
theyshouldbe?Whatarethelocallawsthatapply to off-roadingwhereyou’ll
bedriving? If you don’tknow,youshouldcheckwithlawenforcementpeople
in thearea.Willyou be onsomeone’sprivateland?If so, besure to getthe
necessarypermission.
Loading Your Vehicle for Off-Road Driving
Therearesomeimportantthings to rememberabouthow to loadyour
vehicle.
The heaviestthingsshouldbeonthe load floorandforward ofyourrear
axle.Putheavieritemsasfarforwardasyoucan.
Be surethe load is securedproperly, so drivingontheoff-roadterrain
doesn’ttossthingsaround.

4-23
Controllingyourvehicle is thekey to successful off-road driving. One of the
bestways to controlyourvehicle is to controlyourspeed.Hereare some
thingstokeep in mind.Athigherspeeds:
youapproachthingsfasterandyouhave less time to scantheterrain
for obstacles.
youhave less time to react.
youhavemorevehicle bounce whenyoudriveoverobstacles.
you’ll need moredistanceforbraking,especiallysinceyou’reonan
unpaved surface.

When you’re driving offroad,bouncingandquick changes in direc-

A tion can easilythrowyouout
losecontrolandcrash.
of position.Thiscouldcauseyou
So, whetheryou’redrivingonorofftheroad,
to

youandyourpassengersshouldwearsafetybelts.
I
Scanning the Terrain
Off-road driving can take you overmanydifferentkindsofterrain. You need
to befamiliarwiththeterrain and its manydifferentfeatures.Herearesome
things to consider.
Surface Conditions
Off-roadingcantakeyouover hard-packed dirt,gravel,rocks,grass,sand,
mud,snoworice. Each of thesesurfacesaffectsthesteering,acceleration,
andbraking of yourtruck in differentways.Dependinguponthe kind of
surfaceyouare on, you mayexperienceslipping,sliding,wheelspinning,
delayedacceleration, poor traction, and longerbrakingdistances,
Surface Obstacles
Unseenor hidden obstacles can behazardous. A rock,log,hole,rut,or
bumpcanstartle you if you’renotpreparedforthem.Oftentheseobstacles
arehidden by grass,bushes,snow or eventheriseand fall of theterrain
itself.Herearesomethings to consider:
Is the path ahead clear?
Willthesurfacetexture change abruptlyup ahead?
Does the traveltakeyouuphillordownhill?(There’smorediscussion of
thesesubjectslater.)
Willyouhave to stopsuddenlyor change directionquickly?

4-25
 Your Driving and the Road
When you driveoverobstaclesorroughterrain,keepafirmgriponthe
steeringwheel.Ruts,troughs, or othersurfacefeaturescanjerkthewheel
outof yourhands if you’renotprepared.
Whenyoudriveoverbumps,rocks, or otherobstacles,yourwheelscanleave
theground. If thishappens,evenwithone or twowheels,youcan’tcontrol
thevehicleaswell or atall.
Becauseyou will be on anunpavedsurface,it’sespeciallyimportant to avoid
suddenacceleration,suddenturns, or suddenbraking.
Inaway,off-roaddrivingrequiresadifferentkind of alertnessfrom driving on
paved roadsandhighways.Thereare no roadsigns,postedspeedlimits or
signallights. You have to useyourowngoodjudgmentaboutwhatis safe
and whatisn’t.

can be affectedbyevenasmallamount of alcohol. You could have

Driving On Off-Road Hills

Off-roaddrivingoftentakesyouup,down,oracrossahill.Drivingsafelyon
hills requiresgoodjudgmentandanunderstanding of whatyourvehicle can
and can’t do. Therearesomehillsthatsimplycan’tbedriven, no matterhow
well built thevehicle.

Many hills aresimply too steepforanyvehicle. If youdrive up them,

A you willstall.If you drivedownthem, you can’tcontrolyourspeed.
you driveacrossthem,youwillrollover. You could be seriously
1
I

injured or killed. If you haveanydoubtaboutthesteepness,don’t

I drive
hill.
the
Approaching a Hill
Whenyouapproacha hill, you need to decide if it’sone of those hills that’s
just too steep to climb,descend,orcross.Steepnesscan be hard to judge.
On a very smallhill,forexample,theremay be asmooth,constant incline

4-26
withonlyasmall change in elevationwhereyoucaneasilyseeallthe way
tothetop. On alarge hill, the inclinemaygetsteeperasyounearthetop,
but you’ may not see this because the crest of the hill is hidden bybushes,
grass,orshrubs.
Herearesomeotherthings to considerasyouapproachahill.
Is thereaconstantincline,or does the hill getsharplysteeper in
places?
Is there good tractiononthehillside,orwillthesurfacecausetire
slipping?
Is thereastraightpath upordownthehill so youwon’thave to make
turning maneuvers?
Arethereobstructionsonthehillthan can blockyour path (boulders,
trees,logs or ruts)?
What’s beyond the hill? Is there a cliff,anembankment,adrop-off,a
fence?Getout and walk the hill if youdon’tknow.It’sthesmartwayto
find out.
Is the hill simplytoorough?Steephillsoftenhaveruts,gullies,troughs
and exposed rocksbecausetheyare more susceptible to theeffects of
erosion.
Driving Uphill
Once youdecideyou can safelydrive up thehill,youneed to takesome
specialsteps.
Usealowergear and getafirmgriponthesteeringwheel.
Getasmoothstartupthe hill and try to maintainyourspeed.Don’tuse
morepowerthanyouneed,becauseyoudon’twantyourwheels to start
spinningorsliding.
Try to drivestraightupthe hill if atallpossible. If the path twistsand
turns,youmightwant to find anotherroute.
I CAUTION
A Turningordrivingacrosssteephillscan be dangerous. Youcoulc
4 losetraction.slidesideways, and possibly roll over.You could _ _
seriously injt j or killed. Whendrivina UD hills. alwavs try to ao
- straiaht UD.

Easeupon your speed as you approachthetop of the hill.

4-27
Your Driving and the Road
Attachaflagtothevehicletomakeyoumorevisibletoapproaching
traffic on trails or hills.
Soundthehornasyouapproachthetop of hill to letopposingtraffic
know you’re there.
Useyourheadlightsevenduringthe day.Theymakeyoumorevisibleto
oncomingtraffic.

Drivingtothetop(crest) of ahill at fullspeedcancausean

A accident.Therecouldbeadrop-off,embankment,cliff,oreven
anothervehicle. You could beseriouslyinjured or killed. As younear
the
alert.
stay
andtop
down
slow
hill,
of a I
Q: Whatshould I do if my vehiclestalls, or is abouttostall,and I can’t
make it up the hill?
A: If thishappens,therearesomethings you shoulddo, and there are some
things youmustnot do. First,here’swhatyou shoulddo:
Pushthebrakepedaltostop the vehicle and keep it fromrolling
backwards. Also, applytheparkingbrake.
If yourengineis still running,shiftthetransmissionintoreverse,release
the parkingbrake,andslowlybackdownthe hill inreverse.
If yourenginehas stopped running,you’ll need torestart it. Withthe
brakepedaldepressed and the parking brake still applied,shiftthe
transmission to P (Park) (or, shiftto N (Neutral)ifyourvehiclehasa
manualtransmission) and restarttheengine.Then,shiftto R (Reverse),
release the parkingbrake,andslowlybackdownthehill in reverse.
As youarebackingdown the hill,putyourlefthandonthe steering
wheel at the 12 o’clockposition.This way, you’llbeableto tell if your
wheels are straight or turned to the leftorright as youbackdown.
Herearesomethingsyou mustnot do if youstall,orareabout to stall,
whengoingupahill.
Neverattempttopreventastallbyshifting into N (Neutral)(or
depressing the clutch, if youhaveamanualtransmission) to “rev-up” the
engine and regainforwardmomentum.Thiswon’twork. Your vehiclewill
roll backwardsveryquicklyand you could gooutofcontrol.

4-28
 Instead,applytheregularbrake to stopthevehicle. Then applythe
parkingbrake.Shiftintoreverse,releasetheparkingbrake,andslowly
backdown.
Neverattempt to turn around if youareabout to stallwhengoingupa
hill. If thehillissteep enough to stallyourvehicle,it’ssteepenoughto
causeyou to rollover if you turn around. If youcan’tmake it upthe
hill,youmustbackdownthe hill.
Q: Suppose, after stalling,I try to back down the hill and decide I just
can’t do it. What should I do?
A: Set the parkingbrake,putyourtransmission in P (Park)(orthemanual
transmission in firstgear), and turn off theengine.Leavethevehicleandgo
getsomehelp.Exitontheuphillside and stayclear of the path thevehicle
wouldtake if it rolled downhill. Do notshiftthetransfercase to N (Neutral)
whenyouleavethevehicle.Leave it in somegear.

A If youhavea manual transfercaseshiftlever,shiftingthetransfer I

case to N (Neutral) can causeyourvehicle to roll even if the
transmission is in P (Park)(or, if youhavethemanualtransmission,
even if you’re in gear).This is because the N (Neutral) position on
thetransfer case overridesthetransmission. If you are going to
leave your vehicle, set the parking brake and shift the transmission
to P (Park) (or, putyour manual transmission in firstgear).But do
notshift the transfer case to the N (Neutral)position. Leave the
transfer case in the 2 WHEEL, 4 HIGH or 4 LOW position..

Driving Downhiil
When off-roading takesyoudownhill,you’llwanttoconsider a numberof
things:
How steep is thedownhill? Will I beable to maintainvehiclecontrol?
What’sthesurfacelike? Smooth? Rough? Slippery?Hard-packeddirt?
Gravel?
Aretherehiddensurfaceobstacles?Ruts? Logs? Boulders?
What’satthebottom of thehill? Is thereahiddencreekbank oreven a
riverbottomwithlargerocks?

4-29
Your Driving and the Road
If youdecideyoucangodownahillsafely,thentry to keepyourvehicle
headed straightdown,andusealowgear.Thisway,enginedrag can help
yourbrakesandtheywon’thave to doallthework.Descendslowly,keeping
yourvehicleundercontrolatalltimes.

Heavybrakingwhengoingdownahillcancauseyourbrakes to
overheatandfade.Thiscouldcauselossofcontrolandaserious
lccident.Applythebrakeslightlywhendescel ng ahill and usea
lowgeartokeepvehiclespeedundercontrol.
Q: Arethere some things I shouldnotdowhendrivingdown a hill?
A: Yes!Theseareimportantbecause if youignore them you could lose
control and haveaseriousaccident.
Whendrivingdownhill,avoidturnsthattakeyouacrosstheincline of the
hill. A hillthat’snottoosteep to drivedownmay be toosteep to drive
across. You couldrollover if youdon’tdrivestraightdown.
Nevergodownhillwiththetransmission in N (Neutral),orwiththeclutch
pedaldepressed in amanualshift.This is called“free-wheeling.” Your
brakeswillhave to doalltheworkandcouldoverheat and fade.
Avoidbraking so hardthatyoulockthewheelswhengoingdownhill. If
yourfrontwheels are locked,youcan’tsteeryourvehicle.Ifyourwheels
lockupduringdownhillbraking,youmay feel thevehiclestarting to slide
sideways. To regainyourdirection,justease off the brakes and steer to
keep the front of the vehicle pointing straight downhill.
Q: Am I likelyto stall whengoingdownhill?
A: It’smuchmorelikelytohappengoinguphill.But if ithappensgoing
downhill,here’swhat to do.
Stopyourvehiclebyapplyingtheregularbrakes.Applytheparking
brake.
Shiftto P (Park)(or to N (Neutral)withthemanualtransmission)and,
whilestillbraking,restart the engine.
Shiftback to alow gear,releasetheparkingbrake,anddrivestraight
down.
If theenginewon’tstart,getoutandgethelp.

4-30
Driving Across an lncline
Sooner orlater,an off-road trailwillprobablygoacrosstheincline of ahill. If
thishappens,youhave to decidewhether to trytodriveacrosstheincline.
Herearesomethings to consider:
A hillthatcanbedrivenstraightupordownmaybe too steep to drive
across.Whenyougostraightup or downahill,thelength of thewheel
base(thedistancefromthefrontwheels to therearwheels)reducesthe
likelihoodthevehiclewilltumble end overend. But whenyoudrive
acrossanincline,the much morenarrowtrackwidth(thedistance
between the left and rightwheels)maynotpreventthevehiclefrom
tiltingand rolling over. Also, drivingacrossaninclineputsmoreweight
on the downhillwheels. This couldcauseadownhillslideorarollover.
. Surfaceconditions can beaproblemwhenyoudriveacrossahill.Loose
gravel,muddyspots,orevenwetgrass can causeyourtires to slip
sideways,downhill.If the vehicleslipssideways,it can hitsomethingthat
willtrip it (arock,arut,etc.)androllover.
Hiddenobstaclescanmakethesteepness of theinclineevenworse.If
youdriveacrossarockwiththe uphill wheels,or if thedownhillwheels
drop into arutordepression,yourvehicle can tilt evenmore.
For reasonslikethese,youneed to decidecarefullywhether to try todrive
acrossanincline.Just because the trail goesacrosstheinclinedoesn’tmean
youhave to driveit. The lastvehicle to tryitmighthaverolledover.

Drivingacrossaninclinethat’s too steepwillmakeyourvehicle roll

over.You could beseriouslyinjuredorkilled. If youhaveanydoubt
aboutthesteepness of theincline,don’tdriveacrossit.Findanother
routeinstead
Q: WhatifI’mdriving
-
across aninclinethat’snottoosteep,but I hit
someloosegravelandstart to slidedownhill.Whatshould I do?
A: If you feel yourvehiclestarting to slidesideways, turn downhill.This
should helpstraightenoutthevehicle and preventthesideslipping.However,
a much betterway to preventthis is to getoutand“walkthecourse” so you
knowwhatthesurface is likebefore you drive it.

4-3 1
 Your Driving and the Road
Stalling on an Incline

AM440001

Ifyourvehiclestallswhenyou’recrossinganincline,besureyou(andyour
passengers)getoutontheuphillside,even if thedoorthereisharder to
open.Ifyougetoutonthedownhillsideandthevehiclestarts to rollover,
you’llberightinitspath.
Ifyouhavetowalkdowntheslope,stayoutofthepaththevehiclewilltake
if itdoesrollover.

CdTION I
A Gettingoutonthedownhill(low)side of avehiclestoppedacrossan
incline is dangerous. If thevehiclerollsover,youcouldbecrushed
or killed.Alwaysgetoutontheuphill(high)side of thevehicleand
staywellclearoftherolloverpath.

Driving In Mud, Sandy Snowy Or Ice

Whenyoudrivein mud,snoworsand,yourwheelswon’tget good traction.
You can’taccelerateasquickly,turning is moredifficult,andyou’llneed
longer braking distances.
It’sbesttousealowgearwhenyou’re in mud-thedeeper themud,the
lowerthe gear. In reallydeepmud,theidea is to keepyourvehiclemoving
so youdon’tgetstuck.
Whenyoudriveonsand,you’llsense a change in wheeltraction.But it will
depend uponhowlooselypackedthesandis.Onlooselypacked sand (as

4-32
onbeachesorsanddunes)yourtireswilltend to sinkintothesand.This
hasan effectonsteering,accelerating,andbraking. You maywant to reduce
theairpressure in yourtiresslightlywhendriving on sand.Thiswillimprove
traction.
Hardpackedsnowandiceoffertheworsttire traction. Onthesesurfaces,it’s
veryeasy to losecontrol. Onwetice,forexample,thetractionis so poor
thatyouwillhavedifficultyaccelerating.And if you do getmoving,poor
steering and difficultbrakingcancauseyou to slideout of control.

-
i Driving on frozenlakes, ponds or rivers can bedangerous.
Underwatersprings,currentsundertheice,orsuddenthaws can
weakentheice. Your vehiclecould fall throughtheiceandyou 3
yourpassengers could drown.Driveyourvehicleonsafesurfaces
only. I
Driving In Water
Lightraincausesnospecial off-road drivingproblems.Butheavyraincan
meanflashflooding, and floodwaters demand extremecaution.
Findouthowdeepthewater is beforeyoudrivethroughit. If it’sdeep
enough to coveryourwheelhubs,axles,orexhaustpipe,don’t try it-you
probablywon’tgetthrough.Also,waterthatdeepcandamageyouraxle and
other vehicle parts.
If thewaterisn’t too deep,thendrivethrough it slowly.Atfastspeeds,water
splashes on yourignitionsystemandyourvehiclecanstall.Stallingcanalso
occur if yougetyourtailpipeunderwater.And, as long asyourtailpipe is
underwater,you’llneverbe able to startyourengine.Whenyou go through
water,rememberthatwhenyourbrakesgetwet, it maytakeyoulonger to
stop.
1 CAUTION
Drivingthroughrushingwatercanbedangerous.Deepwater can
sweep yourvehicledownstream and youandyourpassengerscould
drown. If it’sonlyinches deep, it can still washawaytheground
fromunderyourtires,and you couldlosetractionandrollthevehicle
over.Don’tdrivethroughrushingwater.

4-33
Your Driving and the Road
After Off-Road Driving
Remove any brush ordebristhathascollectedontheunderbody,chassis,or
underthehood.Theseaccumulationscanbea fire hazard.
Afteroperation in mud orsand,havethebrakeliningscleanedandchecked.
Thesesubstancescancauseglazingandunevenbraking.Checkthebody
structure,steering,suspension,wheels,tires,andexhaustsystemfordamage.
Also,checkthefuellinesandcoolingsystemforanyleakage.
Your vehicle will require more frequent service due to off-road use.Refer to
theMaintenanceScheduleforadditionalinformation.
Driving at Night

AN450005

Nightdriving is moredangerousthandaydriving.Onereason is thatsome

driversarelikely to beimpaired-byalcoholordrugs,withnightvision
problems,orbyfatigue.
Herearesometipsonnightdriving.
Drivedefensively.Remember,this is themostdangeroustime.
Don’tdrinkanddrive(See“DrunkenDriving”in the Indexformoreon
thisproblem.)
Adjustyourinsiderearviewmirror to reducetheglarefromheadlights
behindyou.

4-34

f
 Sinceyoucan’tsee as well,youmayneed to slowdownandkeep
morespacebetweenyou and othervehicles.It’shard to tell howfast
thevehicle ahead is going just bylookingat its taillights.
Slowdown,especiallyonhigher speed roads.Yourheadlights can light
uponly so much roadahead.
In remoteareas,watchforanimals.
If you’retired, pull off the road in asafeplaceandrest.
Night Vision
No one can seeaswellatnight as in thedaytime.Butas we getolder
thesedifferencesincrease. A 50-year-olddrivermayrequireatleasttwice as
much lighttoseethesame thing atnightasa20-year-old.
Whatyoudointhedaytimecanalsoaffectyournightvision.Forexample, if
you spend theday in brightsunshineyouarewise to wearsunglasses. Your
eyeswillhavelesstroubleadjusting to night.
But if you’redriving,don’twearsunglassesatnight.Theymaycutdownon
glarefromheadlights,buttheyalsomakealot of thingsinvisiblethatshould
remainvisible-suchasparkedcars,obstacles,pedestrians,oreventrains
blockingrailwaycrossings. You maywanttoput on yoursunglassesafteryou
have pulled intoa brightly-lighted service or refreshmentarea.Eyesshielded
fromthatglaremayadjustmorequickly to darknessback on the road.But
besure to removeyoursunglassesbeforeyouleavetheservicearea.
You canbetemporarilyblinded by approachinglights.Itcantakeasecondor
two,orevenseveralseconds,foryoureyestoreadjust to thedark.When
youarefacedwithsevereglare(asfromadriverwhodoesn’tlowerthehigh
beams,oravehiclewithmisaimedheadlights),slowdownalittle.Avoid
staringdirectlyintotheapproachinglights.Ifthere is aline of opposing
traffic,makeoccasionalglancesovertheline of headlights to makecertain
that one of thevehiclesisn’tstarting to moveintoyourlane.Onceyouare
pastthebrightlights,giveyoureyestime to readjustbeforeresumingspeed.
High Beams
If thevehicleapproachingyouhasitshigh beams on,signal by flickingyours
to high and then back to lowbeam.Thisistheusualsignal to lowerthe
headlightbeams. If theotherdriver still doesn’tlowerthebeams,resistthe
temptation to putyourhigh beams on.Thisonlymakestwohalf-blinded
drivers.

4-35
Onafreeway,useyourhighbeamsonly in remoteareaswhereyouwon’t
impairapproachingdrivers. In someplaces,likecities,usinghighbeamsis
illegal.
Whenyou follow anothervehicleonafreeway orhighway,uselowbeams.
True,mostvehiclesnowhave day-night mirrorsthatenablethedriver to
reduceglare.Butoutsidemirrorsarenot of thistype and highbeamsfrom
behind canbotherthedriverahead.
A Few More Night Driving Suggestions
Keepyourwindshieldand all theglass on yourvehicleclean-inside and out.
Glare at night is mademuchworsebydirton the glass.Even the inside of
theglasscan build up afilmcausedby dust. Tobaccosmoke also makes
insideglasssurfacesveryfilmy and can be avisionhazard if it’s left there.
Dirtyglassmakeslightsdazzleandflashmorethancleanglasswould,
makingthepupils of youreyescontractrepeatedly. You mightevenwant to
keepa cloth and some glass cleanerinyourvehicle if youneed to clean
your glass frequently.
Remember that yourheadlights light upfarlessof a roadwaywhen you are
in aturnorcurve.
Keepyoureyesmoving;that way, it’seasier to pickoutdimlylightedobjects.
Justasyourheadlightsshould be checkedregularlyforproperaim, so should
youreyes be examinedregularly.Somedriverssufferfromnight
blindness-theinability to see in dimlight-andaren’tevenaware of it.

4-36
Driving in the Rain

r
AM455004

Rainandwetroadscanmeandrivingtrouble. On a wet roadyoucan’tstop,

accelerate or turn as wellbecauseyourtire-to-roadtractionisn’tas good as
on dry roads.And, if yourtiresdon’thavemuchtreadleft,you’llgeteven
less traction.
It’salwayswise to goslower and becautious if rainstarts to fall whileyou
aredriving.Thesurfacemaygetwetsuddenlywhenyourreflexesaretuned
fordrivingon dry pavement.
Theheaviertherain,theharder it istosee.Even if yourwindshieldwiper
bladesare in good shape,aheavyraincanmake it harder to seeroadsigns
and trafficsignals,pavementmarkings,theedge of theroad, and even
peoplewalking. Road spraycanoftenbeworseforvisionthanrain,
especially if it comesfromadirtyroad.
So it iswise to keepyourwipingequipment in good shapeandkeepyour
windshieldwashertankfilled.Replaceyourwindshieldwiperinsertswhenthey
showsignsofstreakingormissingareas on thewindshield,orwhenstripsof
rubberstart to separatefromtheinserts.

4-37
Your Driving and the Road

AM455009

Drivingtoofastthroughlargewaterpuddles orevengoingthroughsomecar
washescancauseproblems,too.Thewatermayaffectyourbrakes. Try to
avoidpuddles.But if youcan’t,trytoslowdownbeforeyouhitthem.
CAUTION I
Wet brakescancauseaccidents.Theywon’tworkwellinaquick
A stopandmaycausepulling
thevehicle
to oneside. You couldlosecontrol of

After drivin,.hrough alargepuddleofwateroracarwash, amly

. your brake pedal lightlv until vour brakes worknormallv.

Hydroplaning
Hydroplaningisdangerous. So muchwater can buildupunderyourtiresthat
they can actuallyrideonthewater.This can happen if theroad is wet
enough andyou’regoingfastenough.Whenyourvehicle is hydroplaning, it
haslittleornocontactwiththeroad.
You mightnotbeawareofhydroplaning. You coulddrivealongforsometime
withoutrealizingyourtiresaren’t in constantcontactwiththeroad. You could
find outthehardway:whenyouhave to slow,turn,moveoutto pass-or if
yougethitbyagust ofwind. You couldsuddenlyfindyourselfoutofcontrol.
Hydroplaningdoesn’thappenoften.But it can if yourtireshaven’t much tread
or if the pressureinoneor more is low. It can happen if a lot ofwater is
standing on theroad. If you canseereflectionsfromtrees,telephonepoles,
orothervehicles,andraindrops“dimple”thewater’ssurface,therecouldbe
hydroplaning.

4-38
Hydroplaningusually happens athigherspeeds.There just isn’tahard and
fastruleabouthydroplaning. The bestadvice is to slowdownwhenitis
raining,andbecareful.
Some Other Rainy Weather Tips
Turnonyourheadlights-notjustyourparkinglights-tohelpmakeyou
morevisible to others.
Look for hard-to-see vehiclescomingfrombehind. You maywanttouse
yourheadlightseven in daytime if it’sraininghard.
Besidesslowingdown,allowsomeextrafollowingdistance.Andbe
especiallycarefulwhenyoupassanothervehicle.Allowyourselfmore
clearroomahead,andbepreparedtohaveyourviewrestrictedbyroad
spray. If theroadspray is so heavyyouareactuallyblinded,dropback.
Don’t pass until conditionsimprove.Goingmoreslowly is betterthan
havinganaccident.
Useyourdefogger if it helps.
Have good tireswithpropertreaddepth.(See“Tires” in theIndex.)
Driving in Fog, Mist and Haze
Fogcanoccurwithhighhumidity or heavyfrost. It canbe so mildthatyou
can seethrough it forseveralhundredfeet(meters).Or it mightbe so thick
thatyoucanseeonlya few feet(meters)ahead. It may comesuddenly to
an otherwise clear road.And it can beamajorhazard.
Whenyoudriveintoafogpatch,yourvisibilitywillbereducedquickly.The
biggestdangersarestrikingthevehicle ahead orbeingstruck by the one
behind.Try to “read”thefogdensitydowntheroad. If thevehicle ahead
startsto become lessclear or, atnight, if thetaillightsareharder to see,the
fog is probablythickening.Slowdown to givetrafficbehindyouachanceto
slowdown.Everybody then hasabetterchance to avoidhittingthevehicle
ahead I

4-39
Your Driving and the Road

AM459005

A patch of densefogmayextendonlyforafewfeet(meters) or for miles

(kilometers);youcan’treally tell whileyou’reinit.You canonlytreatthe
situationwithextremecare.
Onecommonfogcondition-sometimescalledmist or groundfog-can
happeninweatherthatseemsperfect,especiallyatnight or in theearly
morninginvalleyandlow,marshyareas.Youcanbesuddenlyenvelopedin
thick, wethazethatmayevencoatyourwindshield. You canoftenspotthese
fogpatches or mistlayerswithyourheadlights.Butsometimestheycanbe
waitingfor you asyoucomeovera hill or dipintoashallowvalley.Start
yourwindshieldwipersandwasher, to helpclearaccumulatedroaddirt.Slow
downcarefully.
Tips on Driving in Fog
If yougetcaught in fog,turnyourheadlightsonlowbeam,even in daytime.
You’llsee-andbeseen-better.Useyour foglights if yourvehiclehasthem.
Don’tuseyourhighbeams.Thelightwillbounce off thewaterdropletsthat
make up fog and reflect back at you.
Useyourdefogger. In highhumidity,evenalightbuildup of moistureonthe
inside of theglasswillcutdown on youralreadylimitedvisibility.Runyour
windshieldwipers and washeroccasionally.Moisturecanbuildup on the
outsideglass,andwhatseems to befogmayactuallybemoistureon the
outside of your windshield.

4-40
Treat dense fogasanemergency.Try to find aplace to pulloff the road. Of
courseyouwant to respectanother’sproperty, but youmight need to put
somethingbetweenyou and movingvehicles-space,trees,telephonepoles,
aprivatedriveway,anything that removes you fromothertraffic.
If visibilityisnearzero and youmuststopbut are unsurewhetheryouare
awayfromtheroad,turnyour lights on, startyourhazardwarningflasher,
and sound your horn atintervalsorwhenyouhearapproachingtraffic.
Passothervehiclesinfogonly if you canseefarenough ahead to pass
safely.Eventhen,beprepared to delayyourpass if yoususpectthefogis
worseupahead. If othervehiclestrytopassyou,make it easyforthem.
City Driving

AN460003

One of thebiggestproblemswithcitystreets is theamount of trafficonthem.

You’llwant to watchoutforwhat the otherdriversaredoing,andpay
attention to traffic signals.
Here are ways to increase your safety in citydriving:
Know the bestway to get to where youaregoing. Try not to drive
around trying to pick outafamiliarstreetorlandmark.Getacitymap
and plan your trip into an unknown part of thecity just as you wouldfor
a cross-country trip.
Try to usethefreeways that rim and crisscrossmostlargecities. You’ll
savetime and energy.(Seethenextsection,“FreewayDriving.”)

4-41
Your Driving and the Road
Treatagreenlightasawarningsignal. A trafficlightistherebecause
thecornerisbusyenough to needit.Whenalightturnsgreen, and just
beforeyoustart to move,checkbothwaysforvehiclesthathavenot
clearedtheintersectionormay be runningtheredlight.
Obey all postedspeedlimits. But rememberthattheyareforidealroad,
weatherandvisibilityconditions. You mayneed to drivebelowthe
postedlimitin bad weatherorwhenvisibilityisespeciallypoor.
Pull to theright(withcare)andstopclear of intersectionswhenyousee
orhearemergencyvehicles.
Freeway Driving

AN461003

Mileformile,freeways(alsocalledthruways,parkways,expressways,
turnpikes,orsuperhighways)arethesafest of allroads.Buttheyhavetheir
ownspecialrules.
Themostimportantadvice on freewaydrivingis:Keepupwithtrafficand
keep to theright.Driveatthesamespeedmost of theotherdriversare
driving.Too-fastortoo-slowdrivingbreaksasmoothtrafficflow.Treattheleft
lane on afreewayasapassinglane.
Entering the Freeway
At theentrancethere is usuallyarampthatleads to thefreeway.Ifyouhave
a clearview of thefreewayasyoudrivealongtheentranceramp,you
shouldbegin to checktraffic.Try to determinewhere you expect to blend
with the flow. If trafficislight,youmayhavenoproblem.But if it isheavy,
findagapasyoumovealongtheenteringlaneandtimeyourapproach. Try

442
to mergeinto the gap at close to theprevailingspeed.Switchonyourturn
signal,checkyourrearviewmirrorsas you movealong, and glanceoveryour
shoulderas often as necessary.Try to blend smoothlywiththetrafficflow.
Driving on the Freeway
Onceyouare on the freeway,adjustyour speed to the posted limitor to the
prevailingrate if it’sslower.Stay in the right lane unless you wanttopass.If
youare on a two-lane freeway, treat therightlaneastheslowlane and the
leftlane as the passing lane.
If youare on a three-lane freeway,treat the right lane astheslower-speed
through lane,the middle laneasthe higher-speed through lane, and the left
laneas the passing lane.
Before changing lanes,checkyourrearviewmirrors. Then useyour turn
signal.Just before youleave the lane,glancequicklyoveryourshoulder to
makesure there isn’tanothervehicle in your “blind” spot.
If you aremovingfromanoutside to a center laneon a freeway having
morethantwolanes,makesureanothervehicleisn’tabout to move into the
samespot.Lookat the vehiclestwolanesover and watchfor telltale signs:
turn signals flashing, anincrease in speed,ormoving toward the edge of the
lane. Be preparedtodelayyourmove.
Onceyouaremoving on thefreeway,make certain youallowareasonable
followingdistance.Expect to moveslightlyslowerat night.
Leaving the Freeway
Whenyouwantto leave the freeway,move to theproperlanewell in
advance.Dashingacrosslanes at the lastminute is dangerous. If you miss
your exit do not,underanycircumstances,stop and backup.Drive on tothe
nextexit.
At each exit point isadeceleration lane. Ideally it should be longenoughfor
you to enter it atfreewayspeed(aftersignaling, of course) and thendoyour
braking beforemoving onto theexitramp.Unfortunately,not all deceleration
lanesare long enough-someare too shortforall the braking.Decidewhen
tostartbraking. If you mustbrake on the throughlane, and if there is traffic
closebehindyou,you can allowa little extratime and flash yourbrake lights
(in addition to your turn signal)as extra warningthatyou are about to slow
down and exit.
Theexitrampcan be curved,sometimesquitesharply. The exit speed is
usuallyposted.Reduceyour speed according to yourspeedometer,not to
yoursense of motion.After driving foranydistanceathigherspeeds,you

4-43
maytend to thinkyouaregoingslowerthanyouactuallyare.Forexample,
40 rnph (65 km/h)mightseem like only 20 mph (30 kmlh). Obviously, this
could lead toserioustrouble on arampdesignedfor 20 mph (30 kmlh)!

Driving a Long Distance

Althoughmostlongtripstodayaremade on freeways,thereare still many
made on regularhighways.
Long-distancedrivingonfreeways and regularhighwaysisthesame in some
ways. The triphasto be planned and the vehicleprepared,youdrive at
higher-than-cityspeeds, and therearelongerturnsbehindthewheel. You’ll
enjoyyourtripmore if youandyourvehicleareingoodshape.Hereare
sometipsforasuccessfullongtrip.
Before Leaving on a Long Trip
Makesureyou’reready. Try tobewellrested. If youmuststartwhenyou’re
not fresh-suchas afteraday’s work-don’t plantomake too manymiles
thatfirstpart of thejourney.Wearcomfortableclothingandshoes you can
easilydrivein.
Is yourvehiclereadyforalongtrip? If youkeep it serviced and maintained,
it’s ready to go. If it needsservice,have it donebeforestartingout. Of
course,you’ll find experiencedandableserviceexpertsinyourvehicle’s
dealershipsallacrossNorthAmerica.They’llbeready and willing to help if
you need it.
Herearesomethings you cancheckbeforeatrip:
e WindshieldWasherFluid: Is thereservoirfull?Areallwindowsclean
insideandoutside?
WiperBlades: Arethey in goodshape?
Fuel, Engine Oil, Other Fluids: Have you checkedalllevels?
Lights: Arethey all working?Arethelensesclean?
Tires: Theyarevitallyimportanttoasafe,trouble-freetrip. Is the tread
goodenoughforlong-distancedriving?Arethetires all inflated to the
recommendedpressure?
e WeatherForecasts: What’s the weatheroutlookalongyourroute?
Should youdelayyourtripashorttimetoavoidamajorstormsystem?
e Maps: Do youhaveup-to-datemaps?

4-44
On the Road
Unlessyouaretheonlydriver, it is good to share the drivingtaskwith
others.Limitturnsbehindthewheel to about 100 miles (160 km)ortwo
hoursat a sitting.Then,either change driversorstopforsomerefreshment
likecoffee, tea or soft drinksandsomelimberingup.But do stop and move
around.Eatlightlyalongthe way. Heaviermeals tend to makesomepeople
sleepy.
Ontwo-lanehighwaysorundividedmultilanehighwaysthatdonothave
controlledaccess,you’llwant to watchforsomesituationsnotusuallyfound
onfreeways. Examples are:stopsignsandsignals,shoppingcenterswith
directaccess to thehighway, no passing zones and schoolzones,vehicles
turningleftandright off the road,pedestrians,cyclists,parkedvehicles,and
evenanimals.
High way Hypnosis
Is thereactuallysuchacondition as “highway hypnosis?” Or is it justplain
fallingasleepatthewheel?Callithighwayhypnosis,lack ofawareness,or
whatever.
There is somethingaboutaneasystretch of roadwith the samescenery,
alongwiththehum of thetires on theroad,thedroneoftheengine,andthe
rush of thewindagainst the vehiclethatcanmakeyousleepy.Don’tletit
happen to you! If itdoes,yourvehiclecanleavetheroad in less thana
second, andyou could crashandbeinjured.
Whatcanyou do abouthighwayhypnosis?First,beawarethat it can
happen.
Thenhere are some tips:
Makesureyourvehicle is wellventilated,withacomfortably cool interior.
Keepyoureyesmoving. Scan theroad ahead and to the sides. Check
yourrearviewmirrorsfrequently and yourinstrumentsfromtimetotime.
This can helpyou avoid afixedstare.
Wear good sunglasses in brightlight.Glarecancausedrowsiness.But
don’twearsunglassesat night. Theywilldrasticallyreduceyouroverall
visionat the verytimeyou need alltheseeingpower you have.
If yougetsleepy, pull offtheroad into arest,service,orparkingarea
and take a nap,get some exercise,orboth.Forsafety,treatdrowsiness
onthehighwayasanemergency.
As inanydrivingsituation,keeppacewithtrafficandallowadequate
followingdistances.

4-45
Your Driving and the Road
Hi// and Mountain Roads

AM470001

Drivingonsteephillsormountainsisdifferentfromdriving in flat or rolling

terrain. If youdriveregularlyinsteepcountry,or if you’replanning to visit
there,herearesometipsthatcanmakeyourtripssaferandmoreenjoyable.
(See“Off-RoadDriving” in theIndexforinformationaboutdrivingoff-road.)
Keepyourvehicleingoodshape.Checkallfluidlevelsand also the
brakes,tires,coolingsystemandtransmission.Thesepartscanwork
hard on mountainroads.
Knowhow to godownhills.Themostimportantthing to knowisthis:let
yourengine do some of theslowingdown.Don’tmakeyourbrakes do it
all.Shifttoalowergearwhenyougodownasteeporlonghill.That
way,youwillslowdownwithoutexcessiveuseofyourbrakes.

- If youdon’tshiftdown,yourbrakescouldget so hotthatthey
’= ,,wouldn’tworkwell. You wouldthenhavepoorbraking or even n - - -
=: V& oing down a hill. You could crash. Shift down to let your engine
&!&$I
-!%$assist
2.s your brakes on a steep downhill slope. I

4-46
I

hYCoasting downhill in N (Neutral)orwith the ignition off is dangerous.

our brakes willhave to do all the workof slowing down.They could
get so hot that theywouldn’tworkwell. You could crash.Always
haveyour ignition onandyour vehicle in gearwhenyougo downhill.
e Knowhow to gouphill. Youmaywant to shiftdown to alowergear.
Thelower gears help cool your engine and transmission, andyoucan
climb the hillbetter.
e Stay in yourown lane when driving on two-lane roads in hills or
mountains.Don’tswingwideor cut acrossthecenteroftheroad. Drive
atspeedsthat let youstayinyourownlane.Thatway,youwon’tbe
surprised bya vehicle coming toward youin the samelane.
e It takes longer to passanother vehicle when you’re going uphill. You’ll
want to leave extra room to pass.Ifa vehicle is passing youand
doesn’thaveenoughroom,slowdown to makeiteasier for the other
vehicle to getby.
e Asyougoover the top ofa hill, be alert. There could besomethingin
your lane, like a stalled caroran accident.
You mayseehighway signs on mountainsthatwarn of special problems.
Examplesarelonggrades, passing or no-passing zones,a falling rocks
area, or winding roads. Be alert to these and take appropriate action.
e Winter driving can present special problems. See “Winter Driving” in the
Index.

4-47
 Your Drivina and the Road
Parking on Hills
Hillsandmountainsmeanspectacularscenery.Butpleasebecarefulwhere
you stop if you decidetolook at theviewortakepictures.Lookfor pull-offs
orparkingareasprovidedforscenicviewing.

AM470005

Anotherpart of thismanualtellshow to useyourparkingbrake(see“Parking

Brake” in the Index).Butonamountain or steephill, you can do one more
thing. You canturnyourfrontwheels to keepyourvehiclefromrolling down-
hill or outintotraffic.Here’s how:
Parking Downhill
I

AM47001 0

Turn your wheels to theright.

4-48
You don’thave to jamyourtiresagainstthecurb, if thereisacurb. A gentle
contact is all youneed.
Parking Uphill

AM470015

If there is a curb, turn yourwheels to the left if thecurb is attherightside

of your vehicle.

AM470020

If you’regoing uphill on a one-way street and you’reParking on the left side,

yourwheelsshould point to the right.

4-49
Your Driving and the Road

.iP

J
AM470024

If thereisnocurbwhenyou’reparkinguphill,turnthewheelstotheright.
If there is no curbwhenyou’reparkinguphillontheleftside of a one-way
street,yourwheelsshouldbeturned to theleft.
Torque Lock (Automatic Transmission)
If youareparkingona hill andyoudon’tshiftyourtransmissioninto P
(Park)properly,theweight of thevehiclemayputtoomuchforceonthe
parkingpawl in thetransmission. You may find it difficult to pulltheshiftlever
out of P (Park).Thisiscalledtorquelock. To preventtorquelock,always be
sure to shiftinto P (Park)beforeyouleavethedriver‘sseat. To findout how,
see“Shifting Into P (Park) in theIndex.”
When you areready to drive,movetheshiftleverout of P (Park) BEFORE
youreleasetheparkingbrake.
If “torque lock” does occur,youmayneed to haveanothervehiclepush
yours a little uphill to takesome of thepressurefromthetransmission, so
youcanpulltheshiftleverout of P (Park).

4-50
Winter Driving

AN480001

Here are some tips for winter driving:

Haveyourvehicle in good shapeforwinter. Be sureyourenginecoolant
mix is correct.
Snowtires can help in loose snow, but theymaygiveyoulesstraction
on ice than regulartires. If youdonotexpecttobedriving in deep
snow, butmayhave to traveloverice,you maynotwant to switch to
snowtiresatall.
You maywant to putwinteremergencysupplies in yourvehicle.
Includean ice scraper,asmallbrushorbroom,asupplyofwindshield
washerfluid,arag, some winterouterclothing,asmallshovel,aflashlight,a
redcloth, and acouple of reflectivewarningtriangles. And, if youwillbe
drivingundersevereconditions,includeasmallbag of sand,apiece of old
carpet or acouple of burlap bags tohelpprovidetraction. Be sureyou
properlysecuretheseitems in yourvehicle.
Driving on Snow or Ice
Mostofthetime,thoseplaceswhereyourtiresmeettheroadprobablyhave
good traction.
However, if there is snow or ice betweenyourtiresand the road,youcan
haveaveryslipperysituation. You’ll havealotlesstractionor“grip”andwill
needtobeverycareful.

4-51
Your Driving and the Road

AM480016

What’stheworsttimeforthis?“Wetice.”Verycoldsnoworicecan be slick
and hard todrive on. But wet icecan be evenmoretroublebecause it may
offertheleasttraction of all. You canget“wetice”whenit’saboutfreezing
(32°F; 0°C) andfreezingrainbegins to fall.Try to avoiddriving on wetice
untilsaltandsandcrewscangetthere.
Whateverthecondition-smoothice,packed,blowingorloosesnow-drive
withcaution.Accelerategently. Trynot to breakthefragiletraction. If you
acceleratetoofast,thedrivewheelswillspinandpolishthesurfaceunder
thetiresevenmore.
Your antilockbrakesimproveyourabilitytomakeahardstoponaslippery
road.Eventhoughyouhavetheantilockbrakingsystem,you’llwant to begin
stoppingsoonerthanyouwouldondrypavement.See“Antilock” in the
Index.
Allowgreaterfollowingdistanceonanyslipperyroad.
Watchforslipperyspots. The roadmightbefineuntilyouhitaspot
that’scoveredwithice. Onan otherwiseclearroad,icepatchesmay
appearin shaded areaswhere the suncan’treach:aroundclumps of
trees,behindbuildings,orunderbridges.Sometimesthesurfaceofa
curveoranoverpassmayremainicywhenthesurroundingroadsare
clear. If youseeapatchoficeaheadofyou,brakebeforeyou are on
it. Try nottobrakewhileyou’reactuallyontheice,andavoid sudden
steeringmaneuvers.

4-52
If You’re Caught in a-Blizzard

AM400028

If youarestoppedbyheavysnow,youcouldbe in aserioussituation. You

should probably stay with your vehicle unless you knowforsurethatyouare
nearhelpand you canhikethroughthe snow. Here aresomethingsto do to
summon help and keepyourself and yourpassengerssafe:Turnonyour
hazardflashers.Tieared cloth to your vehicle to alert police that you’ve
been stoppedbythesnow.Putonextra clothing orwrapablanketaround
you. If youhavenoblankets or extraclothing,makebodyinsulatorsfrom
newspapers,burlapbags,rags, floor mats-anythingyoucanwraparound
yourself or tuck under your clothing to keep warm.
You canruntheengine to keepwarm,butbecareful.
L A U I IVN
A Snowcan trap exhaustgasesunderyourvehicle.Thiscan cause I
A deadly CO (carbonmonoxide)gastogetinside. CO couldovercome
you and kill you. You can’tsee it or smellit, so youmightnotknow
it is inyourvehicle.Clearawaysnowfromaroundthe base of your
vehicle,especiallyanythat is blockingyourexhaustpipe.Andcheck
around again from time to time to be suresnowdoesn’tcollectthere.
Open a window just a little on the side of the vehicle that’s away
fromthewind.Thiswillhelp keep CO out.

4-53
Your Driving and the Road

AM480042

Runyourengineonlyaslongasyoumust.Thissavesfuel.Whenyourun
theengine,makeitgoalittlefasterthanjustidle.Thatis,pushthe
acceleratorslightly.Thisuseslessfuelfortheheatthatyouget and itkeeps
thebatterycharged. You willneed a well-chargedbattery to restartthevehi-
cle,andpossiblyforsignalinglateronwithyourheadlights.Lettheheater
runforawhile.Then,shuttheengineoffandclosethewindowalmostallthe
way to preservetheheat.Starttheengineagainandrepeatthisonlywhen
youfeelreallyuncomfortablefromthecold.But do itaslittleaspossible.
Preservethefuelaslongasyoucan. To helpkeepwarm,you can get out
of thevehicleanddosomefairlyvigorousexerciseseveryhalfhouror so
untilhelpcomes.
lf You're Stuck in Deep Snow
Thismanualexplainshow to getthevehicleout of deepsnowwithout
damagingit.See"RockingYourVehicle"intheIndex.
Recreational Vehicle Towing
(Four=Wheel Drive Only)
If yourvehiclehas4-wheeldriveyoumaytow it behindanothervehicle
providing,itdoesnothavetheoptionalelectronicshifttransfercase.

4-54
 NOTICE
I
Recreationalvehicletowing is not recommended for vehicleswiththe
optionalelectronicshifttransfercase because theelectronicshifthas nc
neutralposition. You maytowyourvehicle ONLY if youhaveamanual
-
transfer case.
Beforetowingyoushould:
- -
1. Settheparkingbrakefirmly.
2. Placetheautomatictransmission in P (Park) or themanualtransmission
in thelowestgear(1stgear).
3. Firmlyattachthevehicle being towed to thetowvehicle.Refer to the
hitchmanufacturer’sinstructions.
4. Placethetransfercase shift lever in N (Neutral).

Shiftingthetransfercaseto N (Neutral)cancauseyourvehicleto
roll even if thetransmissionis in P (Park),foranautomatic
transmission, or if yourvehicleis in gear,foramanualtrans
This is becausethetransfercaseoverridesthetransmissil

NOTICE
I
Removalofeitherpropellershaft is unnecessary.
- -
5. Releasetheparkingbrakeonlyafterthevehiclebeingtowedisfirmly
attached to thetowvehicle.
E
K G I‘ICE
Customers shouldexercise extra care whenevertowinganothervehicle. I

6. Inserttheignitionkey into theignitionswitchandturn it onenotchfor-

wardofthe “LOCK’ position.Thisplacesthekeyintothe “OFF” position,
whichunlocksthesteeringcolumnwhilepreventingbatterydrain.Unlock-
ing thesteeringcolumnwillallowforpropermovement of thefront
wheelshiresduringtowing.

4-55
- Your Driving and the Road
Towing a Trailer

A
If youdon’tusethecorrectequipmentanddriveproperly,youcan
lose control whenyoupull a trailer.Forexample,ifthetraileristoo
heavy,thebrakesmaynotwork well-or evenatall. You and your
passengerscouldbeseriouslyinjured. Pull a traileronly if youhave
followedallthestepsinthissection.

1 NOTICE
I
?ulling a trailer improperly can damageyourvehicle and result in cost!!
-epairs notcoveredby yo1Lnlnrranty. Tc - trailer correc , folio\
---‘I

idvice in this sectior

Every vehicle is readyforsometrailertowing. If it was built with trailering
options,asmanyare, it’s readyforheaviertrailers.Buttraileringisdifferent
than just driving yourvehiclebyitself.Traileringmeanschanges in handling,
durability, and fueleconomy.Successful,safetraileringtakescorrect
equipment,andithas to be usedproperly.
That’s the reasonforthissection. In it are manytime-tested,important
trailering tips and safety rules. Many of these are important for your safety
and that of yourpassengers. So pleasereadthissectioncarefully before you
pull a trailer.
If You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer
If youdo,herearesomeimportantpoints.
There are manydifferentlawshaving to do withtrailering.Makesure
your rig will be legal,notonlywhereyoulivebutalsowhereyou’ll be
driving. A goodsourceforthisinformationcanbe state or provincial
police.
Consider using a sway control if your trailer will weigh 2,000 pounds
(900 kg) or less. You shouldalwaysuse a sway control if your trailer will
weighmorethan 2,000 pounds (900 kg).You canask a hitch dealer
about sway controls.
Don’t tow a trailerat all during the first 500 miles (800 km)yournew
vehicleisdriven. Your engine,axle, or other parts could be damaged.
Then,duringthefirst 500 miles (800 km)thatyoutow a trailer,don’t
driveover 50 mph (80 km/h) and don’tmake starts atfullthrottle.This
helps your engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier
loads.

4-56
Threeimportantconsiderationshave to do withweight:
Weight of theTrailer
Howheavycanatrailersafelybe? It depends on howyou plan to use your
rig.Forexample,speed,altitude,roadgrades,outsidetemperature,andhow
muchyourvehicle is used to pull atrailerare all important. And, it can also
depend onanyspecialequipment that youhaveonyourvehicle. You can
askyourdealerforourtraileringinformation or advice, or you can write usat
theaddresslisted in yourWarrantyandOwnerAssistanceInformation
Booklet.
InCanada,writeto:
GeneralMotors ofCanada,Limited
Customer Assistance Center
1908 ColonelSamDrive
Oshawa,Ontario L1H 8P7
Weight of the Trailer Tongue
The tongueload(A) of anytrailerisanimportantweightto measure because
it affects the total or gross weight of yourvehicle. The gross vehicle weight
(GVW)includesthecurbweight of the vehicle,anycargoyoumaycarry in it,
and thepeoplewhowillberiding in thevehicle. And if you towatrailer,you
must add thetongue load totheGVWbecauseyourvehiclewillbecarrying
thatweight, too. See“LoadingYourVehicle’’ in theIndex for moreinformation
aboutyourvehicle’smaximum load capacity,

A B

AN490002

Ifyou’reusinga“dead-weight”hitch, the trailertongue(A)shouldweigh10%

of the total loaded trailerweight(B). If youhavea“weight-distributing”hitch,

4-57
Your Driving and the Road
the trailertongue (A) shouldweigh 12% of the total loadedtrailerweight (B).
Afteryou’veloadedyourtrailer,weighthetrailerandthenthetongue,
separately,tosee if theweightsareproper. If theyaren’t,youmaybeable
to getthemrightsimplybymovingsomeitemsaround in thetrailer.
Total Weight on Your Vehicle’sTires
Be sureyourvehicle’stiresareinflatedtothelimitforcoldtires.You’llfind
thesenumbersontheCertificationLabelonthedriver’sdoorlockpillar(or
see“Tire-Loading” in theIndex).Thenbesureyoudon’tgooverthe GVW
limit for your vehicle.
Hitches
It’simportanttohavethecorrecthitchequipment.Crosswinds,largetrucks
goingby,androughroadsareafewreasonswhyyou’llneedtherighthitch.
Herearesomerules to follow:
If you’llbepullingatrailerthat,whenloaded,willweighmorethan 2,000
pounds (900 kg)besure to useaproperly mounted weight-distributing
hitchandswaycontrolofthepropersize.Thisequipment is very
importantforpropervehicleloadingand good handlingwhenyou’re
driving.
You can towtrailersupto 2,000 pounds (900 kg) withastepbumperhitch,
but if yourtrailertongue has aV-shapedfoot,yourbumpercouldbe
damaged in sharpturns.Checkthedistancefromthefrontedge of the foot
to themiddle of thehitchballsocket. If thedistanceislessthan 12 inches,
take the foot off the trailer tongue.

4-58
Safety Chains
You should always attach chains betweenyour vehicle andyourtrailer.Cross
the safety chains under the tongue of thetrailer so that the tonguewillnot
drop to the road if itbecomes separated fromthehitch. Instructions about
safetychainsmay be provided by the hitch manufacturerorby the trailer
manufacturer.Follow the manufacturer’s recommendationfor attaching safety
chains.Always leave just enoughslack so youcanturnwithyourrig.And,
neverallowsafety chains to drag on the ground.
Trailer Brakes
If yourtrailerweighsmore than 1,000 pounds (450 kg) loaded, then it needs
itsownbrakes-and they must be adequate. Be sure to read andfollowthe
instructions for the trailerbrakes to install, adjust andmaintainthemproperly.
And:
Don’t tap into yourvehicle’s brake system if the trailer’s brakesystem
willusemore than 0.02 cubicinch ( 0 . 3 ~ of~ ) fluid fromyourvehicle’s
mastercylinder. If it does, both braking systemswon’tworkwell. You
could evenloseyourbrakes.
Will the trailerbrake parts take 3,000 psi (20 650kPa) of pressure? If
not, the trailerbrakesystemmustnotbeusedwithyour vehicle.
If everything checksout this far, then make the brake fluid tap at the
porton the master cylinder that sends fluid to the rear brakes. Butdon’t
usecopper tubing for this. If you do, it will bendandfinallybreak off.
Usesteel brake tubing.
Driving with a Trailer
Towinga trailer requiresa certain amount of experience. Before setting out
for the open road, you’ll want to get to knowyourrig.Acquaintyourselfwith
the feel of handling and braking with the addedweight of the trailer.And
alwayskeepinmind that the vehicle youaredriving is nowagood deal
longerand not nearly so responsiveasyour vehicle is byitself.
Beforeyoustart,checkthetrailerhitchandplatform,safetychains,electrical
connector,lights,tiresandmirroradjustment. If thetrailerhaselectricbrakes,
startyourvehicleandtrailermovingandthenapplythetrailerbrakecontroller
byhandtobesurethebrakesareworking.Thisletsyoucheckyourelectrical
connectionatthesametime.
During yourtrip,checkoccasionally to be sure that the loadissecure,and
that the lights and any trailerbrakesare still working.

4-59
Your Driving and the Road
Following Distance
Stayatleasttwiceasfarbehindthevehicle ahead asyouwouldwhen
drivingyourvehiclewithoutatrailer.Thiscanhelpyouavoidsituationsthat
requireheavybrakingandsuddenturns.
Passing
You’llneedmorepassingdistanceup ahead whenyou’retowingatrailer.
And, becauseyou’rea good deallonger,you’llneed to go muchfarther
beyond thepassedvehiclebeforeyoucanreturn to yourlane.
Backing Up
Holdthebottom of thesteeringwheelwithonehand.Then, to movethe
trailerleft,justmoveyourhandtotheleft. To movethetrailer to theright,
moveyourhand to theright.Alwaysbackupslowlyand, if possible,have
someoneguideyou.
Making Turns
Whenyou’returningwithatrailer,makewiderturnsthannormal. Do this so
yourtrailerwheelswon’tstrike soft shoulders,curbs,roadsigns,trees,or
otherobjects.Avoidjerkyorsuddenmaneuvers.Signalwell in advance.
Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer
Whenyoutowatrailer,yourvehiclehas to haveadifferentturnsignal
flasher and extrawiring.Thegreenarrowsonyourinstrumentpanelwillflash
wheneveryousignalaturnorlanechange.Properly hooked up,thetrailer
lightswillalsoflash,tellingotherdriversyou’reabout to turn,changelanes,
or stop.
Whentowingatrailer,thegreenarrowsonyourinstrumentpanelwillflashfor
turnseven if thebulbsonthetrailer are burnedout.Thus,you may think
driversbehindyouareseeingyoursignalwhentheyarenot. It’s important to
checkoccasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working.
Driving on Grades
Reducespeedandshift to alowergear before youstartdownalongor
steepdowngrade.If you don’tshiftdown,youmighthavetouseyourbrakes
so much thattheywouldgethotand no longerworkwell.
On a longuphillgrade,shiftdownandreduceyourspeedtoaround 45 mph
(70 km/h) to reducethepossibility of engine and transmissionoverheating.
Ifyouhaveanautomatictransmission,youshoulduse D whentowinga
trailer.Operatingyourvehicle in D whentowingatrailerwillminimize heat
buildup and extendthe life of yourtransmission.Or, if youhaveamanual
transmissionwithfifthgear,it’sbetter not to usefifthgear,justdrive in fourth
gear(or,asyouneed to, alowergear).

4-60
Parking on Hills
You reallyshouldnotparkyourvehicle,withatrailerattached,onahill.If
somethinggoeswrong,your rig couldstart to move.People can beinjured,
andbothyourvehicleandthetrailercanbedamaged.
But if youeverhave to parkyourrigonahill,here’show to do it:
1. Applyyourregularbrakes,butdon’tshiftinto P (Park)yet,orintogear
foramanualtransmission.
2. Havesomeoneplacechocksunderthetrailerwheels.
3. Whenthewheelchocksareinplace,releasetheregularbrakesuntilthe
chocksabsorb the load.
4. Reapplytheregularbrakes.Thenapplyyourparkingbrake,andthen
shift to P (Park),or R (Reverse)foramanualtransmission.
5. If youhaveafour-wheel-drivevehiclewithamanualtransfercaseshift
lever, be surethetransfercaseis in adrive gear-not in N (Neutral).
6. Releasetheregularbrakes.

A It can be dangerous to getoutofyourvehicle if theshiftlever is not

L fully in P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set. Your vehicle can
roll. *

If youhavelefttheenginerunning,thevehiclecanmovesuddenly.
You or others could be injured. To be sure yourvehicle.won’tmove,
evenwhenyou’re on fairlylevelground, use thestepsthatfollow,
If youhavefour-wheeldrivewith a manualtransfer case shiftlever
and your transfer case is in N (Neutral), your vehicle will be free to
roll,even if yourshiftlever is in P (Park). So .be surethetransfer
case is in a drive gear-not in N (Neutral). If you are parking on a
hill, or if you’repulling a trailer,see also “ParkingOnHills” in the
Index.
I

When You Are Ready to Leave After Parking on a Hill

1. Applyyourregularbrakesandholdthepedaldownwhileyou:
Startyourengine.
Shiftintoagear; and
Releasetheparkingbrake.

4-6 1
Your Driving and the Road
2. Let uponthebrakepedal.
3. Driveslowly until thetrailer is clear of thechocks.
4. Stopandhavesomeonepickupandstorethechocks.
Maintenance When Trailer Towing
Your vehiclewillneedservicemoreoftenwhenyou’repullingatrailer.See
theMaintenanceScheduleformoreonthis.Thingsthatareespecially
importantintraileroperationareautomatictransmissionfluid(don’toverfill),
engineoil,axlelubricant,belt,coolingsystem, and brakeadjustment.Each of
theseiscoveredinthismanual,andtheIndexwillhelpyou find them
quickly.Ifyou’retrailering,it’sagoodidea to reviewthesesectionsbefore
you start your trip.
Checkperiodically to seethatallhitchnutsandboltsaretight.
Trailer Light Wiring
See“TrailerWiringHarness” in theIndex.
Power Winches
If you wish to useapowerwinchonyourvehicle,onlyuse it whenyour
vehicleisstationaryoranchored.
IW m w -

en operating a power winch on your vehicle always leave

ansmission in theneutralposition. Do notleave an automatic
thc I
ansmission in P (Park)oramanualtransmission in gearor tht
nsmissionmay be damaged.
Usetheregularbrakes,settheparkingbrakeorblockthewheels to keep
yourvehiclefromrolling.

4-62
 PmMems on the Road
:'-?

I Section

Here you'll find what to doaboutsomeproblemsthatcanoccur on the road.

Hazard Warning Flashers ...........................,.,.......................................................
5-2
Other Warning Devices .......................................................................................... 5-3
Jump Starting ............................................................................................ ............5-3
Towing Your Vehicle .............................................................................................. 5-7
Engine Overheating............................................................................................... 5-9
If a Tire Goes Flat .............................................................................................. 5-15
Changing a Flat Tire ........................................................................................... 5-16
Compact Spare Tire ............................................................................................
5-28
If You're Stuck: In Sand,Mud, Ice or Snow ...................................................
5-30

5-1 4
Hazard Warning Flashers

AM505003

Your hazardwarningflashersletyouwarnothers.Theyalsoletpoliceknow
youhaveaproblem. Your frontandrearturnsignallightswillflash on and
off. Buttheywon’tflashifyou’rebraking.

Pressthebuttonintomakeyourfrontandrearturnsignallightsflashon
and off.
Your hazardwarningflasherswork no matterwhatposition your key is in,
andeven if thekeyisn’tin.

5-2
To turn off theflashers,pullout on thecollar.
When thehazardwarningflashersareon,yourturnsignalswon’twork.
Other Warning Devices
If youcarry reflective triangles, youcansetoneupattheside of theroad
about 300 feet (I00 m) behind your vehicle.
Jump Starting
If yourbatteryhasrundown,you maywanttouseanothervehicleandsome
jumpercables to startyour vehicle. Butpleasefollowthestepsbelowto do it
safely.

Batteries can hurt you.They can bedangerousbecause: I

AA
They contain acid that can burn you.
They contain gas that can explode or ignite.
0 They contain enough electricity to bum you.
If you don’t follow these steps exactly, some or all of these things
can hurt you.
I

I NOTICE I
,,,,oring these steps could result in costly damage to your vehicle that
wouldn’t be covered by your warranty. Trying to start your vehicle by
pushing or pulling it could damageyourvehicle,even if you have a
manualtransmission.And if you have an automatic transmission it won’t
start that way.

To Jump Start Your Vehicle

1. Checktheothervehicle. It musthave a 12-volt batterywith a negative
groundsystem.

IItheothersystemisn’t a 12-volt systemwith a negative ground, both

vehicles can be damaged.

5-3
 2. Getthevehiclescloseenough so thejumpercablescanreach,but be
surethevehiclesaren’ttouchingeachother. If theyare, it couldcause a
groundconnectionyoudon’twant. You wouldn’tbeabletostartyour
vehicle,andthebadgroundingcoulddamagetheelectricalsystems.

I
A You could be injured if thevehiclesroll.Settheparkingbrakefirmly 1
I eachvehicle.Putanautomatictransmissionin P (Park)or a
- *-“t+--
manualtransmissionin N (Neutral). . E*::
If youhave a four-wheel-drivevehiclewith a manualtransfercase
I shiftlever,besurethetransfercaseisnotin N (Neutral).
3. Turn off theignitiononbothvehicles.Turn off alllightsthataren’t
needed,andradios.Thiswillavoidsparksandhelpsavebothbatteries.
And it could saveyourradio!

If youleave a radioon,itcouldbebadlydamaged.Therepairswouldn’t
be covered by your warrant!
E
4. Openthehoodsandlocatethebatteries.Findthepositive (t) and
negative (-) terminalsoneachbattery.
CAUTION

I
A Using a match near a battery can cause battery gas to explode,
People have been hurt doing this, and somehave been blinded. Use
a flashlight if you need more light.
1 You don’t need to add water to the Deleo Freedom@ battery installed I
I in everynew GM vehicle. But if a battery hasfillercaps, be sure the
I right amount of fluid is there. If it is low, add water to take care of
that first. If youdon’t,explosivegascouldbepresent.
I
Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you. Don’t get it onyou. If

I you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your skin, flush the place
with water and net medical helpimmediately.

5. Checkthatthejumpercablesdon’thavelooseormissinginsulation. If
theydo,youcouldget a shock.Thevehiclescouldbedamaged,too.

!
 Before you connect thecables, here aresome things you shouldknow.
Positive (t)willgo to positive (t) and negative (-) will go to anegative
(-) ora metal enginepart.Don’tconnect (t)to (-) oryou’llgeta
shortthatwoulddamagethe battery and maybeotherparts,too.

L
CAUTION
A Fans or other movingenginepartscaninjureyou bad1 Keep ur
handsawavfrommoving parts oncetheenginesarer ling.

6. Connect the red positive (t) cable to thepositive (t)terminal of the

vehicle with the dead battery. Use aremote positive (t) terminal if the
vehicle hasone.
Dead Battery (t) Good Battery (+)

‘ 1 II ‘ 6

PO268

7. Don’tlettheother end touch metal. Connect it tothepositive (t)

terminal of the goodbattery.Usearemotepositive (t) terminal if the
vehiclehasone.
8. Nowconnect the black negative (-) cable to thegoodbattery’snegative
(-) terminal.
Don’tlet the other end touch anything untilthenextstep.Theotherend
of the negative cable doesn’t go to the dead battery.Itgoes to aheavy
unpaintedmetalpartonthe engine of the vehiclewith the dead battery.
9. Attach the cable at least 18 inches (45 cm)awayfrom the dead battery,
but notnearengine parts that move.The electrical connectionisjust as
good there, butthechance of sparks getting back to the battery ismuch
less.

5-5
 Good Battery (-1 Heavy Metal Engine Part

PO167

IO. Nowstartthevehiclewiththe good batteryandruntheenginefor

awhile.
11. Try to startthevehiclewiththe dead battery.
If it won'tstartafterafewtries,itprobablyneedsservice.

GOOD BATTERY

QEAO BATTERY

REMOVE CABLES IN THIS ORDER

K1508

12. Removethecablesinreverseorder to preventelectricalshorting. Take

care that they don't touch each other or any other metal.

5-6
Towing Your Vehicle
Trytohavea GM dealer or aprofessionaltowingservicetowyourvehicle.
Theycanprovidetherightequipment and knowhowtotow it without
damage.
If yourvehiclehas been changedsince it wasfactory-new,byaddingthings
like foglamps,aeroskirting, or special tires and wheels,thesethings could
bedamagedduringtowing.
Before you do anything, turn onthehazardwarningflashers.
Whenyoucall, tell the towingservice:
Thatyourvehiclehasrear-wheeldrive, or thatithasthefour-wheeldrive
option.
Themake,model, and yearofyourvehicle.
Whether you can movethe shift leverforthetransmission and shiftthe
transfercase, if youhaveone.
If therewas an accident,whatwasdamaged.
I CAUTION
To help avoid injuryto you or others:
Neverletpassengersride in avehiclethat is beingtowed.
Nevertowfasterthansafe or postedspeeds.
Nevertowwithdamagedpartsnotfullysecured.
Nevergetunderyourvehicleafter it has been lifted bythetow
truck.
Alwaysuseseparatesafetychainsoneachsidewhentowinga
vehicle.
use
Never “J”T-hooks
hooks.
instead.
Use I

5-7
 KO519

Whenyourvehicle is beingtowed,havetheignitionkey off. Thesteering

wheelshouldbeclamped in astraight-aheadpositionwithaclampingdevice
designedforatowingservice. Do notusethevehicle’ssteeringcolumn
lockforthis.Thetransmission(eitherautomaticormanual)shouldbe in
N (Neutral)andthetransfercase(eithermanualshiftorelectronicshift), if
youhaveone,shouldbe in 2 WHEEL (two-wheeldrive).Theparkingbrake
shouldbereleased.
Don’thaveyourvehicletowedontherear(drive)wheels,unlessyouhaveto.
Ifthevehiclemustbe towed ontherearwheels,don’tgomorethan 35 mph
(56 km/h)orfartherthan 50 miles (80 km) oryourtransmissionwillbe
damaged. If theselimitsmust be exceeded,thenthereardrivewheelshave
to be supported on a dolly.
If yourvehiclehasthefour-wheel-driveoption,adolly MUST beusedunder
the rear wheels when towing from the front.

5-8
Engine Overheating
You will find a coolant temperature gage on yourvehicleinstrumentpanel.
If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine:

KO714

AL Steamfroman overheated enginecan burn you badly,even if yo^

,- justopen the hood. Stayawayfromtheengine if youseeorhear I
steam coming fromit. Just turnit off and geteveryoneawayfrom
thevehicle until it coolsdown.Wait llntil therP ic nn cign of steam
coolant before o ning the hood.
If youkeepdriviwhenyourengineisoverheated, th iquidsin it
can catch fire. You or others could be badlyburned.Stopyour
engine if it overheats, and getout of thevehicleuntiltheengineis
cool.

NOTICE I

5-9
PmMems on the Road
I f No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine:
If you gettheoverheatwarningbutseeorhear no steam,theproblemmay
notbe too serious.Sometimestheengine can getalittle too hotwhenyou:
Climbalonghill on ahot day.
Stopafterhighspeeddriving.
Idle forlongperiodsintraffic.
Tow atrailer.
If yougettheoverheatwarningwithnosign ofsteam,trythisforaminute
or so:
1. If youhaveanairconditioner, turn it off.
2. Turnyourheater to full hotatthehighestfanspeedand open the
window as necessary.
3. If you're in atrafficjam,shift to N (Neutral).
If you nolongerhave the overheatwarning,youcandrive.Just to be safe,
driveslowerforabout ten minutes. If thewarningdoesn'tcomebackon,you
can drivenormally.
If thewarningcontinues, pull over,stop,andparkyourvehiclerightaway.
Ifthere'sstillnosignofsteam,pushtheacceleratoruntiltheengine speed is
about twice asfastasnormalidlespeed.Bringtheenginespeedback to
normalidlespeedaftertwoorthreeminutes.Nowsee if thewarningstops.
But then, if you still havethewarning,TURN OFF THEENGINE AND GET
EVERYONE OUT OF THE VEHICLEuntil it coolsdown.
You maydecidenot to lift thehoodbut to getservicehelprightaway.

KO715

5-1 0
Whenyoudecideit’ssafe to liftthehood,here’swhat you’ll see:
A. Coolantrecoverytank
9. Radiatorpressurecap
C. Enginefan
If thecoolantinsidethecoolantrecoverytankisboiling,don’tdoanything
elseuntil it coolsdown.

KO624

The coolantlevelshouldbeat orabovethe ADD mark. If itisn’t, you may

havealeakintheradiatorhoses,heaterhoses,radiator orwaterpumpor
somewhereelse in thecoolingsystem.
C A I ITION I

Heaterandradiatorhoses,andotherengineparts,canbevery hot.
Don’t touch them. If youdc YOU canbeburned.
Don’truntheengine if ther s aleak. If youruntheengine,it coul~
loose allcoolant.That C O U L iause anenginefire,andyoucouldbe I
burned.
Get
any
leak
fixed before you
drive
the
vehicle. I

NOTICE
Enginedamagefromrunningyourenginewithoutcoolantisn’tcoveredby
your warranty.
If thereseemstobeno leak, starttheengineagain to see if the fan runs
whentheenginedoes.If it doesn’t,yourvehicleneedsservice.Turn off the
engine.

5-1 1
Prablerns on the Road
How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Recovery Tank
If youhaven’t found aproblemyet,butthecoolantlevelisn’tator above the
ADD mark,adda 50/50 mixture of clean water (preferablydistilled) and the
properantifreezeatthecoolantrecoverytank. (See “EngineCoolant” in the
Indexformoreinformationaboutthepropercoolantmix.)

Addingonlyplainwatertoyourcoolingsystemcan be dangerous. I
Plainwater,orsomeotherliquid,likealcohol,canboilbeforethe
propercoolantmixwill. Your vehicle’scoolantwarningsystemisset
forthepropercoolantmix.With plain water, or thewrongmix,your
enginecouldget too hotbutyouwouldn’tgettheoverheatwarning.
Your enginecouldcatchfire and youorotherscouldbeburned.Use

I NOTICE
--
a 50/50 mixof clean water and aproperantifreeze.

g cold weather, water can freeze and crack the engineradiator,heate

:ore and other parts. Use the recommended coolar...
I I

You can be burned ifyou spill coolant on hotengineparts. Coolant.

L contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if theenginepartsare hot
enough.Don’tspillcoolant on a hot engine.
When the coolant in thecoolantrecoverytankisat or abovethe ADD mark,
start your vehicle.
If theoverheatwarningcontinues,there’sonemore thing youcantry. You
can add thepropercoolantmixdirectlytotheradiator,but be sure the
cooling systemiscoolbeforeyou do it.

I
Steam and scaldingliquidsfromahot cooling systemcanblowout
and burnyoubadly.Theyareunderpressure, and if youturn the
radiatorpressure cap-even alittle-theycancomeoutathigh
speed.Never turn thepressurecapwhenthecoolingsystem,
includingtheradiatorpressurecap, is hot. Waitforthecooling
systemandradiatorpressurecaptocool if youeverhavetoturn
thepressurecap.

5-1 2
 KO717

How to Add Coolant to the Radiator

1. You canremove the radiator pressure capwhen the cooling system,
including the radiator pressure capandupperradiatorhose, is nolonger
hot. Turn the pressure cap slowly to the left until itfirststops. (Don’t
press downwhile turning the pressure cap). Ifyouhear a “hiss,” waitfor
that to stop. A “hiss” means there is still some pressure left.

-,
..
7 -

n .,\

KO71 8

2. Thenkeep turning the pressure cap, but nowpushdown as you turn it.
Remove the pressure cap.

5-1 3
 KO719

3. Fill theradiatorwiththepropermix,up to thebase of thefillerneck.

4. Then fill thecoolantrecoverytank to the ADD mark.
5. Putthecapbackonthecoolantrecoverytank,butleave the radiator
pressurecapoff.

KO720

6. Starttheengineandlet it run until youcanfeeltheupperradiatorhose

getting hot.Watchoutfortheenginefan.
7. By thistime, the coolant level inside the radiatorfillerneckmay be
lower.If the level is lower,addmoreofthepropermixthroughthefiller
neck until the level reaches the base of thefillerneck.

5-1 4
 KO721

8. Thenreplacethepressurecap.Besu-rethearrowsonthepressurecap
lineuplikethis.
Engine Fan Noise
Thisvehicle has aclutchedenginecoolingfan.Whentheclutch is engaged,
thefanspinsfaster to providemoreair to cool theengine. In mosteveryday
drivingconditionstheclutchisnotengaged.Thisimprovesfueleconomyand
reducesfannoise,Underheavyvehicleloading,trailertowingand/orhigh
outsidetemperatures,thefanspeedincreaseswhentheclutchengages. So
youmayhearanincrease in fannoise.Thisisnormalandshouldnot be
mistakenasthetransmissionslippingormakingextrashifts. It ismerelythe
coolingsystemfunctioningproperly. The fanwillslowdownwhenadditional
cooling is notrequiredandtheclutchdisengages.
You mayalsohearthisfan noise whenyoustarttheengine.Itwillgoaway
as thefanclutchdisengages.
If a Tire Goes Flat
It’sunusualforatire to “blowout”whileyou’redriving,especially if you
maintainyourtiresproperly. If airgoesoutofatire,it’smuchmorelikely to
leakoutslowly. But if youshouldeverhavea“blowout,”hereareafewtips
aboutwhat to expect and what to do:
If afronttirefails,the flat tirewillcreateadragthatpullsthevehicletoward
thatside. Take yourfoot off theacceleratorpedal and gripthesteeringwheel
firmly.Steer to maintainlaneposition, then gentlybraketoastopwelloutof
thetrafficlane.

5-1 5
A rearblowout,particularlyonacurve,actsmuchlikeaskidandmay
requirethesamecorrectionyou'duse in askid.Inanyrearblowout,remove
yourfootfromtheacceleratorpedal.Getthevehicleundercontrolbysteering
thewayyouwantthevehicle to go. It may be verybumpyandnoisy,but
youcanstillsteer.Gentlybrake to astop,wellofftheroad if possible.
If yourtiregoesflat,thenextpartshowshowtouseyourjackingequipment
to changeaflattiresafely.
Changing a Flat Tire
If atiregoesflat,avoidfurthertireandwheeldamagebydrivingslowly to a
levelplace.Turnonyourhazardwarningflashers.
1 CAUTION
' A
'-
Changing-a- tire can causeaninjury. The vehicle can slip off the jack
and
-'
rollover you orotherpeople. You and they- could be badly
I

:red':Findalevel place tochangey

tick frommoving:
;et the parking brake firmly.
theshift lever in P (Park).
1 . . I . I

Shift a manual transmission' to 1 (First) or .R (R&erse)rg'3

4. .Ifyouhaveafour-wheel-driv
case shift lever, be sure the transfer 'case is in a drive
,gear-not in N (Neutral),
Turnofftheengine.
To be evenmorecertainthevehiclewon'tmove,youcanput block,
.at the front and rear of the fire farthest away from'. the .one being
changed.Thatwould be thetire on theothersideofthevehicle, at
theoppositeend.

5-1 6
I n
AM545003

Thefollowingstepswilltellyouhow to usethejackandchangeatire.
Theequipmentyou'llneedisbehindtheseat. Your sparetire is stowedunder
thetruck.

KO748

Jack Storage
Yourjack,wheelwrenchandwheelblocksarestoredbehindthefrontseats,
eitheronthecenterwall or along the rightwall.
To removeyourjackcover, if youhaveone,turn the plasticwingnuttothe
leftuntilyoucan pull it out.Remove the jackcover.

5-1 7
To remove the wheelblocks,jackandwheelwrench,turnthewing - nut to the
left. Pull the wheelblocks,jackandwheelwrench off.

STORAGE
JACKING
TOOL BRACKET I I I
MODELS)
(PICKUP II I WHEELA

NOTE:RESTOREJACK
& TOOL COVER WHEN
PROVIDED WITH VEHICLE
@

‘U BLOCKS
KO756

JACKING
STORAGE
TOOL WHEEL II /BRACKET
(EXTENDED CAB MODELS)

\WHEEL
BLOCKS
\I ’NUT

KO762

5-1 8
Spare Tire

I "

KO744

Your spare tire is stored underneaththerear of yourvehicle.

Underbody Carrier
CAUTION
To help avoid personal injury and propertydamage,neverremoveor
P restowa tire fromlto astowage position underthevehiclewhile the
vehicle is supportedbyajack.Alwaystightenthe tire fully against
e underside of thevehiclewhenrestowing.

UNDERBODY SPARE MOUNTING HOIST

REAR BUMPER

SPARE TIRE-
%
-5
*RETAINER

_L.

-
VALVE
STEM
(POINTED

DOWN)

KO763

5-1 9
To Remove the Spare Tire

KO745

Insertthechiselend of thewheelwrench,onanangle,intothehole in the

rearbumper.Besurethechisel end of thewheelwrenchconnectsinto the
hoistshaft.
1

J
KO747

Turn the wheelwrench to thelefttolowerthesparetire.Keepturning the

wheelwrenchuntil the sparetirecanbepulledoutfromunderthevehicle.
Whenthetirehasbeencompletelylowered,tilttheretaineratthe end of the
cableandpullitthrough the wheelopening.Pullthetireoutfromunderthe
vehicle.

5-20
Changing the Tire
Start with the jack,wheelwrenchandwheelblocks.

I KO730

Rotate the jackhandle clockwise (to the right).Thatwill raise the jacklifthead
a little.

KO503

Beforeyoustart, block the front andrear of the tirefarthestawayfrom the

one being changed.Then put your spare tire near the flat tire.

5-2 1
Problems on the Road
Hub Caps And Wheel Nut Caps
You willhave to take off hubcapsorwheel nut caps to reachyourwheel
nuts.
If youhave individual wheel nut capsthatcovereachnut,theymust be
removedinorder to getthewheelnuts.Use the socketend of the wheel
wrench to removethewheel nut caps.
Your wheel nut capsmay attach yourhubcap to thewheel.Remove these
wheel nut capsbeforeyou take off the hubcap.
If youhave just analuminumorplasticmoldedhubcap, pry it off with the
chisel end of your wheelwrench. Some of the moldedplastichubcapshave
imitation wheelnutsmolded into them.Thewheelwrenchwon’t fit these
imitation nuts, so don’t try to removethemwiththesocketend of the wheel
wrench.

1
PO170

Using the wheelwrench, loosen all the wheelnuts.Don’tremovethemyet.

5-22
 JACK LOCATIONS

FRONT REAR

LOCATE IN FRAME LOCATE IN SPRING

HOLE AS SHOWN. HANGER HOLE ASSHOWN.
PO345

Positionthejackunderthevehicle.
Your vehicle has ahole in the frameneareachfrontwheel,andaholein
thespringhangerneareachrearwheelfor the jack.Fitthejackintothe
holenearesttheflattire.
CAUTION
A Gettingunderavehiclewhen it isjackedup is dangerous. If the
b vehicleslips off thejack, you couldbebadlyinjuredorkilled.Never
getunderavehicle when it is supportedonly by ajack.

NOTICE
..
Raisingyourvehiclewiththe
vehicleormayallowthevehicle
jack improperlypositionedwilldamage
to fall off thejack. Be sure to fitelac!
?
1
lift head into theproper location before raising yourvehicl

5-23
Problems on the Road

KO751

Raisethevehicle by rotatingthejackhandleclockwise.Raisethevehiclefar
enough off theground so thereisenough room forthesparetire to fit.

Remove all the wheelnutsandtake off theflat tire.

5-24
 Rust or dirt on thewheel,or on theparts to which it is fastened,
1- L canmakethewheelnutsbecomeloose after a time.Thewheel
couldcome off and causeanaccident.Whenyouchange a wheel,
removeanyrustordirtfromthe places wherethewheelattaches to
thevehicle. In anemergency,youcanuse a cloth or a papertowel

./ .

J
KO754

Removeanyrustor dirt from the wheel bolts, mountingsurfaces or spare

wheel.Placethespareonthewheel mounting surface.

5-25
Prob/ems on the Road
Put on thesparetire.

KO755

Replacethewheelnutswiththeroundedend of thenutstowardthewheel.
Tighteneachnutby hand untilthewheelis held againstthehub.

KO757

Lowerthevehiclebyrotatingthejackhandlecounterclockwise.Lowerthejack
completely.

5-26
 KO758

Tightenthewheel nuts firmly in a criss-crosssequenceasshown.Remove

the wheelblocks.
CAUTION I
1/ l
Incorrect wheelnuts or improperly tightened wheelnutscan cau !
thewheel to become loose and evencome off. This could leac
I

an accident. Besure to usethecorrectwheelnuts.Ifyouhave to

replacethem,besure to gettherightkind.
Stopsomewhereassoonasyoucan and hav
with a torquewrench to 95 ft.Ibs. (130 N.m ).

NOTICE I

/heel covers won't fit on yourcompactspare. If you try to put a whee

,mer on your compactspare, you could damage the cover or the spar,. ,
Storing The Jack and Spare Tire
Storing The Tire in The Underbody Carrier
Putthetireontheground at therear of thevehicle,withthevalvestem
pointed down and to the rear.
Pullthe retaining bar through the wheel.Put the chisel end of thewheel
wrench, on an angle, through theholeintherearbumper and into thehoist
shaft.Turnthewheelwrenchclockwise until the tire israisedagainstthe
underside of thevehicle.
You willhear two "clicks"whenthe tire is secure, but pull on the tire to
makesure.
5-27
Problems on the Road

KO546

Returnthejack,wheelwrenchandwheelblocks to theproperlocationbehind
theseat.Securetheitemsandreplacethejackcover.

Compact Spare (If So Equipped)

Althoughyourcompactsparewasfullyinflatedwhenthevehiclewasnew,
it canloseairovertime.Checkitsinflationpressureregularly. It should be
60 psi (420 kPa).Thecompactspare is made to go up to 3,000 miles
(5000 km), so youcanfinishyourtripandgetanewtirewhereyouwant.
Ofcourse,it’sbest to replaceyoursparewithafull-sizetireassoon as you
can. Your sparewilllastlongerand be ingoodshapeincaseyoueverneed
itagain.

5-28
 I NOTICE I
Don’ttakeyour compact spare through an automatic car wash with guide
rails. The compact spare can getcaught on therails.That c- damage
the tire andwheel,and maybe other parts of your vehicle
Don’tuseyour compact spareonsomeothervehicle. And awnr mix your
compactspareorwheelwithotherwheelsortires.Theywon’t fit. Keepyour
spareanditswheeltogether.
I
Tirechains won’t fit your compact spare.
-
Using them will damageyour
-ray le ( ins ?o. In’! ;e tire chail on u r mP

Storing a jack,a tire, or otherequipment in thepassenget

compartment of thevehiclecouldcauseinjury.Inasuddel ;top 0

-
collision,looseequipmentcouldstrikesomeone.Storeallthese’in ?R
place proper
-
-’ the igz3g;$g& ...

NOTICE
Don’tusetheexistinghoist to storeatirewithanaluminum ‘lee’
coulddamagethewheel.Securethetire in thepickupbed.

5-29
Problems on the Road
If You’re Stuck: In Sand, Mud, Ice or
Snow
Whatyou don’t want to dowhenyourvehicleisstuckistospinyour
wheels.Themethodknownas“rocking”canhelp you get out whenyou’re
stuck,but you mustusecaution.
1 CAUTION
Ifyouletyourtiresspin at highspeed,theycanexplodeand you or
- otherscouldbeinjured.And,thetransmissionorother
vehiclecanoverheat.Thatcouldcauseanenginecompartment
parts of the
fire
or otherdamage.Whenyou’restuck,spinthewheelsas little as
possible.Don’t spin thewheelsabove 35 mph (55 km/h)asshown
on thespeedometer.

1 NOTICE
binning yourwheels can destroy parts of your vehicle as well as the
3s. If youspinthewheels too fastwhileshiftingyourtransmissior
and forth,youcandestroyyourtransmission.

Rocking Your Vehicle To Get It Out:

First, turnyoursteeringwheelleftandright. That willcleartheareaaround
yourfrontwheels.Thenshiftbackandforthbetween R (Reverse) and a
forwardgear(orwithamanualtransmission,between 1 (First)or 2 (Second)
gear and R (Reverse),spinningthewheelsas little aspossible.Releasethe
acceleratorpedalwhileyou shift, and presslightly on theacceleratorpedal
whenthetransmissionis in gear. If thatdoesn’tgetyououtafterafewtries,
youmayneed to betowedout. Or,youcanuseyourrecoveryhooks, if your
vehiclehasthem. If you do needto be towed out, see“TowingYourVehicle”
intheIndex.

5-30
Using the Recovery Hooks

If you evergetstuck in sand,mud, ice orsnow,yourvehiclemay be

equippedwithrecoveryhooks. The recoveryhooks are provided at the front
of yourvehicle. You may need to usethem if you’restuckoff-road and need
to be pulled to some place where you cancontinuedriving.
CAUTION
Therecoveryhooks,whenused,areunder a lot of force.Alwayspul
A thevehiclestraightout.Never pull on thehooks at asideways
angle.Thehooks could break off andyouorothers could be injured
fromthe chain or cablesnapping back.

5-3 1
 w

s
A

K3589

NOTICE
deveruse therecovery hooks totow the vehicle. Ynlll
jamaged and it would not be covered by warranty.

5-32
 Service & Appearance Cave

Section
r .

L L
Here you will find information about the care ofyourvehicle . This part begins
withservice and fuel information. and then it showshow to checkimportant
fluid and lubricantlevels . Thereis also technicalinformationaboutyour
vehicle. and a section devoted to its appearance care.
Service ................................................................................................................... 6-3
Fuel ........................................................................................................................ 6-4
Checking Things Under the Hood ....................................................................... 6-7
Engine Oil .......................................................................................................... 6-9
Air Cleaner ....................................................................................................... 6-14
Automatic Transmission Fluid ......................................................................... 6-16
Manual Transmission Fluid ............................................................................. 6-19
Hydraulic Clutch ............................................................................................... 6-20
Rear Axle ......................................................................................................... 6-21
Transfer Case .................................................................................................. 6-21
Front Axle......................................................................................................... 6-22
Engine Coolant ................................................................................................ 6-23
Power Steering Fluid ....................................................................................... 6-27
Windshield Washer Fluid................................................................................. 6-28
Brake Master Cylinder ..................................................................................... 6-29
Replacing Brake System Parts .......................................................................... 6-30

6-1
Service & Appearance Care
Battery .................................................................................................................. 6-31
Vehicle Storage ................................................................................................... 6-31
Bulb Replacement ............................................................................................... 6-31
Other Maintenance Items ................................................................................... 6-34
Loading Your Vehicle .......................................................................................... 6-38
Tires ...................................................................................................................... 6-43
Appearance Care ................................................................................................ 6-50
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ................................................................... 6-57
Service Parts Identification Label ......................................................................
6-59
Fuses and Circuit Breakers ................................................................................
6-59
Capacities and Specification Charts .................................................................. 6-61

6-2
Service
Your GeneralMotorsdealerknowsyourvehiclebestandwantsyou to be
happywithit. We hope you’ll gotoyourdealerforallyourserviceneeds.
You’ll getgenuineGMpartsandGM-trainedandsupportedservicepeople.
We hopeyou’llwant to keepyourGMvehicleallGM.GMpartshaveone of
thesemarks:

Delco
I
K1604

Doing Your Own Service Work

If youwantto do some of yourownservicework,you’llwant to getthe
properGeneralMotorsServiceManual. It tellsyoumuchmoreabouthow to
serviceyourvehiclethanthismanualcan. To order the properservice
manual,see“ServicePublications” in theIndex.
YOU shouldkeeparecordwithallpartsreceiptsand list themileageand
date of anyserviceworkyouperform.See“MaintenanceRecord”inthe
Index.

A
You can be injured if you try to do servicework on avehiclewithout
A knowingenoughabout it.
Besureyouhavesufficientknowledge,experience,andthe
properreplacementpartsand tools beforeyouattemptany
vehiclemaintenancetask.
Besure to usethepropernuts,boltsandotherfasteners.
“English” and “metric”fastenerscan be easilyconfused.Ifyou
usethewrongfasteners,partscanlaterbreakorfall off. You
could be hurt.

6-3
 If you try to do your own service wok without knowing enough- about ’+

your vehicle could be damaged.

Fuel
e m

iii

KO489

The 8th digit ofyourVehicleIdentificationNumber(VIN)showsthecode

letterforyourengine. You will find theVINatthetopleftofyourinstrument
panel. (See “VehicleIdentificationNumber” in theIndex.)
Useregularunleadedgasolineratedat 87 octane orhigher.Withthe 4.3L
(Code W) engine,usepremiumunleadedgasolinerated at 91octaneor
higherforhighpowerperformance,whentowingatrailer or withahigh
payload requirement.Butwhenoperatingwithalightloadasanormal
condition,youmayusemiddlegrade or regularunleadedgasolines.
The gasoline you useshouldmeetspecifications ASTM D4814 in the U.S.
andCGSB3.5-92inCanada.Thesefuelsshouldhavetheproperadditives,
so you should not havetoaddanything to the fuel.
In the U.S. and Canada,it’seasyto be sureyougettherightkindof
gasoline(unleaded). You’ll see UNLEADED right on thepump.Andonly
unleaded nozzleswill fit intoyourvehicle’sfillerneck.
Be sure the postedoctane is atleast 91forpremium, 89 formiddlegrade
and 87 forregular. If theoctaneislessthan 87, you maygetaheavy
knocking noisewhen you drive.Ifit’s bad enough, it candamageyour
engine.

6-4
If you’reusingfuelratedat 91 octaneorhigherandyoustillhearheavy
knocking,yourengineneedsservice.Butdon’tworry if youhearalittle
pingingnoisewhenyou’reacceleratingordrivingupahill.That’snormal, and
youdon’thave to buy a higheroctanefuel to getridofpinging. It’s the
heavy,constantknockthatmeansyouhaveaproblem.
Whataboutgasolinewithblendingmaterialsthatcontainoxygen,such as
MTBEoralcohol?
MTBE is“methyltertiary-butylether.”Fuelthat is nomorethan 15% MTBEis
fine for your vehicle.
Ethanol isethylorgrainalcohol.Properly-blendedfuelthatisnomorethan
10% ethanol is fine for your vehicle.
Methanol ismethylorwoodalcohol.

Gasolines for Cleaner Air

Your useofgasolinewithdetergentadditiveswillhelppreventdepositsfrom
forminginyourengine and fuel system.Thathelpskeepyourengine in tune
andyouremissioncontrolsystemworkingproperly.It’s good for yourvehicle,
and you’ll be doing your part for cleaner air.
Manygasolinesarenow blended withmaterialscalledoxygenates.General
Motorsrecommendsthatyouusegasolineswiththeseblendingmaterials,
suchasMTBE and ethanol.Bydoing so, you can helpcleanthe air,
especially in thoseparts of the countrythathavehighcarbonmonoxide
levels.
In addition,somegasolinesuppliersarenowproducingreformulated
gasolines. These gasolinesare specially designedtoreducevehicle
emissions.GeneralMotorsrecommendsthatyouusereformulatedgasoline.
Bydoing so, youcanhelpcleanthe air, especially in thoseparts of the
countrythathavehigh ozone levels.
You shouldaskyourservicestationoperators if their gasolines contain
detergentsandoxygenates, and if theyhavebeenreformulated to reduce
vehicleemissions.

6-5
Service & Appearance Care
Fuels in Foreign Countries
If youplanondrivinginanothercountryoutsidethe U S . orCanada,
unleadedfuelmay be hard to find. Do notuseleadedgasoline.Ifyouuse
evenonetankful,youremissioncontrolswon’tworkwelloratall.With
continuoususe,sparkplugscangetfouled,theexhaustsystemcancorrode,
andyourengineoilcandeterioratequickly.Yourvehicle’sthree-waycatalytic
converterandoxygensensorwillbedamaged. All of thatmeanscostly
repairsthatwouldn’tbecovered byyourwarranty.
To checkonfuelavailability,askanautoclub, or contactamajoroil
companythatdoesbusiness in the countrywhereyou’llbedriving.
You canalsowrite us atthefollowingaddressforadvice.Justtelluswhere
you’regoingandgiveyourVehicleIdentificationNumber(VIN).
GeneralMotors of CanadaLimited
InternationalExportSales
P.O. Box 828
Oshawa,Ontario LIH 7N1,Canada
Filling Your Tank

KO603

G-asolinevapor is highlyflammable. It burns violently, and#that can I

L cause very bad injurips. Don’t smoke if you’re near -;gSoline or
refuelingyourvehiclKeepsparks,flames, and slnnGnfl materials
away from gasoline.

6-6
The fuel capis behind a hinged door on the leftside of yourvehicle.
To take off thecap,turnitslowly to theleft(counterclockwise).

If you getgasoline on youandthensomethingignites it, you could

bebadlyburned.Gasolinecansprayoutonyou if you open the fl
filler cap too quickly.Thisspraycanhappen if yourtankisnearly
full, and ismorelikely in hotweather.Open the fuel fillercapslowly
and waitforany“hiss”noise to stop.

I
Then ut
en you I
rew tt
2 cap
on,
turn
.I1 the IV.
- -
to the
ght
ur
--
you hear
clicking
a
noise.

Checking Things Under the Hood

I

KO605

6-7
Hood Release
To openthe hood, first pull thehandleinsidethevehicleonthelowerleft
side of theinstrumentpanel.Then go tothefront of thevehicleandrelease
the secondary hood release. Lift thehood,releasethehoodpropfrom its
retainer and put the hood propintotheslot in thehood. Youmay have a
lightthatcomesonwhenyou lift thehood.

KO606

'hingsthatburncangetonhotengine parts andstart a fire. Thest

..lclude liquids like gasoline,oil,coolant,brakefluid,windshield
washer and otherfluids,andplastic or rubber. Yo11 or others could
be burned.Becarefulrlottodropor snillthinns qt will burn nntn
.lot engine.
Before closing thehood,besure all thefillercapsare on properly.Then lift
thehood to relievepressure on thehoodprop.
Removethehoodpropfromtheslot in the hood and returnthe prop to its
retainer.Then just pull the hooddown and close it firmly.

6-8
Engine Oil
It’s a goodidea to checkyourengineoilleveleverytime you getfuel. In
order to getanaccuratereading, the oilmustbewarmand the vehiclemust
beon levelground.

.; .
. . ,

Turn off theengineandgivetheoil a fewminutes to drainbackintotheoil

pan. If youdon’t,theoildipstickmightnotshowtheactuallevel.

6-9
Service & Appearance Care

KO610

To CheckEngine Oil: Pulloutthedipstickandclean it with a papertowel

orcloth,thenpushitbackinalltheway.Remove it again,keepingthe tip
lower.
When to Add Oil: If theoilisatorbelowthe ADD line,then you’ll need to
add someoil.Butyoumustusetherightkind.Thissectionexplainswhat
kind of oiltouse.Forcrankcasecapacity,see“CapacitiesandSpecifications”
intheIndex.

I
I
N”HC;t
I 3on’t add toomuchoil. If yourengine has so much oil thatthe oil level
jets above thecross-hatched area thatshows the properoperatingrange, I
lour engine could be damaged.
Just fill it enoughtoputthelevelsomewhereintheproperoperatingrange.
Pushthedipstickallthewayback in whenyou’rethrough.

6-1 0
 KO704

What Kind of Oil to Use:

Look for three things:
SG
“SG” mustbeon the oil container,eitherbyitselforcombinedwith
other quality designations, such as“SGICC,”“SGICD,” “SF,SG,CC”,
etc. These letters showAmericanPetroleum Institute (API) levels of
quality.

6-1 1
Service & Appearance Care

,.31
WEATHER

SAE low-.30

SAE 5W-30
PREFERRED

COLD IF NEITHER SAE 5W-30 NOR SAE 1OW-30

GRADE OILS ARE AVAILABLE, SAE 3 0
WEATHER GRADE MAY BE USED AT TEMPERATURES
ABOVE 40 DEGREES F (4 DEGREES C).
DO NOT USE SAE 1OW-40, SAE 2OW-50 OR
AWY OTHER GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED

PO344

SAE 5W-30
As shownin this chart, SAE 5W-30 is best for your vehicle. However,
youcanuse SAE 1OW-30 if it’sgoing to be 0°F (-18°C)orabove.
Thesenumbersonan oil container show its viscosity, or thickness. Do
not useotherviscosity oils suchas SAE 1OW-40 or SAE 2OW-50.

6-1 2
 Energy Consewing II
Oilswiththesewordsonthecontainerwillhelpyousavefuel.
Thisdoughnut-shapedlogo(symbol) is usedonmostoilcontainers to help
you select the correct oil.
You shouldlookforthisontheoilcontainer,anduse only those oils that
display the logo.
GM Goodwrench@ oil(inCanada, GM EngineOil)meetsalltherequirements
for your vehicle.
Engine Oil Additives:
Don’taddanything to youroil.Your GM dealer is readytoadvise if youthink
somethingshould be added.
When to Change Engine Oil:
See if anyoneofthese is truefor you:
Mosttripsarelessthan 4 miles (6 km).
It’sbelowfreezingoutsideandmosttrips are lessthan 10 miles
(16 km).
Theengine is at low speed mostofthetime(asindoor-to-doordelivery,
or in stop-and-gotraffic).
You towatraileroften.
Mosttripsarethroughdustyplaces,
Thevehicleisfrequentlyoperatedoff-road.
If any one of these is trueforyourvehicle,you need tochangeyour oil and
filter every 3,000 miles (5000 km)or 3 months-whichevercomesfirst.
If noneof them aretrue,changetheoilevery 7,500 miles (12 500 km) or
12 months-whichevercomesfirst.Changethefilteratthefirst oil change
and at every other oil change after that.
If yourvehiclehas4-wheeldrive,you will havearemoteoil filter located
underthehood. It is mounted to thefrontleftinnerfender,behindthe
headlights.
Engine Block Heater:
An engineblockheatercanbea big help if youhavetoparkoutsideinvery
coldweather, -0°F (-18°C) orcolder. If yourvehiclehasthisoption,see
“EngineBlock Heater” in theIndex.

6-1 3
 Service & Appearance Care
What to Do with Used Oil;
In
CAUTION
A Usedengine oil containsthingsthathavecausedskincancer in
laboratoryanimals.Don’tletusedoilstayonyourskinforverylona
Cleanyourskinandnailswithsoap and water,oragood hand
cleaner.
Washmerlv
throw
awav
cloth I or rags conk na
usedenaineoi
Used oil canbearealthreat to theenvironment. If youchangeyourownoil,
be suretodrainallfree-flowingoilfromthefilterbeforedisposal.Don’tever
dispose of oil byputting it in thetrash,pouring it ontheground, into sewers,
or into streams or bodies of water. Instead,recycle it bytaking it toa place
that collects used oil. If you haveaproblemdisposing of your used oil,ask
yourdealer,aservice station oralocalrecyclingcenterforhelp.
Air Cleaner

KO618

To removetheroundaircleanerfilterforthe 2.5L (VIN A), 2.8L (VIN R), and

4.3L(VIN 2) engines, turn thewingnutcounterclockwise.Removethecover
and changethefilter.Careshould be takenduringreassembly to ensurethat
the coveris on straightandthewingnutproperlytightened.
To removethesquareaircleanerfilterforthe4.3L(VIN W) highperformance
engine,loosen both wingnuts(one on theductandoneonthecover).

6-1 4
 I

PO267

Lift the aircleanerassembly upfromthevehicle.Openbothclamps and lift

off cover to change the filter.Whilereassemblingtheaircleanerassembly,
ensure that the air cleaner cover tabs are fully inserted into the slots in the
aircleanerhousing,the two wingscrews are secure, and the PCV airtubeis
properlyseated in thelefthandvalvecover.
RefertotheMaintenanceSchedule to determinewhentoreplacetheair
cleanerfilter.See“ScheduledMaintenanceServices” in theIndex.

Operatingtheenginewiththeaircleaner off cancauseyouorothers

to beburned. The aircleanernotonlycleanstheair, it stopsflame
if theenginebackfires.If it isn’tthere,andtheenginebackfires,you
couldbeburned.Don’tdrivewith it off, andbecarefulworking on
theenginewiththeaircleaner off.
I

NOTICE

6-1 5
Service & Appearance Care
Automatic Transmission Fluid
When to Check and Change:
A good time to check your automatic transmission fluid level is when the
engine oil is changed.Refer to the MaintenanceSchedule to determinewhen
to changeyourfluid.See“ScheduledMaintenanceServices” in the Index.
How to Check:
Becausethisoperationcan be a little difficult,you maychoose to have this
doneat a dealershipServiceDepartment.
If youdoityourself, be sure to follow all the instructionshere,oryou could
get a falsereadingon the dipstick.

Waitatleast 30 minutes before checkingthetransmission fluid level if you

havebeendriving:
Whenoutsidetemperaturesareabove 90°F (32°C).
At high speedforquite a while.
In heavytraffic-especially in hot weather.
While pulling a trailer.
To get the rightreading,the fluid mustbeatnormaloperatingtemperature,
which is 180°F to 200°F (82°C to 93°C).
To checktransmissionfluidhot: Getthevehiclewarmedup by driving
about 15 miles (24 km)whenoutsidetemperaturesareabove 50°F (10°C). If
it’scolderthen 50°F (IOOC), drive the vehicle in D (3rdgear) until the
temperaturegagemoves and then remainssteadyfortenminutes.Then
follow the hotcheckprocedures.
To check transmission fluid cold: A cold checkismadeafterthevehicle
has been sitting for eight hours ormorewith the engine off and is used only
as a reference.Lettheenginerunat idle forfiveminutes if outside
temperaturesare 50°F (10°C) ormore. If it’scolderthan 50°F (IO%), you
mayhave to idle theenginelonger. A hotcheckmustfollowwhen fluid is
added during a cold check.

6-1 6
To checkthefluidhot or cold:
Parkyour vehicle on a level place.
Placetheshiftleverin P (Park) with the parkingbrakeapplied.
Withyour foot on the brakepedal,movetheshiftleverthrougheach
gearrange,pausingforabout three seconds in eachrange.Then,
positionthe shift leverin P (Park).
Lettheenginerunatidlefor three minutesormore.
Then,withoutshutting off theengine, follow thesesteps:

.. .

NO031

1. Pulloutthedipstickandwipeitwith a clean rag orpapertowel.

PO164

6-1 7
Service & Appearance Care
If youhavea4.3Lengine,youwillhaveaflip-tophandle.Flipthe
handleupandthenpulloutthedipstickandwipe it cleanwith a ragor
paper towel.
2. Push it backinalltheway,waitthreesecondsandthenpull it backout
again.Fliptophandleshouldremain in openposition.

--

PO16 5

3. Checkbothsidesofthedipstick,andreadthelowerlevel.The fluid
levelmustbeinthe COLD areaforacoldcheckor in theHOT area or
cross-hatchedareaforahotcheck.
4. Ifthefluidleveliswhereitshouldbe,pushthedipstickback in all the
way.
If youhaveaflip-tophandle,flipthehandledown to lock it in place.
How To Add Fluid:
Refer to theMaintenanceScheduletodeterminewhatkind of transmission
fluidto use.See “RecommendedFluids and Lubricants” in theIndex.
Ifthefluidlevelis low, addonlyenoughoftheproperfluidtobringthelevel
up to the COLD area for a cold checkor the HOT area for a hot check. It
doesn’ttakemuchfluid,generallylessthanapint.Don’toverfill. We
recommendyouuseonlyfluidlabeledDEXRON@IIE,becausefluidswiththat
labelaremadeespeciallyforyourautomatictransmission.Damagecausedby
fluidotherthan DEXRON@lIE isnotcoveredbyyournewvehiclewarranty.
Afteraddingfluid,recheckthefluidlevelasdescribedunder“How To
Check”.
When thecorrect fluid level is obtained,pushthedipstickback in all the
way. Flipthehandledown if youhaveaflip-tophandle.

6-1 8
Manual Transmission Fluid
When to Check:
A good time to have it checkediswhentheengine oil is changed.However,
thefluid in yourmanualtransmissiondoesn'trequirechanging.
How to Check:
Becausethisoperation can bealittledifficult,you may choose to have this
doneata GM dealershipServiceDepartment.
Ifyou do ityourself,besure to followalltheinstructionshere,oryoucould
getafalsereading.

Too muchor too littie fluid can damage yourtransmission. Too much can
mean that some of the fluid could come out and fall on hot exhaust parts,
startingafire. Be sure to get an accuratereadingifyoucheckyour

Checkthefluidlevelonlywhenyourengine is off, thevehicleisparkedona

levelplace and thetransmission is cool enough foryou to restyourfingers
onthetransmissioncase.
Then, follow these steps:

PO336

1. Removethefillerplug.
2. Checkthatthelubricantlevel is up to thebottom of thefillerplughole.
3. If the fluid level is good, installtheplug andbe sure it is fullyseated. If
the fluidlevel is low, addmore fluid asdescribed in thenextsteps.

6-1 9
Service & Appearance Care
How to Add Fluid:
Here’show to add fluid.Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determine
what kind of fluid to use.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants” in the
Index.
1. Remove the fillerplug.
2. Add fluid at thefiller plug hole. Add onlyenoughfluid to bringthe fluid
levelup to thebottomofthefiller plug hole.
3. Installtheplug.Besure it is fullyseated.
Hydraulic Clutch
The hydraulicclutch in yourvehicleisself-adjusting. A slightamountofplay
[I14 (6 mm)-1/2 inch (13 mm)]inthepedal is normal.
When to Check and What to Use:

PO257

RefertotheMaintenanceSchedule to determinehowoften you shouldcheck

the fluid level in your clutch mastercylinderreservoirandwhat to add.See
“OwnerChecks and Services”and“RecommendedFluidsand Lubricants” in
the Index.
How to Check:
Theproper fluid shouldbeadded if the level doesnotreachthebottom of
thediaphragmwhenit’s in placeinthereservoir.Seetheinstructionsonthe
reservoir cap.

6-20
Rear Axle
When to Check and Change Lubricant:
Refer to theMaintenanceScheduletodeterminehow often to check the
lubricant and when to change it. See “Scheduled MaintenanceServices”in
the Index.
How to Check Lubricant:

If thelevel is below the bottom of thefiller plug hole,you’llneed to add

somelubricant.Addenoughlubricant to raise the levelto the bottom of the
filler plug hole.
What to Use:
RefertotheMaintenanceScheduleto determine whatkind of lubricant to
use.See“RecommendedFluids and Lubricants” in theIndex.
Four- Wheel Drive
Mostlubricant checks in this section also applytofour-wheeldrivevehicles.
However,theyhave two additional systems that need lubrication.
Transfer Case
When to Check Lubricant:
Refer to the MaintenanceSchedule to determinehow often tocheckthe
lubricant.See“PeriodicMaintenance Inspections” in theIndex.

6-2 1
Service & Appearance Care
How to Check Lubricant:

KO997

If the level is belowthebottom of thefiller plug hole,you’ll need to add

somelubricant. Add enoughlubricanttoraise the level tothebottom of the
filler plug hole.
What to Use:
RefertotheMaintenanceScheduletodeterminewhat kind of lubricantto
use.See“RecommendedFluids and Lubricants”intheIndex.
Front Axle
When to Check and Change Lubricant:
Referto the MaintenanceScheduletodetermine how oftentocheckthe
lubricant and when to changeit.See“ScheduledMaintenanceServices” in
the Index.

6-22
How to Check Lubricant:
I 1

I
KO998

If thelevelisbelowthebottom of thefillerplughole,you’llneed to add

somelubricant.
Ifthedifferential is atoperatingtemperature(warm),addenoughlubricantto
raisethelevel to thebottom of thefillerplughole.
If thedifferential is cold,addenoughlubricant to raisethelevel to 1/2 inch
(1 2 mm) below the filler plug hole.
What to Use:
RefertotheMaintenanceSchedule to determinewhat kind of lubricant to
use.See“RecommendedFluids and Lubricants” in theIndex.
Engine Coolant
Thefollowingexplainsyourcoolingsystemand how to add coolantwhenitis
low. If youhaveaproblemwithengineoverheating,see“Engine
Overheating” in theIndex.
The proper coolant for your vehicle will:
Givefreezingprotectiondown to -20°F (-29°C) or -34°F (-37°C) for
Canadianvehiclesandvehicleswiththecoldclimateoption.
Give boiling protectionup to 258°F (125°C).
Protectagainstrust and corrosion.
Helpkeeptheproperenginetemperature.
Letthewarning lights andgagesworkastheyshould.

6-23
Service & Appearance Care
What to Use:
Useamixture of clean water (preferablydistilled)andantifreezethatmeets
“GMSpecification6038-MI”whichwon’tdamagealuminumparts. Also use
GMEngineCoolantSupplement(sealer)withacompletecoolantchange. If
youusethese,youdon’tneedtoaddanythingelse.

I CAUTION I
Addingonlyplainwater to yourcoolingsystemcanbedangerous.
Plainwater,orsomeotherliquidlikealcohol,canboilbefore the
propercoolantmixwill. Your vehicle’scoolantwarningsystemisset
forthepropercoolantmix.Withplainwaterorthewrongmix,your
engine could get too hot but you wouldn’t get the overheat warning.
Your engine could catch fire andyouorotherscouldbeburned.Use
a 50/50 mixof cleanwaterandaproperantifreeze.

NOTICE
If youuseanimpropercoolantmix,yourenginecouldoverheatand br
Dadly damaged.Ther
nuch water in themix
L :ore andotherDarts.
I
Someconditions,suchasairtrapped in thecoolingsystem,canaffectthe
coolantlevel in theradiator.Checkthecoolantlevelwhentheengine is cold
andfollowthestepsunder“AddingCoolant”fortheproperway to add
coolant.
If youhavetoaddcoolantmorethanfourtimesayear,haveyourdealer
check your cooling system.

6-24
r
Adding Coolant
-

f, 3

KO625

To CheckCoolant: Whenyourengine is cold, thecoolantlevelshould be at

ADD, or a little higher.Whenyourengine is warm,the level should beup to
FULL HOT, or a little higher.
To AddCoolant: If you need morecoolant, add thepropermix at the
coolantrecovery tank.

Turningtheradiatorpressurecapwhentheengineandradiatorare
A hotcanallowsteam and scaldingliquids to blowout and burnyou
badly.Withthecoolantrecovery tank, you will almostneverhaveto
add coolant attheradiator.Neverturntheradiatorpressure
cap-even a little-whentheengine and radiatorarehot.
Add coolantmix at the recoverytank,butbecarefulnot to spill it.

-
A You canbe burned if you spillcoolant on hotengineparts.Coolant
contains ethyleneglycol, and it will burn if the enginepartsare hot
enough.Don't spill coolant on a hot engine.

6-25
Service & Appearance Care
Radiator Pressure Cap

KO721

‘our radiator pressure cap is a 15 psi (105 kPa) pressure-type cap and
;t betightlyinstalledtopreventcoolant loss and possibleengine
nage fromoverheating.Besurethearrows on thecaplineupwith thc
wetflow 1 e on ’ radiatorfiller neck.
When you replaceyourradiatorpressurecap,an AC@ capisrecommended.
See“ServiceReplacementPartandFilterRecommendations”intheIndex.
Thermostat
Enginecoolanttemperature is controlledby a thermostatintheenginecoolant
system.Thethermostatstopsthe flow of coolantthroughtheradiatoruntilthe
coolantreaches a presettemperature.
When you replaceyourthermostat,an AC@ thermostat is recommended.

6-26
Power Steering Fluid

KO626

How To Check Power Steering Fluid:

Unscrew the capandwipe the dipstickwith a cleanrag.Replace the cap
andcompletely tighten it.Thenremove the capagainandlookatthe fluid
level on the dipstick.
When the enginecompartment is hot, the level should be atthe HOT
mark.
When the engine compartmentiscool, the level shouldbeat the FULL
COLD mark.
What to Add:
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of fluid to use.
See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants” in the Index.
NOTICE

6-27
 Sewice & Appearance Care
Windshield Washer Fluid
To Add:

PO174

Openthecaplabeled WASHER FLUID ONLY. Add washer fluid until the

bottle is full.

6-28
Brake Master Cylinder
Your brakemastercylinder is here. It is filled with DOT-3 brake fluid.
1

PO175

There are onlytworeasonswhy the brakefluid level in yourmastercylinder

mightgodown.The first is that thebrake fluid goesdown to anacceptable
levelduringnormalbrake lining wear.Whennewliningsareput in, the fluid
levelgoesbackup.Theotherreasonisthatfluid is leakingout of thebrake
system.If it is, you should haveyourbrakesystemfixed,since a leakmeans
thatsooner or lateryourbrakeswon’tworkwell,orwon’tworkatall.
So, itisn’t a good idea to“top off” yourbrake fluid. Addingbrakefluidwon’t
correct a leak.Ifyou add fluid whenyourliningsareworn, then you’llhave
too much fluid when you getnewbrakelinings. You should add (orremove)
brakefluid,asnecessary,onlywhenworkisdoneonthebrakehydraulic
system.

you havetoomuchbrake fluid, it vrlll

uuII ;heengir,,.
I The fluic
will burn if the engine is hot enough. You orothers could be burned,
and yourvehicle could be damaged.Add brake fluid onlywhenwork
isdoneonthebrakehydraulicsystem.
Refer to the MaintenanceSchedule to determinewhentocheckyourbrake
fluid.See“PeriodicMaintenance Inspections” in theIndex.

6-29
Service & Appearance Care
To Check Brake Fluid:
You cancheckthebrakefluidwithouttaking off thecap.Justlookatthe
windows on thebrakefluidreservoir.Thefluidlevelsshouldbeabove MIN. If
theyaren’t,haveyourbrakesystemchecked to see if thereisaleak.
Afterwcrk is doneonthebrakehydraulicsystem,makesurethelevelsare
above MIN and belowthe top of eachwindow.
What To Add
Whenyoudoneed brake fluid,useonly DOT-3 brakefluid-suchasDelco
Supreme l l @ (GM Part No. 1052535).Usenewbrakefluidfroma sealed
container only.
I NOTICE
4 DOT 5 silicone brake fluid can damageyourvehicle.Don’t use it.
- Don’tletsomeone put in the wrong kind of fluid.Forexample,jus1 i
few drops of mineral-based oil, such as engine oil, in your brake
system can damage brake system parts so badly that they’ll have
be replaced.
Brake fluid can damagepaint, so be careful not to spill brake d on
--
your vehicle.

Replacing Brake Sysi-m Parts

The brakingsystemonamodernvehicle is complex. Its manyparts have to
be of topqualityandworkwelltogether if thevehicleis to havereallygood
braking.Vehicleswedesignandtesthave top-quality GMbrakeparts in
them,asyourvehicledoeswhen it is new.Whenyoureplace parts of your
braking system-forexample,whenyourbrakeliningsweardown and you
havetohavenewonesput in-besure yougetnewgenuineGM
replacementparts. If youdon’t,yourbrakesmaynolongerworkproperly.For
example, if someoneputs in brakeliningsthatarewrongforyourvehicle, the
balancebetweenyourfrontandrearbrakescanchange,fortheworse. The
braking performanceyou’vecome to expectcanchangeinmanyotherways
if someoneputs in thewrongreplacementbrakeparts.
FIuid Leak Check
Afterthevehiclehas been parkedforawhile,inspectthesurfaceunderthe
vehicleforwater, oil, fuel orotherfluids.Waterdrippingfromtheair
conditioningsystemafter it hasbeenusedisnormal. Ifyounotice fuel leaks
orfumes,thecausesshouldbefoundandcorrectedatonce.

6-30
Battery
Everynew GM vehicle has aDelco Freedom battery. You neverhave to add
watertooneofthese.Whenit’stimeforanewbattery,werecommenda
Delco Freedom battery.Getonethat has thecatalognumber shown onthe
originalbattery’slabel.

Vehicle Storage
If you’renotgoingtodriveyourvehiclefor 25 daysormore,take off the
black,negative (-) cablefromthebattery.Thiswillhelpkeepyourbattery
fromrunningdown.
CAUTION
A Batterieshave acid that can burnyou and gasthatcanexplode. You I
t i ‘ can be badlyhurt if youaren’tcareful.See“JumpStarting” in the
I Indexfor tips onworkingaroundabatterywithoutgettinghurt.
Contactyourdealer to learnhow to prepareyourvehicleforlongerstorage
periods.For more information,contactyourdealer’sservicedepartment,or
write to:
AdistraCorporation
171 HamiltonStreet
Plymouth, MI 48170
In Canada,write to:
GeneralMotors ofCanada,Limited
CustomerServicesDepartment
Oshawa, Ontario LIJ 5Z6 Canada
Bulb Replacement
Halogen Bulbs
CAUTION
/i Halogen bulbs havepressurizedgasinside andcan burst if you drop
orscratchthebulb. Youor others could beinjured.Takespecial car€
I handling
when and disposing of halogen
bulbs. 1
Beforeyoureplaceanybulbs,besurethatallthelightsare off and the
engineisn’trunning.

6-31
Service & Appearance Care
Headlights

KO993

1. Removethefourscrewsfromtheheadlightretainer.
2. Pulltheheadlight out andremovetheretainer.
3. Unplugtheheadlight.
4. Plug in the new bulbandput it inplace.
5. Installtheretainer to theheadlight.
6. Installthescrews.
Front Parkingnurn Signal Lights

1. Reachunderandbehindthe parkinghrn signallightassembly.

6-32
 2. Turn the socket counterclockwise and pull itout.
3. Turn the bulb counterclockwise and pull it out of the socket.
4. Put the new bulb in the socket and turn it clockwise until it is tight.
5. Put the socket back into the assembly and turn the socketclockwise
until it locks in place.
Rear Lights

- -1
-Y
-
L. .

KO635

1. Open the tailgate.

2. Remove the screwsfrom the light assembly.
3. Pull the assemblyawayfrom the fender.
4. Turn the socket counterclockwise to removeit.If the socket hasatab,
push the tab in while you turn the socket.
5. Turn the bulb counterclockwise toremove it.
6. Put the new bulb into the socket and turn the bulb clockwise.
7 . Put the socket into the light assemblyandturn the socket clockwise until
it locks in place.
8. Install the light assemblyandscrews.
9. Close the tailgate.

6-33
Service & Appearance Care
Other Maintenance Items
Hydraulic Clutch Grease Fitting
Ifyouhavethe 4.3L (VIN code Z) enginewith a manualtransmission, a
greasefittingisontheclutchhousingforlubricatingtheclutchfork ball stud.
Refer to theMaintenanceScheduleforinformationonhowtolubricatethe
clutchhousing, and whattype of lubricanttouse. Besure not to over-fill
becauseyoucoulddamageyour clutch.
Front Suspension and Steering Linkage
Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determinehowoften to lubricate the
fittings and whattype of lubricant to use.
Front Wheel Bearings (Two-Wheel Drive)
If yourvehicleistwo-wheeldrive,ithaswheelbearingsthatmust be cleaned
and repacked.
RefertotheMaintenanceSchedule to determinehowoftenthismust be
done.
Single Belt Accessory Drive
Your newvehicleuses a serpentinebeltthatislighter,andmoredurablethan
systemswithseveralbelts.
The beltrunsoveroraroundthepulleysontheengine. A tensioner is used
tokeepthebelttightat all times.Thetensioneralsomakesreplacingthe
belteasier. If you needtoreplacethe belt, besuretoget the correct
replacementbelt. Your dealership or partssuppliercanhelpyouwith this.
TheAccessoryDriveBeltRoutinglabel on yourvehicle will show you howto
routethebeltyourvehicle uses.

6-34
Windshield Wiper Blade Inserts

To replaceyourwindshieldwiperbladeinserts, lift thewiper arm awayfrom

thewindshield.Pinchthe two tabs on thewiperarm and slide theinsertout
of theblade.Slidethenewoneinplace.Makesurethetabsarelockedinto
position.
Air Conditioning
Everynow and thenhaveyourdealershipcheckyourairconditioningsystem
to besureithasnotlostanycoolingability. If youthinkthesystem is not
workingproperly,haveyourdealershipcheckitoutassoon as possible.
The airconditioningwillnotworkwhenthetemperatureisbelow 40°F (4°C).
Lubrication
Accelerator Control System
Refer to theMaintenanceScheduletodeterminehowoftentheaccelerator
linkagepivotpointsmustbelubricatedandwhattype of lubricant to use.
Acceleratorcables and cruisecontrolcablesshouldnotbelubricated. Any
cablesthatarewornor are hardtopullshouldbereplaced.
Whencleaningtheenginecompartmentwithwaterorsteam,avoiddirecting
theflowontothethrottlelinkage in amannerthatwouldcausemoisture to
enter the cables.

6-35
Service & Appearance Care
Hood Latches and Hood Hinge
Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determinehowtolubricate the hood
latch and hood hingeassembly.
Propeller Shaft Slip SplinesAJniversal Joints
RefertotheMaintenanceSchedule to determinehowoftentheslipand
universaljointsmust be lubricatedandwhattype of lubricant to use.
Body
Normaluse of your vehicle will cause metal-to-metal wear at some points on
the cab andbody iftheyarenotlubricated.
For exposedsurfaces,such as doorchecks,doorlockbolts,lockstriker
plates,dovetailbumperwedges, etc., a thinfilm of engine oil shouldbe
applied.
Where oil holesareprovided in thebody or cab, a driplessoilcan be used.
Theseatadjustersandseattrackshouldbelubricatedwithchassisgrease.
Door weatherstripsandrubberhoodbumpersshouldbewipedcleanwith a
wet cloth andlightlycoatedwith a rubberlubricant.
Neveruse too muchofanylubricantandbesure to wipeupanyextra
lubricant when you are finished.
Windowregulators and controlsareinsidethedoors.Theyarelubricatedwith
a longlastinggrease. If lubrication is requiredyourdealershouldperformthis
service.
Referto the MaintenanceSchedule to determinehowoften to lubricatethese
itemsandwhattype of lubricant to use.
Lock Cylinders
To besureyourlocksoperateproperly,theymustbelubricated.
Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determinehowoften to lubricate them
and whattype of lubricant to use.
You shouldnotusepenetratingoilsbecausetheycouldwashoutthefactory
installedlubricantandcausethelocktobind.De-icerswhichcontainalcohol
couldalsowashawaythelubricant, so besure to lubricatethelockafter
using a de-icer of this type.
Tailgate Handle
Thetailgatehandlepivotpoints on yourvehicleshouldbelubricatedtokeep
thehandleworkingsmoothly.

6-36
Refer to theMaintenanceScheduletodeterminehowoften to lubricate them
andwhattype of lubricant to use.
Exhaust System
To helppreventdamage to @.R ‘exhaustsystem,donotconunuetodrive
yourvehicle if younotice:
Enginemisfiring
Loss of performance
Otherunusualoperatingconditions
Have yourengine and exhaustsystemservicedregularly.
Three-Way Catalytic Converter
Yourvehicle’sthree-waycatalyticconverter is designed to reducethe
pollutantsinyourvehicle’sexhaust.Useonlyunleadedfuel in yourvehicle. If
youuseleadedfuel,you could damageyourthree-waycatalyticconverter,
andotherenginecomponents.
The MalfunctionIndicator(SERVICEENGINE SOON) lamponyour
instrument panel lets you know whenyouremissionsystemneedsservice.
The light willcomeonbrieflywhenyoustartyourengine to letyouknow
thatthesystemisworking.If it doesnotcomeonwhenyoustartyour
engine, or if it comes on and stays on whileyou’redriving,yoursystemmay
needservice. Your vehicleshouldstillbedriveable,butyoushouldhaveyour
systemservicedright away.

6-37
 Service & Appearance Care
Loading Your Vehicle

‘MFb8 Y GENERAL MOTORSCORP L

TAI

rll

. . . . . OWNERS MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

SEE
. ..

K3651

The CertificationEire label is found on the driver’sdoor lock pillar. The label
shows the size of youroriginal tires and the inflationpressuresneeded to
obtain the grossvehicleweightcapacity of yourvehicle.Thisiscalled the
GVWR(GrossVehicleWeightRating).TheGVWRincludes the weight of the
vehicle,alloccupants, fuel and cargo.
The Certificationnire labelalso tells youthemaximumweightsfor the front
and rearaxles,calledGrossAxleWeightRating(GAWR). To find out the
actual loads on yourfrontandrearaxles,you need to gotoaweighstation
and weighyourvehicle. Your dealercanhelpyouwiththis. Be sure to
spread outyour load equally on both sides of the centerline.
NeverexceedtheGVWRforyourvehicle,ortheGross Axle WeightRating
(GAWR) for either the front or rear axle.
And, if you do have a heavyload, you shouldspread it out.

In case of asuddenstoporcollision,thingscarried in the bed of

-A

yourtruck could shiftforwardandcomeintothepassenger

injuringyou or others. If youputthingsinthebed
area,
of yourtruck,you
I shouldmake
sure
they
are
properly
secured.

6-38
 Do not load yourvehicleanyheavierthanthe GVWR orthe
maximum front and rearGAWRs. If you do, parts on yourvehicle
canbreak,oritcanchangethewayyourvehiclehandles.These
could cause you to lose control. Also, overloadingcanshortenthe
life of your vehicle.
Usingheaviersuspensioncomponents to get added durabilitymightnot
changeyourweight ratings. Askyourdealertohelp you load yourvehiclethe
right way.
.
Your warranty does I cover parts Components tl
overloading.

anything else-theywillgo as fastasthevehiclegoes. If youhave to stop

or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, they’llkeepgoing.
CAUTION I
Things you put insideyourvehiclecanstrike and injure people in a
- sudden stop or turn, orin a crash.
Putthingsinthe cargo area of yourvehicle. Try tospreadthe
weightevenly.
Neverstackheavierthings,likesuitcases,inside the vehicle so
thatsomeofthemareabovethe tops of theseats.
Whenyoucarrysomething inside thevehicle,secure it
wheneveryoucan.
I Don’t
leave a seat folded down
unless
you
need to.

Payioad
The PayloadCapacityisshown on the CertificationRire label.Thisisthe
maximum load capacitythatyourvehiclecancarry.Besure to includethe
weight of the people insideaspart ofyourload. If youaddedany
accessories or equipmentafteryourvehicleleftthefactory,rememberto
subtracttheweight of thesethingsfromthe payload. Your dealercanhelp
you with this.

6-39
Service & Appearance Care
Trailering Package
If yourvehiclecomeswiththeTraileringPackage,thereisalsoaloadrating
whichincludestheweightofthevehicle and thetrailer it tows.Thisratingis
calledtheGrossCombinationWeightRating(GCWR).
Whenyouweighyourtrailer,besuretoincludetheweight of everythingyou
put in it. And,remember to figuretheweightofthepeopleinsideaspart of
yourload.
Your dealercanhelpyoudetermineyourGCWR.

GROSSCOMBINATIONWEIGHTRATING
(GCWR)

Add-on Equipment
Whenyoucarryremovableitemsyou may need to put alimit on howmany
peopleyoucarryinsideyourvehicle. Be suretoweighyourvehiclebefore
youbuyandinstallthenewequipment.

6-40
Truck-Camper Loading lnformation

Printeii in U.S.A. LIEP Pt. No. 15696350

PO338

Openyourglovebox and look for this label:

Thislabelwill tell you howmuch of a load yourvehicle can carry,andhow
to spreadoutyour load the right way. Also, it willhelpyoumatch the right
slide-in camper to your vehicle.
When YOU carrya slide-in camper,the total cargo load ofyourvehicleis the
weight of thecamper, plus:
everythingelseadded to thecamperafteritleftthefactory;
everything in the camper;and
allthe people inside.
TheCargoWeightRating(CWR) is themaximumweight of the load your
vehiclecancarry. It doesn’tincludetheweight of the people inside.But,you
canfigureabout 150 pounds for each seat.
The total cargo load mustnot be more than yourvehicle’sCWR.

6-41
Service & Appearance Care

TRUCKLOADINGINFORMATION EXAMPLEOFPROPER TRUCK

ANDCAMPERMATCH

1. Recommended location for cargo 1. Camper center of gravity.

center of gravity for cargo weight
rating (Pickup Truck}.
Note: Use rear edge of load floor
for measurement purposes.
2. Recommended center of gravity
location zone.
* Refer to Truck Camper Loading
Information label in glove box for
“A” and “B” dimensions.

PO254

The camper’scenter of gravityshould fall withinthecenterofgravityzonefor

yourvehicle’scargoload.
You mustweighanyaccessories,trailerhitches or otherequipmentyou add
toyourvehicle.Then,subtractthisextraweightfromtheCWR.Thisextra
weight may shorten the center of gravityzoneforyourvehicle. Your dealer
canhelpyouwiththis.
If yourslide-incamper and itsloadweighlessthantheCWR,thecenter of
gravityzoneforyourvehiclemaybelarger.
Your dealer can helpyoumakeagoodvehicle-campermatch.He’llalsohelp
you determine your CWR.
ATkryou’veloadedyourvehicleandcamper,driveto a weighstation and
weighonthefrontandrearwheelsseparately.Thiswill tell youtheloads on
youraxles.Theloadsonthefrontandrearaxlesshouldn’tbemore than
either of the GAWRs. The total of theaxleloadsshouldnotbemorethan
theGVWR.
Open yourdriver’sdoor and lookatthedoorlockpillarforthe
Certificationrrire label to find outyourGWARandGVWR.
Ifyou’vegoneoveryourweightratings,moveortakeoutsomethings until
all theweights fall belowtheratings. Of course,youshouldalwaystiedown
anylooseitemswhenyou load yourvehicleorcamper.
Whenyouinstallandloadyourslide-incamper,checkthemanufacturer’s
instructions.

6-42
If youwant more information oncurbweights,cargo weights, cargoweight
rating andthe correct center of gravityzoneforyour vehicle, yourdealercan
help you. Justaskfor a copy of “Consumer Information, TruckCamper
Loading.”
Pickup Conversion to Chassis Cab
GeneralMotors is aware that somevehicleownersmayconsider having the
pickup boxremovedandacommercialor recreational bodyinstalled.Before
you do so, first contact the GM Zone Office foryour area for information on
such conversions. (Seethe“WarrantyandOwner Assistance” booklet for
ZoneOffice.)Owners should beaware that, as manufactured, there are
differences betweena chassis cabanda pickup with the boxremovedwhich
mayaffect vehicle safety.Thecomponentsnecessary to adapt the pickup to
permit itssafeuse with a specialized body should be installed by a body
builderinaccordancewith the information available from the Zone Office.
Tires
We don’tmaketires. Yournew vehicle comeswith high quality tires madeby
a leading tiremanufacturer.Thesetiresare warranted by the tire
manufacturers and their warrantiesare delivered with everynewvehicle.If
your spare tire is a different brand than your road tires, youwillhave a tire
warranty folder from each of these manufacturers.

I/ Poorly maintained andimproperlyused tires aredangerous.

’ Overloading your tires cancause overheating as a result of too
*:&c‘? much friction. You could havean air-out and a serious accident.
pp $. -i& i , See “Loading Your vehicle” in the Index.
Underinflated tires F e the samedanger lerloaaed tires.
The resulting accident could cause serious injury.Checkall tires
frequently to maintain the recommendedpressure.Tirepressure
should becheckedwhenyour tires are cold. ,LzL%p;.t-:*;,:~
Ls m::r=::.
Overinflated tires are more likely to becut, punctured, orbroken
bysuddenimpactsuchaswhen VOI ‘lit a u ?. Keeo tires
.,:: ~ at
mmended re. pre! =.. _3%
-
-.’
,- .>

Worrt, old tires cancause accidents. Ifyour tread is badly’=;worn,

or if your tires havebeendamaged, replace them.
Don’tdriveover 85 mph (135 km/h) even if it’s legal, unlessyou
I have the correct high speed rated tires.

6-43
Service & Appearance Cam
Inflation-Tire Pressure
The Certification/Tirelabel,whichisonthedriver’s door lockpillar,showsthe
correctinflationpressures for yourtires,whenthey’recold.“Cold”meansyour
vehiclehasbeensitting for atleastthreehours or drivennomorethana
mile.

1 NOTICE
Ion’t let anyone tell you that: underinflation or overinflation is all rinhtIt’c

Too much heat

f Y(
0 Unusualwear
Bad handling
Rough ride
Needlessdamagefromroadhazards. .2

When to Check: Checkyourtiresoncea month or more.Don’tforgetyour

compact sparetire(if so equipped). It shouldbeat 60 psi (420 kPa).
How to Check:Usea good qualitypocket-typegagetochecktirepressure.
Simplylookingatthetireswillnottellyouthepressure,especially if you
haveradial tires-which maylookproperlyinflatedeven if they’re
underinflated.
If yourtireshavevalvecaps,besuretoput them backon.They help
preventleaksbykeepingoutdirtandmoisture.
Tire lnspection and Rotation
To makeyourtireslastlonger,havetheminspectedandrotatedatthe
mileagesrecommendedintheMaintenanceSchedule.SeeScheduled
MaintenanceServices in theIndex.

6-44
 J
K2655

Use this rotationpattern. Do notinclude“compactspare tire” in rotation, if so

equipped.
Ifyourvehiclehasfront tires withdifferent load ratingsor tread designs(such
as all season vs. onloff road)thanthereartires,don’trotateyourtiresfront
torear.
If youhavestyledsteel or aluminumwheels,yourspareis full-sized, but its
appearancewillnotmatchyourotherwheels.
Afterthetireshave been rotated, adjust the front and rearinflationpressure
asshownon the CertificationRire label.Makecertainthat all wheel nuts are
properly tightened. See“WheelNutTorque”intheIndex.

Rustordirt on a wheel,oron the parts to which it is fastened,can

I b makethewheelnutsbecomelooseafter a time.Thewheel could
come off and causeanaccident.Whenyouchange a wheel,remove
anyrust or dirt fromplaceswherethewheelattaches to thevehicle.
In an emergency, you can use a cloth or papertowel to dothis; but
be sure to use a scraperorwire brush later, if you need to, to get
alltherustor dirt off. (See“Changing a FlatTire” in the Index.)

6-45
Service & Appearance Cam
When It’s Time for New Tires

TREAD WEAR INDICATORS

K1656

Onewayto tell whenit’stimefornew tires is tocheckthetreadwear

indicators, whichwillappearwhenyour tires haveonly 2/32 inch (1.6 mm)or
less of treadremaining.
You needanew tire if:
You canseetheindicatorsatthreeplacesaroundthetire.
You cansee cord orfabricshowingthroughthetire’srubber.
The tread or sidewalliscracked,cutorsnaggeddeepenoughto s
cord or fabric.
The tirehasabump,bulgeorsplit.
The tire hasapuncture,cut,orotherdamagethatcan’tbe repaired
because of thesizeorlocation of the damage.
Buying New Tires
To find outwhat kind andsize of tiresyouneed, look attheCertification/Tire
label.The tires installed onyourvehiclewhen it wasnewhadaTire
PerformanceCriteriaSpecification(TPCSpec)number on eachtire’ssidewall.
Whenyougetnewtires,getoneswiththatsameTPCSpecnumber.That
way, yourvehiclewillcontinuetohavetiresthataredesigned to giveproper
endurance,handling, speed rating,traction,ride and otherthingsduring
normalservice on yourvehicle. If yourtireshave an all-seasontreaddesign,
theTPCnumberwillbefollowedbya “MS” (for mudandsnow).

6-46
If you everreplaceyour tires with those not having a TPCSpecnumber,
make sure they arethe same size, load range, speed ratingandconstruction
type (bias, bias-belted or radial)asyouroriginaltires.

* Mixing tires could cause you to lose control whiledriving. If you mix
1 tires ofdifferenttypes(like radial and bias-belted tires)thevehicle
maynot handle properly,andyou could have a crash.Besureto
use the samesize and type tires on all fourwheels.
It’s allright to drivewithyourcompactspare(ifyouhaveone). It
I was developed foruseonyourvehicle.

Uniform Tire Quality Grading

The following information relates to the system developed by the United
StatesNationalHighwayTrafficSafetyAdministrationwhichgrades tires by
treadwear, traction and temperatureperformance.(Thisappliesonlyto
vehicles sold intheUnitedStates.)
Treadwear
Thetreadweargradeis a comparativerating based onthewearrate of the
tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specifiedgovernmenttest
course.Forexample, a tire graded 150 wouldwearone and a half ( 1 4 2 )
timesaswell on the governmentcourse as a tire graded 100. Therelative
performance of tires dependsupon the actualconditions of their use,
however, and maydepartsignificantlyfrom the normdue to variationsin
driving habits,servicepractices and differences in roadcharacteristics and
climate.
Traction-A, B, C
The traction grades,fromhighesttolowestare: A, B, and C. Theyrepresent
the tire’sability to stop on wetpavementasmeasuredundercontrolled
conditions on specifiedgovernmenttestsurfaces of asphalt and concrete. A
tire marked C mayhavepoortractionperformance.
Warning:The traction grade assigned tothis tire isbasedonbraking
(straight-ahead) traction tests and doesnotincludecornering (turning) traction.
Temperature-A, B, C
Thetemperaturegradesare A (the highest), 6,and C, representingthetire’s
resistanceto the generation of heat and itsability to dissipateheatwhen
tested under controlled conditionson a specifiedindoorlaboratory test wheel.
Sustainedhightemperaturecan cause the material of thetiretodegenerate
and reduce tire life, and excessivetemperaturecan lead tosudden tire

6-47
Service & Appearance Care-.
failure.Thegrade C corresponds to alevel of performancewhich all
passengercartiresmustmeetundertheFederalMotorVehicleSafety
Standard No. 109. Grades B and A representhigherlevels of performanceon
the laboratorytestwheelthan the minimumrequiredby law.
Warning:Thetemperaturegradeforthistireisestablishedfora tire that is
properlyinflated and notoverloaded.Excessivespeed,underinflation,or
excessiveloading,eitherseparately or in combination,cancause heat buildup
and possible tire failure.
Thesegradesaremolded on thesidewalls of passengercartires.
While the tiresavailableasstandard or optionalequipment on GeneralMotors
vehiclesmayvarywithrespect to thesegrades,allsuchtiresmeetGeneral
Motorsperformancestandards and have been approvedforuse on General
Motorsvehicles. All passengertype (P Metric) tires mustconformtoFederal
safetyrequirements in addition to thesegrades.
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
Thewheelsonyourvehiclewerealignedandbalancedcarefullyat the
factorytogiveyouthelongest tire life andbestoverallperformance.
In mostcases,youwillnot need tohaveyourwheelsalignedagain.
However, if younoticeunusualtirewearoryourvehiclepullingonewayor
theother, the alignmentmay need tobereset. If younoticeyourvehicle
vibratingwhendrivingonasmoothroad,yourwheelsmayneed to be
rebalanced.
Wheel Replacement
Replaceanywheelthatisbent,cracked or badlyrusted. If wheelnutskeep
coming loose, thewheel,wheelbolts, and wheelnutsshould be replaced. If
thewheelleaksairout,replace it (exceptsomealuminumwheels,whichcan
sometimes be repaired).Seeyour GM dealer if any of theseconditionsexist.
Your dealerwillknowthekindofwheelyouneed.
Eachnewwheelshouldhavethesame load carryingcapacity,diameter,
width,offset,andbemountedthesamewayastheone it replaces.
If youneedtoreplaceany ofyourwheels,wheelbolts,orwheelnuts,
replacethemonlywith new GMoriginalequipment parts. This way, you will
besureyouhavetherightwheel,wheelbolts,andwheelnutsforyour
vehicle.

6-48
I CAUTION
Usingthewrongreplacementwheels,wheel bolts, or wheel nuts on
4 your vehicle can be dangerous. It could affect the braking and
handling of yourvehicle,makeyour tires loseair and makeyoulose
control. You could have a collision in whichyou or otherscould be
injured. Always use thecorrectwheel,wheelbolts,andwheel nuts
for replacement. I
NOTICE
I
Thewrongwheelcanalsocause trouble withbearinglife,brakecooling,
;peedometer/odometer calibration, headlightaim,bumperheight,vehicle
I
ground clearance,andtire or tire chain clearance to thebody and chassis.

Used Replacement Wheels

I CAUTION
~ A Putting a usedwheelonyourvehicleisdangerous. You can’tknow I
1 how it’sbeenused orhowmany milesit’sbeendriven.Itcouldfail
suddenlyandcause an accident. If youhave to replace a wheel,u-
a new GM original equipmentwheel.

Tire Chains
I NOTICE
If yourvehiclehas P235/75R15 or LT2
chains; theycan dz ige yourvehicle.
‘ouhaveotl slze tires,use tire chams ung
SHE Class “S’ Type chains that are the proper size foryourtires.Install
[hem on the drive axle (4-wheel drive vehicles can usechains on both
axles)tires and tighten themastightlyaspossiblewiththeendssecurel,
fastened. Drive slowly and followthe chain manufacturer’sinstructions. If
--u canhearthechains contacting yourvehicle, stop and retighten them
11the contact continues, slowdownuntil it stops. Driving too fast vi+‘-
:hains onwilldamageyourvehicle. I

6-49
Service & Appearance Care
Appearance Care

KO640

Cleaning products can be dangerous.Some are toxic. Others can I

I- burst into flame if you strike amatchorgetthemona hot part of
thevehicle.Somearedangerous if youbreathe their fumes in a
closed space.Whenyouuse anything inacontainer to clean your
vehicle,besure to follow the instructions. Andalwaysopenyour
doors orwindowswhen you're cleaning the inside.
..
r use these to clean yourvehicle:

4 3arbonTetrachlor
4 ketone
4 nt Thinner
4 Turpentine
cg 4 ,acquer Thinner
&&
% L%.,
NailPolishRemover

6-50
 NOTICE
I

Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle

Useavacuumcleaneroftentogetrid of dustandloosedirt.Wipevinylwith
aclean,dampcloth.
Your GM dealerhastwo GM cleaners-asolvent-typespotlifter and a
foam-type powdered cleaner.Theywillcleannormalspotsandstainsvery
well.
Herearesomecleaningtips:
Alwaysreadtheinstructionsonthecleanerlabel.
Clean up stainsas soon asyoucan-beforetheyset.
Useaclean cloth orsponge, and change to acleanareaoften. A soft
brushmaybeused if stainsarestubborn.
Usesolvent-typecleanersin a wellventilatedareaonly.Ifyouusethem,
don’t saturate the stained area.
If a ring formsafterspotcleaning,cleantheentireareaimmediatelyor it
willset.
Using Foam-Type Cleaner on Fabric
Vacuumandbrushtheareatoremoveanyloosedirt.
Alwaysclean a wholetrimpanelorsection.Masksurroundingtrimalong
stitch or welt lines.
MixMulti-PurposePowderedCleanerfollowingthedirectionsonthe
container label.
Usesudsonly and applywithacleansponge.
Don’tsaturatethematerial.
Don’trub it roughly.
As soon asyou’vecleaned the section,useasponge to removethe
suds.

6-51
Service & Appearance Cam
Rinsethesectionwitha clean, wet sponge.
Wipeoffwhat’sleftwithaslightlydamppapertowel or cloth.
Thendryitimmediatelywithanairhose,ahairdryer or a heat lamp.

m
Becareful ith ahairdryer or heat lamp. You could scorch the fa1

Wipewithacleancloth.
Using Solvent-Type Cleaner on Fabric
First,see if youhave to usesolvent-type cleaner atall.Somespotsand
stains willcleanoffbetterwith just waterandmildsoap.
If youneed to useit,then:
Gentlyscrapeexcess soil fromthe trim materialwitha clean, dull knife
or scraper.Usevery little cleaner, light pressure andclean cloths
(preferablycheesecloth).Cleaning should start at the outside of the stain,
“feathering” toward the center.Keepchanging to a clean section of the
cloth.
Whenyoucleanastainfromfabric,immediatelydrythe area withanair
hose,hairdryer, or heat lamp to helppreventacleaningring.(See
previous NOTICE.)
Special Cleaning Problems
Greasy or OilyStains: Likegrease,oil,butter,margarine,shoe polish, coffee
withcream,chewinggum,cosmeticcreams,vegetableoils,waxcrayon,tar
andasphalt.
Carefullyscrapeoffexcessstain.
Thenfollow the solvent-type instructionsabove.
Shoe polish, waxcrayons,tarandasphalt will stain if leftonavehicle
seat fabric.They should beremovedassoonaspossible.Becareful,
becausethecleanerwilldissolvethemand maycausethem to bleed.
Non-GreasyStains: Like catsup, coffee (black),egg,fruit,fruitjuice,milk,
soft drinks,wine,vomit, urine and blood.
Carefullyscrapeoffexcessstain,thensponge the placewith cool water.
If astainremains,followthe foam-type instructions above.

6-52
 If anodorlingersaftercleaningvomitorurine,treattheareawitha
water/bakingsodasolution: 1 teaspoon (5 ml) of bakingsoda to 1 cup
(250 ml)oflukewarmwater.
Finally, if needed, clean lightlywith solvent-type cleaner.
Combination Stains: Likecandy,icecream,mayonnaise,chilisauceand
unknown stains.
Carefullyscrapeoffexcessstain, then cleanwithcoolwaterandallow to
dry.
If astainremains,cleanitwithsolvent-typecleaner.
Cleaning Vinyl or Leather
Justusewarmwater and acleancloth.
Rubwithaclean,dampcloth to removedirt. You mayhave to do it
more than once.
Thingsliketar,asphaltandshoepolishwillstain if youdon’tgetthem
off quickly.Useacleanclothandsolvent-typevinyllleathercleaner.
Cleaning the Top of the Instrument Panel
Useonly mild soapandwatertocleanthetopsurfaces of theinstrument
panel.Sprayscontainingsiliconesorwaxesmaycauseannoyingreflectionsin
thewindshieldandevenmakeitdifficult to seethroughthewindshieldunder
certainconditions.
Care of Safety Belts
Keep belts clean and dry.

A
Do notbleachordyesafetybelts. If you do, it mayseverelyweaken
L
b them.Inacrashtheymightnotbeabletoprovideadequate
protection.Cleansafetybeltsonlywithmildsoapand lukev m
I water.

Glass
Glass should becleanedoften.GMGlassCleaner(GMPart No. 1050427) or
aliquidhouseholdglasscleanerwillremovenormaltobaccosmokeanddust
films.
Don’t use abrasivecleanersonglass,becausetheymaycausescratches.
Avoidplacingdecals on theinsiderearwindow,sincetheymayhave to be
scrapedofflater.

6-53
Service & Appearance Care
Cleaning the Outside of Your Windshield and Wiper Blades
If thewindshieldisnotclearafterusingthewindshieldwasher,or if thewiper
bladechatterswhenrunning, waxor othermaterialmaybeonthebladeor
windshield.
Cleantheoutside of thewindshieldwithGMWindshieldCleaner,Bon-Ami
Powder@(GMPart No. 1050011). Thewindshieldisclean if beads do not
formwhenyourinseitwithwater.
Clean the bladebywipingvigorouslywithaclothsoakedinfullstrength
windshieldwashersolvent.Thenrinsethebladewithwater.
Wiperbladesshould be checkedonaregularbasisandreplacedwhenworn.
Cleaning the Outside of Your Vehicle
Thepaintfinishonyourvehicleprovidesbeauty,depth of color,gloss
retentionanddurability.
Washing YourVehicle
The best way to preserveyourvehicle’sfinish is to keepitclean by washing
itoftenwithlukewarmor cold water.
Don’twashyourvehicle in thedirectrays of thesun.Don’tusestrongsoaps
orchemicaldetergents.Useliquidhandordishorcarwashing
(non-detergent)soaps.Don’tusecleaningagentsthatcontainacidor
abrasives.Allcleaningagentsshouldbeflushedpromptlyandnotallowedto
dry onthesurface,ortheycouldstain. Dry thefinishwithasoft,clean
chamoisor 100% cottontowel to avoidsurfacescratchesandwaterspotting.
Highpressurecarwashesmaycausewatertoenteryourvehicle.
Finish Care
Occasionalwaxingormildpolishing ofyour vehiclemaybenecessary to
removeresiduefromthepaintfinish. You cangetGMapprovedcleaning
productsfromyourdealer.(See“AppearanceCareandMaterials”inthe
Index.)
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Parts
Brightmetalpartsshouldbecleanedregularly to keeptheirluster.Washing
withwaterisallthatisusuallyneeded.However,youmayuseGMChrome
Polishonchromeorstainlesssteeltrim, if necessary.
Usespecialcarewithaluminumtrim. To avoiddamagingprotectivetrim,never
useautoorchromepolish,steam or causticsoap to cleanaluminum. A
coating ofwax,rubbedtoahighpolish,isrecommendedforallbrightmetal
parts.

6-54
Aluminum Wheels (If So Equipped)
Your aluminumwheelshaveaprotective coating similartothe painted surface
of yourvehicle.Don’tusestrongsoaps,chemicals,chromepolish, or other
abrasivecleaners on them because you could damage this coating.After
rinsingthoroughly,awaxmay be applied.

If you havealuminumwheels,don’t use an automatibJehiclewash that I

White Sidewall Tires

Your GeneralMotorsdealerhasa
-
has hard silicon carbide cleaning brushes.Thesebruchnc PSI take off +I
protective coating.

GM WhiteSidewallTireCleaner. You can

useastiffbrush with it.
Weatherstrips
Theseare places whereglassormetalmeetsrubber.Siliconegreasethere
willmakethem last longer,sealbetter, and notstick orsqueak.Applysilicone
greasewithaclean cloth atleastevery six months.
Sheet Metal Damage
If yourvehicleisdamaged and requiressheetmetalrepairorreplacement,
makesurethebodyrepairshopappliesanti-corrosionmaterialtotheparts
repaired or replaced to restorecorrosionprotection.
Foreign Material
Calcium chloride and other salts, icemeltingagents, road oil and tar,tree
sap, bird droppings,chemicalsfromindustrialchimneys, and otherforeign
mattercandamageyourvehicle’s finish if theyremainon painted surfaces.
Usecleaners that aremarkedsafefor painted surfacesforthesestains.
Finish Damage
Anystonechips,fracturesordeepscratchesinthefinishshould be repaired
rightaway.Baremetalwillcorrodequickly and maydevelop into amajor
repair expense.
Minorchips and scratchescanberepairedwith touch-up materialsavailable
fromyourdealerorotherserviceoutlets.Largerareas of finishdamagecan
becorrected in yourdealer’sbody and paintshop.
Underbody Maintenance
Chemicalsusedforice and snowremovalanddustcontrolcan collect on the
underbody. If thesearenotremoved,acceleratedcorrosion(rust)canoccur
on theunderbody parts suchas fuel lines,frame,floorpan,andexhaust
systemeventhoughtheyhavecorrosionprotection.
At leasteveryspring,flush these materialsfromtheunderbodywith plain
water.Cleananyareaswheremudandotherdebriscancollect.Dirtpacked
6-55
Service & Appearance Cam
in closedareas of theframeshouldbeloosenedbeforebeingflushed. Your
dealer or an underbody vehicle washing system can do thisforyou.
Chemical Paint Spotting
Someweatherandatmosphericconditionscancreateachemicalfallout.
Airbornepollutants fall uponandattackpaintedsurfaces on yourvehicle.This
damagecantaketwoforms:blotchy,ringlet-shapeddiscolorations, and small
irregulardarkspotsetchedintothepaintsurface.
Althoughnodefect in thepaintjobcausesthis,GeneralMotorswillrepair,at
no charge to the owner, thesurfaces ofnewvehiclesdamagedby this fallout
conditionwithin 12 monthsor12,000miles (20 000 km)ofpurchase,
whichever comes first.
Appearance Care Materials Chart
PART
NUMBER
1050172
SIZE
16 oz.
I DESCRIPTION USAGE
Tar and Road Removes old waxes,polishes,tar
androad oil
1050173 Removesrustandcorrosionon
chromeandstainlesssteel
1050174 Cleanswhiteandblacktires

105021 4 Spotandstainremovalonleather
or vinvl
1050244 Spot
I
and
stain
removal
on
cloth I
(0.473L) andfabric
1050427 23 02. Glass Cleaner Glasscleaningandspotcleaning
(0.680L) onvinyls

1
1050429 6 Ibs. Multi-Purpose Cleansvinylandclothondoortrim,
(2.72kg)PowderCleaner seats,andcarpet-alsotires and
mats
1050729 ( 8 02. ) Vinyl Top Cleaning of vinyltops
0.237L
Cleaner
1051055

1051398

1052870
16 oz.
(0.473L)
I
Preservatone

( 8 02. ) SpotLifter
0.2371,
16 02. Wash-Wax
Vinyltopdressing

Spot and stainremoval on cloth

andfabric
I
(0.473L)
(conc.)
1050201 16 oz. Maaic
Mirror Exterior cleaner and
(0.473L) IClGner-Polish I polish

I
,

TO077

6-56
Vehicle Identification Number (VINJ

KO641

Thisisthelegalidentifierforyourvehicle. It appears on aplate in thefront

corneroftheinstrumentpanel,onthedriver'sside. You can see it if you
look throughthewindshieldfromoutsideyourvehicle. The VIN alsoappears
ontheVehicleCertification and ServicePartslabelsandthecertificates of
titleandregistration.
Engine Identification
Theeighthcharacter in yourVINistheenginecode for your 1993 GM
engine.Thiscodewill help youidentifyyourengine,specifications,and
replacement parts inthissection.

6-57
Service & Appearance Cam

(D

n
2
5
W

K lf
W
m

c
3

PO172

6-58
Service Parts Identification Label
WHEELBASE

I Service Ports ldentificotion DO NOY REMOVE

VEHICLE 00000~00~000~000 00000 0 ~ 0 0 MODEL DESIGNATION
loENTIF'C*TION ARL A02
A65 B6Y B9A EBK C60 D l 8 035 E52 E6E E92 FLT GUl JM7 OPTION CONTENT
NUMBER
K t 9 K64 LC3 M X lM 3 1 NA5 NE1 Q M X V K 3 VC2 VV1 V Y 4 V73 Y 1 9 ZJ7
6BJ 62L 62U
67D 671
679 7BJ 8HJ 9HJ

1
PAINT TECHNOLOGY
ORDER NUMMR

EXTERIORCOLORS

K2680

You'll find thislabelontheinside of theglove box. It'sveryhelpful if you

everneedtoorderparts.Onthislabel is:
Your VIN.
Its modeldesignation.
Paintinformation.
A list of allproductionoptionsandspecialequipment.
Besurethatthislabelisnot removed from the vehicle.
Add-on EIectricai Equipment

Don't add anything electrical to your vehicle unless you check with your
dealer first. Some electrical equipment can damage your vehicle and the
damagewouldn't be covered by yourwarranty. .>;*"%Jr2gT
Some of it can just keep
other things from working as they should. ~~~~

Fuses and Circuit Breakers

Thewiringcircuits in yourvehicleareprotectedfromshortcircuitsbya
combination of fuses,circuitbreakers,andfusiblethermallinksinthewiring
itself.Thisgreatlyreducesthechance of firescausedbyelectricalproblems.

6-59
Service & Appearance Care
Headlights
The headlight wiring is protected byacircuitbreakerinthe light switch.An
electrical overload willcause the lights to goonand off, orinsomecases to
remain off, Ifthishappens,haveyour headlight wiringcheckedrightaway.
Windshield Wipers
Thewindshieldwipermotor is protected byacircuitbreakerandafuse. If
the motoroverheatsdue to heavysnow, etc., the wiperwill stop until the
motorcools. If the overload iscausedbysome electrical problemand not
snow,etc.,be sure to getit fixed.
Power Windows and Other Power Options
Circuit breakers in the fusepanel protect the powerwindowsand other power
accessories. When the currentload is too heavy, the circuitbreakeropens
and closes, protecting thecircuit until the problem is fixedorgoesaway.
Trailer Wiring Harness
The optional seven-wire trailer wiringharness is protected byan in-line fuse
in the battery feed wire. This fuse is near the junction block. See“Trailer
Wiring Harness”in the “Features & Controls” section.
Fuse Block

KO631

Thefuseblock is in the instrument panel on the driver’sside.

Remove the coverwith a screwdriverand then youcanremove fuses with a
fuse extractor.

6-60
Be sure to usethecorrectfuse. If youeverhaveaproblemontheroad and
don’thaveasparefuse,youcan“borrow”oneofthecorrectvalue.Justpick
somefeature of yourvehiclethatyoucangetalongwithout-liketheradio or
cigarettelighter-anduseitsfuse, if it is of thevalueyouneed.Replace it
assoonas you can.See“Fuses and CircuitBreakers’’ in thissection.
Capacities and Specification Charts
Replacement Parts
Replacementpartnumbers listed inthissectionarebasedonthelatest
informationavailableatthetime of printing, and aresubject to change. If a
partlisted in this manual isnotthesameasthepartused in yourvehicle
when it wasbuilt,or if youhaveanyquestions,pleasecontactyour GM truck
dealer.
Engine Identification
t
ENGINEDESCRIPTION
VIN
Displace- Engine Fuel Produced
TY Pe Code System BY Emissions
2.5L L4 A TBI* us. L.D.
2.8L V6 R TBI* us. L.D.
Canada
Mexico
4.3L V6 Z TBI* us. L.D.
4.3L V6 W CPI** U.S. L.D.
*ThrottleBodyInjection
**Central PortInjection
TO263
Wheel Nut Torque
DESCRIPTION TORQUE
Base orODtionalWheel 95 ft. Ibs. (130 Nmm)

6-6 1
Service & Appearance Care
Cooling System Capacity
QUANTITY
ENGINE WithoutrearheaterVINCODE
2.5L A 11.5Quarts (11 Liters)
2.8L R 10.5 Quarts (10 Liters)
4.3L Z 12.1Quarts(11.5Liters)
4.3L W 12.1 Quarts (1 1.5 Liters)
*Allquantitiesareapproximate.
*After refill, the level MUST be checked. TO266

Crankcase Capacity
QUANTITY
ENGINEWithVIN Filter
CODE WithoutFilter
2.5L A (2.8 Liters) 3.5Quarts(3.3Liters)3Quarts
2.8L R 4Quarts(3.8Liters) 4.5 Quarts(4.3Liters)
4.3L Z 4Quarts(3.8Liters) 4.5 Quarts(4.3Liters)
4.3L w 4Quarts (3.8 Liters) 4.5 Quarts (4.3 Liters)
*Allquantitiesareapproximate.
*After refill,thelevelMUST be checked.
TO2671
Fuel Tank Capacity
QUANTITY
20 Gallons (76 Liters)
I Availableonsome 2WD Pickups I 13 Gallons (50 Liters)
*All quantitiesareapproximate.
TO262

6-62
 Lamp and Bulb Data

NOTE: A PC part number indicates that the bulb and base are one assembly

Models)
Indicato?
Warning
Brake
Antilock (Utility 1 2 PC194
Models)
catoc
WarningSystem Brake 1 .7 PC74
1 Indicato?
Warning
System Brake 2 PC194

6-63
Service & Appearance Care
LamD And Bulb Data

Shift Indicator (PRNDL)* I 1 I 2 I PC194

TachometerWarningBand' 1 2 94 PC1
TurnSignal Indicator' 2 .7 PC74
Upshift Indicator' 1 I
.7 I
PC74
Upshift Indicator2 I 1 I 2 I PC194
'With StandardInstrumentCluster'With Digital InstrumentCluster
TO384

6-64
Service Replacement Part and Filter
Recommendations

T027i

Air Conditioning Refrigerant Capacity

TYPE SYSTEM QUANTITY*
R-12 C-60 2.50 Ibs. (1.134 kg)
*All Quantities AreApproximate
TO365

Air Conditioning Refrigerants

Not all air conditioningrefrigerantsarethesame. If theairconditioning
system in yourvehicle needs refrigerant,besuretheproperrefrigerantis
used. If you’renotsure,askyour GM dealer.

6-65
Service & Appearance Care

I Fuse Legend I
10 Amp Red
15 Amp Blue
20 Amp Yellow
25 Amp Clear
I 30 Amp IGreen 1

AUX P W R
CD PLAYER OUTLET

L
INST PLS P

I IGC BRAKE 3
P r
TURN-B/U
E
l HTI ‘C Y
RAI

ECM I

v
CRNK FUS-PLR

PO356

6-66
Fuses and Circuit Breakers
Circuit
Name Circuits Protected Fuse Breaker
Inst. Lps. InstrumentPanelLights,Headlight 5 Amp
WarningBuzzer,AshTray Light, Four
WheelDriveIndicatorLight, Fog Light
SwitchLight
Pwr.Acc. PowerDoorLocks,CDPlayer,Electric 30 Amp
Shift Transfer Case
Horn-DM Horn,DomeLights,GloveBoxLight, 20 Amp
Clock,Lighter,LightedVanityMirror,
Fog Lamp,CourtesyLights,Outside
Rearview Mlrror
Ign.-Gages IndicatorLights and Gages,Auto. 20Amp
TransmissionconverterClutch,Cruise
Control,FourWheelDriveIndicator
Light,SeatBeltTimer
Crank EngineControl Module 3 Amp
Stop-Haz. StopLights,HazardWarningLights, 15Amp
ChimeModule
Tail Lps LightSwitch, TaiVPark Lights,Digital 20 Amp
Cluster,LicenseLamp
Turn-B/U TurnSignals & Backup Lights 15 Amp
Heater/A/C HeatingandAirConditioning 25 Amp
Radio Radio,InsideRearviewMirrorMap 15Amp
Lights
ECM B EngineControlModule,FuelPump 15Amp
ECM I EngineControlModule 10 Amp
Pwr.Wndw. Power Windows 30 Amp
Wiper WindshieldWipersandWashers 25Amp
Brake Rear Wheel AntilockBrakeModule, 15 Amp
Speedometer
DRL DaytimeRunningLightRelay (Canada 10 Amp
Only)
Trailer* TrailerWiringHarness 30 Amp
CD Player** CDPlayer 10 Amp
TCCM ElectricShiftTransferCaseModule 5 Amp
Aux.Pwr.** Aux.Pwr. Outlet(ParcelTray) 10 Arn~
*In-line fuse
'*Fuse is attached to FuseBlock TO264

6-67
 Scheduled Maintenance Services

I Section
i

This section covers the maintenance required for your vehicle . Your vehicle
needstheseservices to retainitssafety.dependability.andemissioncontrol
performance.
A Word About Maintenance .................................... =ft...T.f.ff...ff...fIf..ff.ilttl ........... 7-2
YourVehicle and theEnvironment ...................................................................... 7-2
ScheduledMaintenanceServices ........................................................................ 7-3
Selecting The Proper Maintenance Schedule ................................................. 7-3
Maintenance Schedule I ................................................................................ 7-5
Maintenance Schedule II ............................................................................... 7-7
Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance Services ........................................... 7-8
Owner Checks and Services.............................................................................. 7-11
At Least Once a Month .................................................................................. 7-11
At Least Once a Year ..................................................................................... 7-11
Periodic Maintenance Inspections ...................................................................... 7-13
Recommended Fluids & Lubricants ................................................................... 7-14
Maintenance Record ........................................................................................... 7-16
Service Station Checks ....................................................................................... 7-17

I Haveyou purchased the GhI Protection Plan? The Plan

supplements your new vehicle warranties . See your GM dealer
for details.
TO248

7-1
Scheduled Mainfenance Services
A Word About Maintenance
Weat GeneralMotorswanttohelpyoukeepyourvehicle in goodworking
condition. But wedon’tknowexactlyhowyou’lldriveit. Youmay drivevery
short distancesonlyafewtimesaweek.Oryou maydrivelongdistances all
thetime in veryhot,dustyweather. Youmay useyourvehicleinmaking
deliveries.Or you maydrive it to work,to do errands,orinmanyotherways.
Because of all thedifferentwayspeopleusetheirGMvehicles,maintenance
needsvary. Youmay even need morefrequentchecksandreplacementsthan
youwill find intheschedules in this section. So pleasereadthis section and
note howyoudrive. If youhaveanyquestionsonhowtokeepyourvehicle
in goodcondition, see yourGMdealer,theplacemanyGMowners choose
to havetheirmaintenanceworkdone. Your dealercanbereliedupon to use
proper parts andpractices.
Your Vehicle And The Environment
Propervehiclemaintenancenotonlyhelpskeepyourvehicle in goodworking
condition,butitalsohelpstheenvironment. All recommendedmaintenance
proceduresareimportant.Impropervehiclemaintenanceortheremoval of
important components can significantly affect the quality of theairwebreathe.
Improperfluidlevels or eventhewrongtireinflationcanincreasethe level of
emissionsfromyourvehicle. To helpprotectourenvironment,and to help
keepyourvehicleingoodcondition,pleasemaintainyourvehicleproperly.

I CAUTION
Performingmaintenancework on avehiclecanbedangerous. In
tryingto do somejobs,youcanbeseriouslyinjured. Do yourown
maintenanceworkonly if youhavetherequiredknow-how and the
propertools and equipmentforthejob. If youhaveanydoubt,have
aaualifiedtechnician do the work.
If you are skilledenoughto do someworkonyourvehicle, you willprobably
want to get the serviceinformation GM publishes. You will find alist of
publicationsandhow to gettheminSection 8, “CustomerAssistance
Information”. See“ServicePublications”intheIndex.
The MaintenanceRecordprovidesaplaceforyou to recordthemaintenance
performedonyourvehicle.Wheneveranymaintenanceisperformed, besure
to write it down in this section.Thiswill help youdeterminewhenyournext
maintenanceshouldbedone. In addition, it is agood idea to keepyour
maintenancereceipts.Theymay be needed to qualifyyourvehiclefor
warrantyrepairs.

7-2
Scheduled Maintenance Services
This parttells you themaintenanceservicesyoushouldhavedone and when
you shouldschedulethem. Your GMdealerknowsyourvehiclebestand
wantsyou to behappywith it. If you gotoyourdealerfor all yourservice
needs, you’ll know that GM-trained and supported servicepeople will perform
thework using genuine GM parts.
Theseschedulesareforvehiclesthat:
carrypassengersand cargo withintherecommendedlimits. You will find
these limits onyourvehicle’sCertificationLabel.See“Loading Your
Vehicle”in the Index.
are driven on regularroadsurfaces,andwithin legal drivinglimits,as
described in Section 4, “Your Driving and the Road”.
aredriven off-road in therecommendedmanner.See“OffRoadDriving
With Your Four-wheel DriveVehicle”intheIndex.
use the properfuel.See “Fuel” in theIndex.
Selecting The Proper Maintenance Schedule
Your driving conditions and how you useyourvehiclewillhelpyoudetermine
whichscheduletouse. The schedulesare found later in this section.
MAINTENANCESCHEDULE I
Is anyoneof these true for your vehicle?
Mosttripsareless than 4 miles (6 kilometers).
Mosttrips are less than 10 miles (16 kilometers) and theoutside
temperaturesarebelowfreezing.
Theengineis at low speed most of the time(as in stop-and-go traffic,
door-to-door delivery, or othercommercialuses).
You operate in dustyareasor off-road frequently.
You tow a trailer.
Ifanyone(ormore) of these is true foryourdriving,followSchedule I. The
chartforSchedule I hasplussigns (+).
MAINTENANCESCHEDULE II
FollowSchedule II ONLY if none of the above conditionsaretrue.Thechart
forSchedule II hasdots ( 0 ) .

7-3
SchedWed Maintenance Services
SCHEDULEDMAINTENANCESERVICESFOR
I Ifyourdrivingconditionsmeetthosespecifiedin“ScheduledMaintenance
Services”inthisSection(orseelnde I. useMaintenanceSchedule I [th
Item Miles (000)
-
Kilometers
No. Service (000)
1 Engine Oil Change*
-Every 3Months, or
Oil FilterChange*
- -Every 3Months, or
2 i ChassisLubrication-Every12Months,
- or
ClutchForkBallStud Lubrication (4.3L
3 enginesonly)
4 CoolingSystemSewice*-Every24
- Monthsor
5 AirCleaner Filter Replacement*
6 FrontWheelBearingRepack(2WD
- Only)
- 7 TransmissionService**
- 8 Fuel Filter Replacement*
9 SparkPlugsReplacement*
10 SparkPlugWire Inspection*
11 EngineTimingCheck*
- 12 Fuel Tank,CapandLines Inspection*
- 13 EngineAccessoryDriveBelt Inspection*
14 TireandWheelRotation
15 DriveAxleService
16 BrakeSystemsInspection**
FOO rNOTES:
*An :mission ControlService
**See“Explanation of ScheduledMaintenarceServices” in theIndex
TO283

7-4
MAINTENANCESCHEDULE I

THESERVICESSHOWN ON THISCHART UP TO 60,000-MILES (100 000 km)

ARE TO BE DONE AFTER 60,000 MILES AT THE SAMEINTERVALS.

TO28

7-5
Scheduled Maintenance Services
SCHEDULEDMAINTENANCESERVICESFOR
Ifyourdrivingconditionsmeetthosespecifiedin“ScheduledMaintenance
Services”inthisSection(orseeIndex),useMaintenanceSchedule II (4.
Item Miles (000) 3 6
No. Kilometers
Service (000) 5 10
1 EngineOilChange*
-Every12Months, or
OilFilterChange*
-Every12Months, or
2 ChassisLubrication-Every12Months,
or
ClutchForkBallStudLubrication (4.3L
enqinesonly)

FOOTNOTES:
*An EmissionControlService
**See“Explanation of ScheduledMaintenanceServices” in theIndex
TO287

7-6
MAINTENANCESCHEDULE II

THESERVICESSHOWN ON THIS CHART UP TO 60,000 MILES (I00 000 km)

ARETO BE DONEAFTER 60,000 MILES AT THESAMEINTERVALS.

T028;

7-7
Scheduled Maintenance Services
Explanation Of Scheduled Maintenance Services
Belowareexplanations of theservices listed in themaintenancecharts.
The properfluidsandlubricants to usearelistedinthissection.Make sure
whoeverservicesyourvehicleusesthese. All parts shouldbereplaced and
allnecessaryrepairsdone before youoranyoneelsedrivesthevehicle.
1. ENGINEOILANDOILFILTERCHANGE* -ALWAYS USE SG OR
SGlCE QUALITY,ENERGYCONSERVING II OILS OF THEPROPER
VISCOSITY. To determinethepreferredviscosity oil foryourvehicle’s
engine(e.g. SAE 5W-30). See“Engine Oil” in theIndex.
2. CHASSISLUBRICATION -Lubricatethefrontsuspension, ball joint,
steeringlinkage,clutch,andtransfercaseshiftlinkage,parking brake
cableguides,propshaftsplines,universal joints, brakepedalsprings, and
clutchpedalspringsattheintervalsspecifiedon the propermaintenance
schedule,or at everyengineoilchange,whichevercomesfirst. On
vehicleswithouthydraulicclutches,lubricatetheclutchcrossshaftevery
30,000 miles (50 000 km).
Ball joints shouldnot be lubricatedunlesstheirtemperatureis 10°F
(-12°C) orhigher.Whentheweatheriscold,letthemwarmupbefore
lubricatingthem or theycouldbedamaged.
Also,besuretocheckallthevehicle fluid levelsatthistime.
3. CLUTCH FORK BALL STUD LUBRICATION (4.3L ENGINESONLY)
-Lubricatetheclutchforkballstudthroughthefittingon the clutch
housing.Lubricantmust be added“sparingly”tothefitting,asonly .0066
Ib. (.003 kg)isrequiredtolubricate the ball stud surface. Do not add
lubricantmore often thantheintervalsrecommended in the Maintenance
Schedules. Toomuchlubricant will damagetheclutchassembly.
4. COOLINGSYSTEMSERVICE* -Drain,flushandrefillthesystemwith
newcoolant.See“EngineCoolant” in theIndexfor the propercoolant
and mixturetouse in yourvehicle.
Also inspectthehoses and replacethem if theyarecracked,swollen,or
deteriorated.Tighten all hoseclamps.Cleantheoutside of theradiator
andairconditioningcondenser. Wash the radiatorneck. To ensureproper
operation,pressuretest the radiatorandcap.
* AnEmissionControlService

7-8
5. AIR CLEANERFILTERREPLACEMENT* -Replaceatspecified
intervals.Askyourdealerfortheproperreplacementintervalsforyour
drivingconditions.
6. FRONTWHEELBEARINGREPACK(2-WHEELDRIVEONLY) -Clean
andrepack the frontwheelbearingsateachbrakerelining,oratthe
specifiedinterval,whichevercomesfirst.
7. TRANSMISSIONSERVICE:
AutomaticTransmission -Change the transmissionfluidandfilterevery
15,000miles(25 000 km) if thevehicleismainlydrivenunderoneor
more of theseconditions:
In heavycitytraffic.
Wheretheoutsidetemperatureregularlyreaches 90°F (32°C) or
higher.
Inhillyormountainousterrain.
Frequenttrailerpulling.
Usessuchastaxi,police,deliveryorothercommercialservice.
If the vehicleisnotusedmainlyunderany of theseconditions,change
thefluidandfilterevery30,000miles (50 000 km).See“Automatic
TransmissionFluid” in the Indexformoreinformation.
ManualTransmission -Transmissionfluiddoesnotrequireperiodic
changing.
8. FUELFILTERREPLACEMENT* -Replacethefuelfilterat the specified
intervalorsooner if clogged.
9. SPARKPLUGSREPLACEMENT* -Replacesparkplugswiththetype
listed in Section 6. See“SpecificationCharts”intheIndex.
10. SPARK PLUGWIREINSPECTION* -Cleanwiresandinspectforburns,
cracksorotherdamage.Checkthewireboot fit atthedistributorandat
thesparkplugs.Replacewiresasneeded.
11. ENGINETIMINGCHECKANDDISTRIBUTORCHECK* -Adjusttiming
to underhoodlabelspecifications.Inspecttheinsideandoutside of the
distributorcapandrotorforcracks,carbontrackingandcorrosion.Clean
orreplaceasneeded.
12. FUELTANK,CAPANDLINESINSPECTION* -Inspectthefueltank,
capandlinesfordamageorleaks.Removefuelcap,inspectgasketfor
anevenfillerneckimprint,andanydamage.Replacepartsasneeded.
* AnEmissionControlService

7-9
Scheduled Maintenance Services
13. ENGINEACCESSORYDRIVEBELTINSPECTION*-Inspect belt. Look
forcracks,fraying, wear,andproper tension. Adjustorreplace as
needed.
14. TIREAND WHEEL ROTATIONANDINSPECTION -For properwear
andmaximumtirelife,rotatetiresatthefirst 6,000 miles (10 000
kilometers)forSchedule I or 7,500 miles (12 500 kilometers) for
Schedule I1 andthenevery 15,000 miles (25 000 kilometers)thereafter.
FollowtheinstructionsandpatternsshowninSection 6. Check tires for
unevenwearordamage.Ifirregularorprematurewear is apparent,
checkwheelalignment.Also,checkfordamagedwheels.See“Tires”in
the Indexformoreinformation.
15.DRIVEAXLESERVICE-Check rearlfront axle fluid levelandaddas
needed.Checkconstantvelocity joints andaxlesealsforleaking.
Lockingdifferential -Drainfluidatfirstoilchangeandrefill.Check
fluidlevelandaddasneededatsubsequentoilchanges. In dusty
areasortrailer towing applications,drain fluid atevery 15,000 miles
(24135 kilometers)andrefill.7
Standarddifferential -Check fluidlevelandaddasneededat
every oil change. In dusty areas or trailertowingapplications, drain
fluid every 15,000 miles (24 135 kilometers)andrefi1l.t
Morefrequent lubrication mayberequiredfor off-road use.
16. BRAKE SYSTEM INSPECTION-When the engine oil is changed,
inspect the linesandhosesforproperhookup,binding,leaks, cracks,
chafing, etc.Check the parkingbrakeadjustment,andthe fluid level in
the mastercylinder. A low fluid level canindicateworndiscbrakepads
whichmayneed to be serviced.t
When the wheelsareremovedforrotation,inspectdisc brake padsfor
wearandrotorsforsurfacecondition. Also inspectdrumbrake linings for
wearandcracks. Inspect otherbrake parts, includingdrums,wheel
cylinders,parkingbrake,etc.,at the sametime.
Inspectbrakesmoreoften if driving habits or conditions result in
frequentbraking.
t A fluid loss in these systemsmayindicateaproblem.Havethem inspected
and repaired atonce.

7-1 0
Owner Checks and Services
Listed belowareownerchecksand services whichwould be made at the
time period specified to help ensure proper safety, emission performance, and
dependability of your vehicle.
Be sure anynecessary repairs arecompletedat once. Wheneverany fluids
or lubricants are added to your vehicle, makesuretheyare the properones,
asshown in this section.
At Least Once a Month
Tire inflation pressurecheck -Check the tires forproper inflation. Ifthey
arelow, inflate them to the level specified on the Certification label. See
“Inflation-Tire Pressure” in the Index.
At Least Once a Year
Key lock cylinder lubrication -Lubricatekeylock cylinders withone of the
lubricants recommended in this Section.
Transmission neutral or clutch startswitchoperation -

I A, Whenyouare doing this check, the vehicle could movesuddenly. I

it does] youorothers could be injured. Follow the steps below.

1. Before youstart,be sure youhaveenoughroomaround the vehicle.

2. Firmly apply both the manual parking brake. and the regular brake. See
“Brakes” and “Parking Brake’’ in the Index. Do not use the accelerator
pedal.
3. Beready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts.
4. Onautomatic transmission vehicles, try to start the engine ineachgear.
The starter should work only in P (Park)or N (Neutral).
Onmanual transmission vehicles, put the shift lever in N (Neutral), push
the clutch downhalfway,and try to start the engine.The starter should
work only when the clutch is pusheddownall the way to the floor.

7-1 1
Steeringcolumn lock operation -Whileparked, try to turnthekey to Lock
ineachgearshiftposition.
Withanautomatictransmission,thekeyshouldturn to LOCK onlywhen
thegearshift is in P (Park).
Withmanualshift,thekeyshouldturn to LOCK onlywhenyou'rein R
(Reverse).
Onvehicleswithakeyreleaselever,trytoturnthekey to LOCK without
pressingthelever.Thekeyshouldturnto LOCK onlywiththekeylever
depressed.
Onallvehicles,thekeyshouldcomeoutonlyin LOCK.
Parkingbrakeandtransmission P (Park)mechanismoperation -

I A \"'hen youaredoingthischeck,yourvehiclecouldbegin to move.

wu orotherscouldbeinjuredandpropertycouldbedamaged.
Makesurethereisroominfront of yourvehicleincaseyoubegin
toroll.Bereadytoapplytheregularbrakeatonceshouldthe
vehiclebegin to move.
Parkonafairlysteephill,withthevehiclefacingdownhill.Keepingyourfoot
ontheregularbrake,setthemanualparkingbrake.
To checktheparkingbrake:Withtheenginerunningandthe
transmissionin N (Neutral),slowlyremovefootpressurefromtheregular
brakepedal. Do thisuntilthevehicle is heldbytheparkingbrake only.
To checkthe P (Park)mechanism'sholdingability:Applytheregular
brakeandshift to P (Park).Releasethemanualparkingbrake,then
slowlyreleasetheregularbrake.
Lapandshoulderbeltsconditionandoperation -Inspect belt system,
including:webbing,buckles,latchplates,retractors,guideloopsandanchors.
Haveabeltassemblyreplaced if the webbinghasbeencutorotherwise
damaged.
BodyLubricationService -Lubricateallbodydoorhingesincludingthe
tailgate,tailgatehandlepivotpoints,andtailgatemountedsparetirecarrier (if
equipped),lubricatethebodyhood,fueldoorandrearcompartmenthinges,
latchesandlocksincludinginteriorgloveboxandconsoledoors,andany
movingseathardware.Lubricatethehoodsafetyleverpivotandproprod
pivot. Morefrequentlubricationmayberequiredwhenexposed to acorrosive
environment.

7-1 2
Periodic Maintenance Inspections
Listed below are inspections andserviceswhich should be performed at least
twice ayear(for instance, each spring and fall). You should let yourGM
dealer’s service departmentor other qualified service center do these jobs.
Makesureanynecessary repairs arecompleted atonce.
Steering andSuspension lnspectiont -Inspect front andrearsuspension
and steering systemfordamaged, loose or missing parts, signs ofwearor
lack of lubrication. Inspect power steering linesandhosesforproper hook-up,
binding, leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. (On vehicles equippedwithmanual
steering gear,checkfor seal leakage.) Lubricate the steering linkage.
AcceleratorControlSystem -Lubricateall pivot points with engine oil,
except the TBI throttle shaft. Do not lubricate the campulley.Remove all
external deposits from pulley. Do notoilany accelerator or cruise control
cables. Replaceany cables that have high effort or excessive wear.
ExhaustSystemInspection -Inspect the completesystem. Inspect the body
near the exhaustsystem.Lookfor broken, damaged, missing or
out-of-position parts, as well as openseams, holes, loose connections or
other conditions which could cause a heat buildup in the floorpan or could
letexhaustfumesseep into the passengercompartments.See“Engine
Exhaust” in the Index.
Drive AxleService -Check rearlfront axle fluid level andadd as needed.
Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking.
TransferCase (four-wheel drive) lnspectiont -Every 12 monthsorat oil
changeintervals,check front axleand transfer caseandadd lubricant when
necessary. Oil the control lever pivot point andallexposed control linkage.
Check vent hoseat transfer caseforkinksand proper installation. More
frequent lubrication may be required on off-road use.
t A fluid loss in these systemsmay indicate a problem. Havethem inspected
and repaired atonce.

7-1 3
Scheduled Maintenance Services
Recommended FIuids & Lubricants
NOTE: Fluidsandlubricantsidentifiedbelowbyname,partnumberor
specification may beobtainedfrom your GM Dealer.
USAGE
EngineOil
EngineCoolant
HvdraulicClutchSvstem
HydraulicBrakeSystems
ParkingBrakeCables
PowerSteeringSystem
ManualSteeringGear
Automatic Transmission
Manual Transmission:
a. 5-Speed(RPOML3and
MWl)
b.5-Speed(RPOMY2)
Differential:
a.Standard - Frontand
RearAxle
b. Lockina
TransferCase
SolumnShift,TransferCase
ShiftLever,PropellerShaftSlip
SplinesandUniversalJoints.
SlutchLinkage.Pushrod to
Autchfork joint.
FLUID/LUBRICANT
GMGoodwrenchMotor Oil orequivalentforAPIService SG
orSG/CC,SG/CD, SF, SGorCC of therecommended
viscosity.(SeeSection 6.)
Mixture of waterand a goodqualityethyleneglycolbase
antifreezeconforming to GM-6038-M(GMPart No. 1052103).
HydraulicClutchFluid(GMPart No. 12345347orequivalent).
DelcoSupreme 11 brakefluid(GMPartNo.1052535or
DOT-3).
Chassislubricantmeetingrequirements of NLGlGrade2,
CatagoryLB or GC-LB (GM PartNo.1052497).
GMPowerSteeringFluid(GMPartNo.1050017)or
equivalentconforming to GMspec 9985010.
GM Lubricant(GMPartNo.1052182)orequivalent.
DEXRONBIIE AutomaticTransmissionFluid(GMPart No.
1051855).
a. DEXRONOIIEAutomaticTransmissionFluid (GM Part
No.1051855).
b.SynchromeshTransmissionFluid(GMPartNo.
12345349).
a.SAE-80W-90GL-5 gear lubricant(GMPartNo.
1052271).
b.SAE-80W-90 gear lubricant(GM PartNo. 1052271).
DEXRONOIIEAutomaticTransmissionFluid(GMPartNo.
1051855).
Zhassislubricantmeetingrequirements of NLGlGrade 2,
2atagory LB orGC-LB(GMPartNo.1052497).
2hassislubricantmeetingrequirements of NLGlGrade2,
2atagoryLBorGC-LB(GMPart No. 1052497).
(Continuednextpage)
TO289
7-1 4
(Cont’d.)
USAGE
ClutchFork Ball Stud
Hood Latch Assembly
a. Pivots and spring anchor
b. ReleasePawl
FrontWheelBearings
ConstantVelocityUniversalJoint
AutomaticTransmissionShift
Linkage,Floor Shift Linkage,
Hood and DoorHinges,Body
DoorHingePins,TailgateHinge
andLinkage, Folding Seat,Fuel
DoorHinge
KeyLockCylinders
ChassisLubrication
Windshield Washer Solvent and
Anti-freeze
Weatherstrip
TailgateMountedSpare Tire
Carrier
(If Equipped)
OuterTailgateHandlePivot
Points
GasLine
WeatherStrips
FLUID/LUBRICANT
Chassis lubricant meetingrequirements of NLGlGrade2,
CatagoryLB or GC-LB (GM Part No.1052497).
a. Engine oil (GMPart No. 1050109).
b. Chassislubricantmeetingrequirements of GM-6031-M
(GMPart No. 1052497).
Wheelbearinglubricantmeetingrequirements of NLGl Grade
2,CatagoryGCorGC-LB(GMPartNo.1051344).
Chassislubricantmeetingrequirements of NLGlGrade2,
CatagoryLB or GC-LB(GMPart No. 1052497).
Engine oil
GMMulti-Purposelubricant(GMPart No. 12345120)or a
syntheticlightweightengine oil (SAE5W-30).
Chassislubricantmeetingrequirements of NLGlGrade 2,
CatagoryLBor GCiLB (GM Part No. 1052497).
GM OptikleenB washersolvent (GMPartNo.1051515)or
equivalent.
Silicone grease(GMPart No.1052863)orequivalent.
Multi-purposelubricantmeetingrequirements of GMPartNo.
12345120.
GasLineDe-lcer (GM PartNo.1051516).
Spray-A-Squeek (GM PartNo.1052277).
TO290
7-7 5
Scheduled Maintenance Services
Maintenance Record
Aftereach of theprecedingScheduledMaintenanceServices is performed,
recordthedate,odometerreading,servicesperformed(listitemnumbers)and
whoperformedtheservicesintheappropriatecolumn.Inaddition,retain
copies ofyourreceipts. I t is suggestedthatreceipts be keptwithyour
Owner’sManual.

TO260

7-1 6
Service Station Checks
It isimportant for you or a service station attendant to performthese
under-hood checksateach fuel fill.
Checktheengine oil level and add if necessary.
Check the engine coolant leveland add ifnecessary.
Checkthewindshieldwasher fluid level and add if necessary.
SeetheIndexunder these itemsfor information onhow to checkthem.

7-1 7
Scheduled Maintenance Services

The utwu
Freedom battery
needsnowater.
See Page6-31

CwhfngWSAWI
Check and add
coolant only at
the coolant
recovery tank.
See Page6-23

\sesnpa(lcs:n
F!uid

Automatic:
See Page6-16
Manual:
See Page6-19

4 Fii
Capacity 20 US.
Gal. (76L). Use
unleadedgas
only, 87 octane
or higher.
See Page 6-4
Cold nm
+ PWSSUYlP
See Tire-Loading
FullSize: sticker on the
See Page 6-44 k inside of the
CompactSpare: rearedge of
See Page 6-44 thedriver’sdoor
lock pillar.
See Page6-44

7-1 8
 Customer Assistance Information

Section

Hereyouwillfindout how to contact GMC Truck if youneed assistance.

This section also tells you how to obtain service publications andhow to
report any safety defects.
Customer Satisfaction Procedure ........................................................................8-2
Customer Assistance for HearinglSpeech Impaired 8-3
GM Participation in Better BusinessBureau MediatiodArbitration Program....8-3
Reporting Safety Defects...................................................................................... 8-4
Roadside Assistance ......................................,............................ ..........................8-5
Service Publications....................................................................... ......................8-6
I

8-1
Customer Assistance Information
Customer Satisfaction Procedure
Your satisfactionandgoodwillareimportanttoyourdealerandGMCTruck.
Normally,anyconcernswiththesalestransactionortheoperationofyour
vehiclewillberesolvedbyyourdealer'sSalesorServiceDepartments.
Sometimes,however,despitethebestintentions of allconcerned,
misunderstandingscanoccur. If yourconcernhasnotbeenresolved to your
satisfaction,thefollowingstepsshould be taken:
STEPONE -Discussyourconcernwithamemberofdealership
management.Complaintscanoftenbequicklyresolvedatthatlevel.Ifthe
matterhasalreadybeenreviewedwiththeSales,Service,orPartsManager,
contacttheowner of thedealershiportheGeneralManager.
STEP TWO -If aftercontactingamember of DealershipManagement, it
appearsyourconcerncannotberesolvedbythedealershipwithoutfurther
help, contacttheGMCTruckConsumerRelationsManagerbycalling
1-800-GMC-TRUCK (1-800-462-8782). In Canada,contacttheGM of Canada
CustomerAssistanceCenterinOshawa by calling 1-800-263-3777 (English) or
1-800-263-7854(French).
In Mexico,call(525)254-3777. In PuertoRicoor U.S. VirginIslands,call
1-809-763-1315. In allotheroverseaslocations,contactGMInternational
ExportSalesinCanadabycalling1-416-644-4112.
Forpromptassistance,pleasehavethefollowinginformationavailable to give
theCustomerAssistanceRepresentative:
Your name,address,telephonenumber
VehicleIdentificationNumber(Thisisavailablefromthevehicle
registrationortitle,ortheplateattachedtothelefttop of theinstrument
panelandvisiblethroughthewindshield).
Dealershipnameandlocation
Vehicledeliverydateandpresentmileage
Nature of concern
Weencourage you tocallthetoll-freenumberlistedpreviouslyinorderto
giveyourinquirypromptattention.Informationonofficesoutsidethe U. S.
whichcanassistyoucanalsobefoundintheWarrantyandOwner
AssistanceInformationbooklet.
If youneedtocontactusinwriting,pleasecontactConsumerRelationsby
writing:GMCTruck,31 E. JudsonStreet1607-07,Pontiac,Michigan
48342-2230.

8-2
When contacting GMCTruck,pleaserememberthatyourconcernwilllikely
be resolved in the dealership,usingthedealership’sfacilities,equipment and
personnel. That iswhywesuggest you followStepOnefirst if youhavea
concern.
Customer Assistance for the Hearing or
Speech impaired (TDD)
To assist ownerswhohave hearing difficulties,GMCTruckhas installed
special TDD (TelecommunicationsDevicesfortheDeaf)equipment at its
CustomerAssistanceCenter.Anyhearing or speechimpairedcustomerwho
hasaccess to aTDD or conventionalteletypewriter(TTY)cancommunicate
withGMCTruckbydialing:
In the United States ..................................................................... 1-800-GMC-TKTD
In Canada ......................................................................................... 1-800-263-3830.
GM Participation in Better Business
Bureau Mediation/Arbitration Program*
*Thisprogrammay not be availablein all states,dependingon state law.
Canadianownersrefer to yourWarranty and OwnerAssistanceInformation
booklet.
GeneralMotorsreservestherighttochangeeligibility.limitationsand/orto
discontinue its participation in this program.
OurexperiencehasshownthattheCustomerSatisfactionProcedure
described earlierin this section hasbeenverysuccessful in achieving
customersatisfaction.However, if you havenot been substantiallysatisfied,
GMCTruckwants you tobeawareofGM’svoluntaryparticipation in a
no-charge mediation/arbitration programcalledBBB AUTOLINE.Thisprogram
is administeredby the Council of BetterBusinessBureausthroughlocal
BetterBusinessBureaus.Theprogramcanresolveindividualdisputes
involving vehiclerepairs and the interpretation of yourNewVehicleLimited
Warranty.
We preferthatyounotresort to BBB AUTO LINE until after afinaldecision
ismadeundertheCustomerSatisfactionProcedure.However, you may file a
claim at any time by contacting your local BetterBusinessBureau(BBB)at
the following toll-free number: 1-800-955-5100. For furtherinformationabout
filing aclaim, you mayalsowriteto:BBBAUTOLINE,Council of Better
BusinessBureaus, 4200 WilsonBoulevard,Suite800,Arlington,Virginia
22203.

8-3
Customer Assistance Information
In orderto file aclaim,youwillhave to provideyourname and address,the
vehicleidentificationnumber(VIN) of yourvehicle,andastatement of the
nature ofyourcomplaint. BBB staffmay try to help resolveyourdispute
through mediation. If mediationisnotsuccessful, or if youdonotwish to
participate in mediation,eligiblecustomersmaypresenttheircase to an
impartial third-partyarbitratorataninformalhearing.Thearbitratorwillrender
adecision in yourcase,whichyoumayacceptorreject.Ifyouaccepta
validarbitratordecision,GMwillbe bound bythatdecision.Theentiredispute
settlementprocessshouldordinarilytakeabout 40 daysfromthetimeyoufile
yourcomplainttothetimeadecision is rendered(or 47 days if you did not
first contact your dealer or GMC Truck).
We encourageyoutousethisprogrambeforeorinstead of resorting to the
courts. We believeitoffersadvantagesovercourts in mostjurisdictions
because it is fast,free of charge,andinformal(lawyersarenotusually
present,althoughyoumayretainoneatyourexpense if youchoose).
Arbitratorsmakedecisionsbasedontheprincipals of fairness and equity, and
arenotrequiredtoduplicate the functions of courtsbystrictlyapplyingstate
or federal law. If youwishtogotocourt,however,wedonotrequirethat
you firstfileaclaimwith BBB AUTO LINE* unlessstatelawprovides
otherwise.Whateveryourpreferencemaybe,rememberthat if youare
unhappywiththeresultsofBBB AUTO LINE, youcan still gotocourt
becauseanarbitrator’sdecisionisbinding on GM but notonyou,unless you
acceptit.
Eligibilityislimitedbyvehicleage/mileageandotherfactors.Forfurther
informationconcerningtheprogram,calltheBBB at 1-800-955-5100. You may
also call GMCTruck’sCustomerRelationsManager.
*Some states may requirethatyoufileaclaimwithBBB AUTOLINEbefore
resortingto state-operated procedures(including court).
Reporting Safety Defects to the United
States Government
If youbelievethatyourvehiclehasadefectwhichcouldcauseacrash or
couldcauseinjury or death,youshouldimmediatelyinformtheNational
HighwayTrafficSafetyAdministration(NHTSA),inadditiontonotifyingGeneral
Motors.
IfNHTSAreceivessimilarcomplaints, it mayopenaninvestigation, and if it
finds that asafetydefectexists in agroupofvehicles, it mayorderarecall
and remedycampaign.However,NHTSAcannotbecomeinvolved in individual
problemsbetweenyou,yourdealer, orGeneralMotors.

8-4
To contact NHTSA,youmayeithercall the AutoSafetyHotlinetoll-freeat
1-800-424-9393 (or 366-0123 in theWashington,D.C.area)or write to:
NHTSA, U.S. Department of Transportation,Washington,D.C.20590. You can
also obtain other information aboutmotor vehicle safetyfrom the Hotline.
Reporting Safety Defects to the
Canadian Government
If youliveinCanada, and you believe that yourvehiclehas a safetydefect,
you should immediately notify TransportCanada, in addition to notifying
GeneralMotors of CanadaLimited. Youmay writeto:TransportCanadaat
Box 8880,Ottawa,OntarioK1G3J2.
Reporting Safety Defects to General
Motors
In addition to notifying NHTSA(orTransportCanada) in a situation like this,
we certainlyhopeyou'll notify us. Pleasecallusat1-800-GMC-TRUCK
(I-800-462-8782), orwrite:GMCTruck,ConsumerRelations,31 E. Judson
Street 1607-07, Pontiac,Michigan48342-2230. In Canada,pleasecallusat
1-800-263-3777 (English) or 1-800-263-7854 (French). Or, write:General
Motors of CanadaLimited,CustomerAssistanceCenter,1908ColonelSam
Drive, Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7.
Roadside Assistance
GMCTruck'sRoadsideAssistanceprovides stranded ownerswith
over-the-phoneroadsiderepairs or towingservice for disabledvehicles.This
service combines the efforts of technically trained telephone representatives
with a network ofGMCTruck'sdealerservices.
Just dial GMCTruckRoadsideAssistanceat1-800-GMC-TRUCK
(1-800-462-8782) to reach a qualified representative who can assist you in
repairorarrange a tow.Otherrecommendedservicescan also be arranged
for situations such as retrieving locked-in keys,changing a tire,or delivering
gasoline, at a charge to the owner.We alsoprovidedealer information at no
chargesuchas location of thenearest GMCTruckdealerand their hours of
operation.
RoadsideAssistanceis available 24hours a day, sevendays a week,365
days a year, including weekendsandholidays. Should youhaveany
questionsaboutRoadsideassistance,calltheGMCTruckRoadside
Assistance Center or Contact your dealer.
In Canada, call 1-800-268-6800 fordetailsonRoadsideAssistance.

8-5
Customer Assistance Information
Service Publications
Informationonhow to obtainProductServicePublications,Subscriptions and
Indexesasdescribedbelowisapplicableonlyinthefifty US. states (and the
DistrictofColumbia) and onlyforlighttruckswithGVWRlessthan 10,000
pounds(4536kg).
In Canada,informationpertainingtoProductServiceBulletinsandIndexes
can be obtainedbywriting to: GeneralMotorsofCanadaLimited,Service
PublicationsDepartment,1908ColonelSam Dr., Oshawa,Ontario L1H 8P7.
GMCTruckregularlysends its dealers useful servicebulletinsaboutGMC
Truckproducts.GMCTruckmonitorsproductperformance in thefield. We
then preparebulletinsforservicingourproductsbetter. Now, youcanget
these bulletinstoo.
Bulletinscovervarioussubjects.Somepertaintotheproperuse and care of
yourvehicle.Somedescribecostlyrepairs.Othersdescribeinexpensive
repairswhich, if done on timewiththelatestparts,mayavoidfuturecostly
repairs.Somebulletinstellatechnicianhow to repairaneworunexpected
condition. Othersdescribeaquickerway to fix yourvehicle.Theycanhelpa
technician serviceyourvehiclebetter.
Mostbulletinsapplytoconditionsaffectingasmallnumber of trucks. Your
GMCTruckdealeroraqualifiedtechnicianmayhavetodetermine if a
specific bulletin appliestoyourvehicle.
You cansubscribeto all GMCTruckbulletins.Thiswayyou’llgetthemas
theycomeout. You can waitawhile and getanindextothebulletins. You
can also getindividualbulletins.However,you’ll need theindextoidentify
them.
Subscriptions
You cansubscribetoall GMCTruckProductServicePublications(PSP’s).
This willincludebulletinsforalllighttrucks(lessthan 10,000 Ibs. [4536 kg]
GVWR) sold by GMC Truck and willnot be limitedto PSP’s applicabletoany
particular model.When you buy a subscription,youwillreceivethe PSP’s in
periodicmailings,shortlyaftertheycomeout. A subscriptioncosts U.S.
$75.00 ($85.00 includingaspecialbinder)and it entitlesyouto all PSP’s
published byGMCTruckduringthemodelyear. You canpurchasea
subscription bysending a checkormoneyordertoGMCTruckService
Publications,PostOfficeBox436006,Pontiac,Michigan48343alongwith the
orderform located atthe end of thissection. You maygetadditional
subscriptionorderingforms by callingthetoll-freenumbershowninthis
section, oryoucanfindthematparticipatingdealerships.

8-6
Individual PSP’s
If youdon’twant to buyallthePSP’s issued byGMCTruckfor all models in
themodelyear,youcanbuyindividualPSP’s, such as those whichmay
pertain to aparticular model, To do this,you will first need toseeourindex
ofPSP’s. It provides a variety of information.Here’swhatyou’ll find inthe
index and how you cangetone:
What You’ll Find in the Index:
A list of all PSP’s published by GMCTruck in amodelyear(1989 or
later). PSP’s covering all models of GMCTrucklighttrucks (less than
10,000 pounds [4536 kg] GVWR) are listed in the sameindex.
Ordering information so youcanbuythespecific PSP’s you maywant.
Price information for thePSP’s you maywant to buy.
How You Can Get an Index:
Indexes are published periodically.Most ofthePSP’swhich could potentially
applytothemostrecentGMCTruckmodelswill be listed in themostrecent
publication for that modelyear. This meansyoumaywant to wait until the
end of the modelyear before ordering an index, if youare interested in
buying PSP’s pertaining toacurrentmodelyeartruck.
SomePSP’s pertaining toa particular modelyearvehiclemay be published in
lateryears, and ‘these would be listed inthelater year’s index.When‘you
orderan index foramodelyearthatis not over yet, we’llsendyou the most
recently published issue.Check the orderingformforindexesforearliermodel
years.
Cut out the orderingform, fill it out, and mail it in. We will thenseeto it that
an index is mailedto you. There is no charge forindexesforthe 1989-1993
modelyears.
Toll-Free Telephone Number
If you want an additional orderingformfor an indexorasubscription, just
call toll-free and we’ll be happy to send you one.Automatedrecording
equipmentwill take yourname and mailingaddress.Thenumber to call is
1-800-551-4123.

8-7
Customer Assistance lnformation
Copies at Participating Dealers
Copies of Indexesandindividual PSP’s areatyourparticipatingGMCTruck
dealer. You canasktoseethem.
A VERY IMPORTANTREMINDER: ThesePSP’saremeantfortechnicians.
Theyare not meantforthe“do-it-yourselfer.”Technicianshavetheequipment,
tools,safetyinstructions, and know-howto do a job quickly and safely.
GMC Truckreservestherighttochange these procedureswithoutnoticeafter
November, 1992.
GMC Truck Service Publications
You cangettheseProductServicePublicationsbyusingtheorderform at
the end of thissection. You canalsogetServiceManualsandOwner
Publications.
 1993 SERVICE PUBLICATIONS
ORDERINGINFORMATION
You can get manuals that tell how to operate and service your vehicle.
To order them, fill out the order form on the next page and send it to
the address below.
GMC Truck Service Publications
Post Office Box 436006
Pontiac, MI 48343
If u t /e questionsorwouldliketoorderusingyour
' cred,it.qard,
'*. ..
call us TOLL FREE at 1-800-627-5699.
From c m n 4 Mthe
e Continental United States, please call 1-313-455-8016
3LOVE BOX LITERATUREFORYOURSONOMA
rlanuaC
Price Number Form
ual Jwner's $5.50
Manual Warranty 7 $2.00
Manual
Storage
Vehicle x-0101 -
You can also ordertheGloveBoxLiteratureinavinyl pdfolio which
includes all ofthesepublications.Askforformnumber15689274-it
costs $1 4.00.
SERVICEMANUALSFORALLLIGHTDUTYTRUCKS
*I-dudes FuelandEmissionsManualX-9336
FormNumber
i x-93:
x-9357
dels X-9332
X-9330
I x-932
rvicemanualsyoucanbuythatc
mit repair.. Call us to get a catalogue

PF J C T SE "^E IBLICATIONS
-dscrip?ion FormNumbel
1990. Model Year Index PSP I 90
1991 Model YearIndex PSP I 91
1992 Model Year Index PSP I 92
1993 Model Year Index PSP I 93
1993 Model Year Product Service
PublicationSubscription PSP93
Above Subscription With Binder PSP 93a
Binder Onlv
I ces subjt to change DU! rot !.

A 5
Accessory Power Outlet ..............2-53
Air Cleaner .................................... 6-14
Air Conditioning................... 3-6, 6-35
Fan Lever ..................................... 3-6
Function Lever ............................ 3-6
Refrigerant Capacity .................6-65
Temperature Lever ...................... 3-6
Antenna, Fixed Mast ...................3-26
Antilock Brakes (See “Brakes”)
Appearance Care .......................... 6-50
Materials .................................... 6-56
Arbitration Program........................ 8-3
Audio Systems ............................... 3-7
AM Radio..................................... 3-9
AM-FM Stereo Audio Compact
Disc (CD) System ...................3-20
AM-FMStereo . Trailer ......................................... 4-59
Audio System ........................ 3-1 1
AM-FM Stereo Audio System
with Cassette Deck ..............3-1 3
AM-FMStereo Audio System
with Cassette Deckand
Equalizer ................................. 3-1 6
Anti-Theft System .................... 3-23
Compact Disc Care ..................3-25
Automatic Transmission ...............2-1 6
Fluid............................................ 6-16
Axle
Front ........................................... 6-22
Rear ............................................ 6-21
9-1
Sectics;.,
W i
.
Battery ........................................... 6-31
Belts (See “Safety Belts”)
BetterBusinessBureau
Mediation ..................................... 8-3
Blizzard .......................................... 4-53
Brakes
Adjustment ................................. 4-17
Antilock ...................................... 4-14
Fluid ........................................... 6-29
Leak Check ............................... 6-30
Master Cylinder ........................ 6-29
Parking....................................... 2-21
Pedal Travel .............................. 4-17
Rear Drum Brakes ...................4-17
Replacing Parts ........................6-30
System Warning Light .2.66. 4-16
Wear Indicators ........................ 4-16
Braking .......................................... 4-12
In Emergencies ........................ 4-17
Break.ln. New Vehicle ...................2-9
Bulb Replacement .......................6-31
Replacement Chart .................. 6-63
C
Capacities and Specification
Charts ........................................6-61
Carbon Monoxide ...2.26.2.27. 4-53
Cassette TapePlayer
(See“AudioSystems”)
Catalytic Converter ...................... 6-37
CertificatiodTire Label .................6-38
Changing A Flat Tire ........5-16, 5-21
Chemical Paint Spotting ..............6-56
Child Restraints
(See “SafetyBelts”)
Cigarette LighterlAshtrays ...........2-54
Circuit Breakers (See “Fuses”)
Cleaning
Finish Care ................................ 6-54
Glass .......................................... 6-53
Inside of Vehicle ....................... 6-51
Instrument Panel, Top .............6-53
Outside of Vehicle .................... 6-54
Special Problems...................... 6-52
Vinyl or Leather ........................ 6-53
Wheels and Tires ..................... 6-55
Windshield ................................ 6-54
Clock ... 3-10, 3-12, 3-14, 3-17, 3-21
Convenience Net .......................... 2-57
Conversion to Chassis Cab ........6-43
Coolant (See “Engine”)
Cooling System Capacity............6-62
Crankcase Capacity ...................... 6-62
Cruise Control ............................... 2-41
Increase Speed ......................... 2-43
On Hills ...................................... 2-45
Passing...................................... 2-45
Reduce Speed .......................... 2-44
Resume ..................................... 2-43
Set .............................................. 2-42
To Get Out Of .......................... 2-45
Customer Assistance for the
Hearing or Speech Impaired ....8-3
Customer Satisfaction Procedure.8-2
D E
Daytime Running Lights
(Canada Only) ......2-48, 2-49,
Indicator Light .....2-48, 2-49,
Dome Lights .................................
Doors ...............................................
Locks ...........................................
Driver Position ............................. 1-14
Driving
Across an Incline ..................... 4-31
After Off-Road Driving ............ 4-34
At Night ..................................... 4-34
Backing Up ............................... 4-60
Defensive ..................................... 4-8
Downhill ..................................... 4-29
Freeway ..................................... 4-42
Highway Hypnosis ...................4-45
Hydroplaning ............................. 4-38
In Blizzard ................................. 4-53
In City ....................................... 4-41
In Fog,Mistand Haze .4-39, 4-40
In Sand,Mud, Ice,
Or Snow ..................... 4-32, 5-30
In Rain ...................................... 4-37
In Water .................................... 4-33
Long Distance .......................... 4-44
Loss of Control ........................ 4-22
Night Vision .............................. 4-35
Off-Roading ............................... 4-23
On Curves ................................. 4-18
On Grades ................................. 4-60
On Hill and MountainRoads . 4-46
On Off-Road Hills .................... 4-26
On Snow or Ice ....................... 4-51
Passing ............................ 4-20, 4-60
Skidding ..................................... 4-22
Stuck in Deep Snow .....4-54, 5-30
Through Water ..............2-14, 4-33
Uphill .......................................... 4-27
Winter ........................................ 4-51
With a Trailer ............................ 4-59
Drunken Driving ............................. 4-9
Electrical System
2-71 Add-on Equipment ...................6-59
2-71 Engine
2-50 Adding Coolant ...............5-12, 6-25
2-5 Air Cleaner ................................ 6-14
2-6 Block Heater .......... 2-15, 3-7, 6-13
9-2
 Coolant ............................ 6-23, 6-62
Coolant Temperature Gage ......2-67
Crankcase .................................. 6-62
Exhaust ..................................... 2-26
Fan Noise .................................. 5-15
Identification ...................6-57, 6-61
Oil (See “Oil”)
Overheating................................. 5-9
Running While Parked .............2-26
Starting ...................................... 2-1 1
Equipment, Add-on ...................... 6-40
Exhaust System ........................... 6-37
F Fuel Gage .................................. 2-74
Fan Noise ...................................... 5-15
Filter Replacement Chart ............6-66
Finish
Care ............................................ 6-54
Damage ..................................... 6-55
Fluid
Automatic Transmission ...........6-16
Brake .......................................... 6-29
Capacities .................................. 6-62
Coolant Recovery ..................... 5-11
Front Axle .................................. 6-22
Hydraulic Clutch ....................... 6-20
Leak Check................................ 6-30
Manual Transmission ................6-19
Power Steering ......................... 6-27
Radiator...................................... 5-13
Rear Axle ................................... 6-21
Recommended Fluids ..............7-14
Transfer Case ............................ 6-21
Windshield Washer ...................6-28
Fog Lamps .................................... 2-47
Four-wheel Drive ..............2-27, 6-21
Transfer Case ............................ 6-21
Front Axle .................................. 6-22
Fuel ..................................................
6-4
Filling YourTank ......................... 6-6
Foreign Countries........................ 6-6
Gage........................................... 2-74
9-3
Gasolines for Cleaner Air ......... 6-5
Tank Capacity ........................... 6-62
Fuses and Circuit Breakers ........ 6-59
Fuse Block ................................ 6-60
Headlights ...................... 6-60, 6-64
Power Windows and Other
Power Options ........... 6-60, 6-67
Trailer Wiring Harness ...6-60, 6-67
Windshield Wipers ........ 6-60, 6-67
G
Gages ............................................ 2-65
Coolant Temperature Gage ..... 2-67
Odometer ........................ 2-62, 2-63
Oil Pressure Gage .................... 2-69
Speedometer ............................. 2-62
Tachometer ................................ 2-65
Trip Odometer ........................... 2-64
Voltmeter ................................... 2-75
H
Halogen Bulbs.............................. 6-31
Hazard Warning Flashers .............. 5-2
Head Restraints ............................. 1-7
Headlights ..................................... 6-32
High Beam Indicator Light .....2-72
High-Low Beam ........................2-38
Reminder ................................... 2-49
Heating System (without A/C) .....3-5
Fan Lever .................................... 3-5
Function Lever ............................ 3-5
Temperature Lever ...................... 3-5
Highway Hypnosis .......................4-45
Hitches .......................................... 4-58
Hood
Checking Under..........................6-7
Latches and Hinge ..................6-36
Release ........................................ 6-8
Horn ............................................... 2-33
Hydraulic Clutch ........................... 6-20
Grease Fitting ...........................6-34
Hydroplaning................................. 4-38
-1 .
INDEX
I HydraulicClutchGrease
If You’re Stuck In Sand. Mud
Ice. or Snow .............................5-30
Ignition Switch ................................ 2-9
Inflation-Tire Pressure .................6-44
Instrument Panel ...............2-58, 2-62
Digital Cluster ................2-61. 2-62
Standard Cluster ............2-59, 2-60
J
Jack Storage ...................... 5-17, 5-27
Jump Starting ................................. 5-3
K Periodic Inspections ................7-13
Key Release Lever ....................... 2-1 1
Keys ................................................. 2-3
L Master Cylinder (See “Brakes”)
Lights ............................................ 2-46
Brake System Warning ............4-16
Bulb Replacement .................... 6-31
Charging System Light ............2-70
Check Gages Light ...................2-71
Dome Lights ............................. 2-50
Fog Lamps................................. 2-47
Front ParkinglTurn Signal ........6-32
Indicator .......................... 2-65, 2-70
Headlights (See “Headlights”)
Malfunction Indicator ....2-68, 6-37
Operation................................... 2-37
Service Engine Soon ...............6-37
Rear ............................................ 6-33
Replacement Chart ...................6-63
LoadingInformation .4-23, 6-38, 6-41
Loading Your Vehicle ........4-23. 6-38
Lubrication .................................... 6-35
Accelerator Control System ....6-35
Body ........................................... 6-36
Front Axle .................................. 6-22
FrontSuspension and
Steering Linkage ...................6-34
FrontWheelBearings
(Two-Wheel Drive) ................6-34
Tailgate Handle ......................... 6-36
9-4
Fitting ..................................... &g4
Hood Latches and Hinge ........ 6-36
Lock Cylinders ..........................6-36
PropellerShaftSlip
Splines/Universal Joints .......6-36
Rear Axle .................................. 6-21
Recommended Lubricants ......7-14
Transfer Case............................ 6-21
Maintenance
Other Items ............................... 6-34
Record ....................................... 7-16
Scheduled Maintenance ............ 7-3
Underbody ................................. 6-55
Mirrors ........................................... 2-50
Convex Outside ........................ 2-51
Inside ......................................... 2-51
Outside ......................................2-51
Vanity ......................................... 2-52
Model Reference ............................... iii
0
Odometer ............................2-62, 2-63
Off-Road Driving (See “Driving”)
-
Off Road Recovery ......................4-19
Oil .................................................... 6-9
Additives ....................................6-13
Disposal of Used ..................... 6-14
Pressure Gage .......................... 2-69
To Check .................................. 6-10
What Kind to Use.................... 6-11
When to Add ............................ 6-10
When to Change...................... 6-13
Owner Checks and Services ...... 7-11
P
Parking
On Hills ........................... 4.48. 4-61
Over Things That Burn ...........2-25
TorqueLock(Automatic
Transmission) ..............2.22. 4-50
 Your Vehicle (Manual Safety Chains ............................... 4-59
Transmission) ........................ 2-24 Safety Warnings and Symbols .... 0-2
Parking Brake ............................... 2-2 1 ScheduledMaintenance
Passing Other Vehicles .... 4.20. 4-60 Services ....................................... 7-3
Pavement Markings........................ 4-7 Seats
Payload Capacity .......................... 6-39 Controls ....................................... 1-2
PeriodicMaintenance Easy Entry Seat ......................... 1-5
Inspections................................ 7-1 3 Jump ............................................ 1-6
Power Latches ........................................ 1-4
Door Locks .................................. 2-7 Manual Front .............................. 1-2
Steering ...................................... 4-1 7 Manual Lumbar Adjustment ..... 1-4
Steering Fluid ............................ 6-27 Reclining ...................................... 1-3
Winches .................................... 4-62 Service
Product Service Publications ........8-6 Do-It-Yourself .............................. 6-3
Parts Identification Label ........6-59
R Publications......................... 8-6, 8-8
Radiator Pressure Cap ................6-26 ReplacementPartsand
Radio(See“AudioSystems”) Filter Recommendations ......6-66
Recommended Fluids Service Engine Soon Light ........2-68
And Lubricants.......................... 7-1 4 Service Station Checks ...............7-17
Recovery Hooks ........................... 5-31 Shift Indicator Light .................... 2-72
Replacement Parts ....................... 6-61 Shift Light ..................................... 2-20
Reporting Safety Defects ..............8-5 Shifting Into Park ........................ 2-23
Road Signs ..................................... 4-2 Sliding Rear Window ..................2-32
Roadside Assistance ...................... 8-5 Spare Tire ..................................... 5-20
Rocking Your Vehicle ...................5-30 Removal..................................... 5-20
Storage ...................................... 5-27
S Specification Charts .................... 6-61
Safety Belts Speedometer ................................ 2-62
Cleaning .....................................6-53 Starting Your Engine ..................... 2-11
Checking Restraint System .....1-35 Steering ......................................... 4-17
Child Restraints ........................1-26 In Emergencies ........................4-18
Small Children and Babies......1-24 Tips ............................................ 4-18
Extender .................................... 1-35 Storage Compartments ...............2-55
Lap ............................................. 1-22 Sun Visors .................................... 2-52
Lap Shoulder ............................. 1-15 Swing-Out Windows .................... 2-32
Larger Children ......................... 1-32
Proper Wear .............................. 1-14 T
Questions and Answers...........1-1 2 Tachometer ................................... 2-65
Reminder Light ......................... 1-13 Tailgate .......................................... 2-33
Replacing After a .Crash..........1-35 Theft ................................................ 2-8
Use During Pregnancy.............1-20 Thermostat .................................... 6-26
Why They Work .......................... 1-9 Tilt Wheel ..................................... 2-34

9-5

.-
Ti res ............................................... 6-43
Balancing................................... 6-48
Chains ........................................ 6-49
Changing a Flat .............5-16, 5-21
Compact Spare ......................... 5-28
Flat.............................................. 5-15
Hub Capsand
Wheel Nut Caps ...................5-22
Inspection and Rotation ..........6-44
Loading...................................... 6-43
New ............................................ 6-46
Pressure ..................................... 6-44
Spare (See “Spare Tire”)
Underbody Carrier .........5-19, 5-27
Uniform Tire Quality Grading .6-47
Towing
A Trailer ...................................... 4-56
Following Distance ...................4-60
Maintenance .............................. 4-62
Recreational Vehicle .................4-54
Towing Your Vehicle ...........4-54, 5-7
Traffic Lights ................................... 4-6
Trailer
Brakes ........................................ 4-59
Wiring Harness ..............2-75, 6-60
TraileringPackage ........................ 6-40
Transfer Case ................................ 6-21
Electronic ................................... 2-29
Manual ....................................... 2-28
Transmission
Automatic .................................. 2-16
Five-Speed Manual...................2-19
Fluid ................................ 6-16, 6-19
Fluid, To Add .................6-18, 6-20
Four-wheel
(See “Four-Wheel Drive”)
Manual Shift Speeds ...............2-20
Shift Light ................................. 2-20
TorqueLock (Automatic
Transmission) ..............2-18, 4-50
9-6
Trip Odometer .............................. 2-64
Turn SignallMultifunction Lever .. 2-35
Turn SignalLane Change
Indicator ................................. 2-73
V
Vehicle
DamageWarnings ..................... 0-3
Identification Number ..............6-57
Loading ........................... 4-23, 6-38
Storage ...................................... 6-31
Symbok ...................................... . 0-4
Ventilation System ......................... 3-3
Air Vents ..................................... 3-4
Tips .............................................. 3-3
Voltmeter ....................................... 2-75
W
Warning
Devices, Other ............................ 5-3
Lights,Gages,
And Indicators ...........2-65, 2-70
Wheels
Alignment and Tire Balance ... 6-48.
Aluminum .................................. 6-55
HubCapsand
Wheel Nut Caps ...................5-22
Nut Torque ................................ 6-61
Replacement ............................. 6-48
Used Replacement ...................6-49
Windows ........................................2-31
Sliding Rear .............................. 2-32
Swing-Out.................................. 2-32
Windshield Washer ...................... 2-40
Washer Fluid ............................ 6-28
Winter Driving .............................. 4-51
Wipers, Windshield 2-38, 6-54, 6-60
Blade Chatter ............................ 6-54
Blade Inserts ............................ 6-35
Cleaning Blades........................ 6-54
Low Speed Delay ..................... 2-39
I ,
1 NOTES

a
 NOTES

- .-